The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About18620 Woodlands Way_BLD6001_2026 CALCULATION SUMMARY Project Name : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Project Location: 18620 Woodlands Way Contract No. : City: Arlington, WA 98223 Design Areas Design Area Calc. Mode Occupancy Area of Total Water Pressure @ Min. Min. Min. Calculated Hose Margin To Name (Model) Application Source Density Pressure Flow Heads Streams Source (ftÂ²) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ftÂ²) (psi) (gpm) # (gpm) (psi) Required 1 Demand (HW) OH1 1950 907.4 0.15 11.4 18.9 18 500 8.6 69.9 File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building Date 5/6/2024 2.dwg Page 1 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Contract No. : City: Arlington, WA 98223 Project Location: 18620 Woodlands Way Date: 5/6/2024 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: Address: City: Phone Number: E-mail: Name of Designer: Authority Having Jurisdiction: Design Remote Area Name 1 Remote Area Location DRY SYSTEM Occupancy Classification OH1 Density (gpm/ftÂ²) 0.15 Area of Application (ftÂ²) 1950 Coverage per Sprinkler (ftÂ²) 126 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 18 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 500 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 907.4 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 69.9 Type of System Dry Volume - Downstream DPV (gal) 33.2 gal Water Supply Information Date Location CITY OF ARLINGTON Source W1 Notes INCREASED 30% FOR DRY SYSTEM PER NFPA #13 File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Node Labels: Off Pipe Labels: Off Diagram for Design Area : 1 (Optimized Hydraulic Simplified) File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Analysis for : 1 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Demand Hydraulic Model Hazen-Williams Fluid Name Water @ 60F (15.6C) Fluid Weight, (lb/ftÂ³) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lbÂ·s/ftÂ²) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Water Supply Parameters Supply 1 : W1 Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 79 5000 66 Supply Analysis Residual Available Static Pressure Flow Total Demand Required Pressure Node at Source Pressure Pressure (psi) (gpm) (gpm) (psi) (psi) (psi) W1 79 66 5000 78.4 907.4 69.9 Hoses Inside Hose Flow / Standpipe Demand (gpm) Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 500 Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) Total Hose Flow (gpm) 500 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 407.4 InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 407.4 Other Required Margin of Safety (%) 10 W1 - Pressure (psi) 69.9 W1 - Flow (gpm) 407.4 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Analysis for : 1 Supply Supply; Safety Pressure System Demand Add. Out. Hose Available At Source 100 90 78.4 psi @ 907.4 gpm S1 80 D2 S2 70 D3 63.493 60 50 Pressure, psi40 30 20 10 D1 0 0 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 Flow, gpm File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building Date 5/6/2024 2.dwg Page 5 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Analysis for : 1 Graph Labels Values Label Description Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) S1 Supply point #1 - Static 0 79 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 5000 66 D1 Elevation Pressure 0 4.9 D2 System Demand 407.4 69.9 D3 System Demand + Add.Out.Hose 907.4 69.9 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Intersection Safety Margin Curve Name Pressure (psi) Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) @ Flow (gpm) Supply 78.9 437 8.6 907.4 Supply; Safety Pressure 71 411.2 0.7 907.4 Open Heads Required Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ftÂ²) (gpm/psiÂ½) (gpm/ftÂ²) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ftÂ²) (gpm) (psi) Overhead 101 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.17 21.4 14.5 Sprinkler Overhead 102 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.171 21.5 14.7 Sprinkler Overhead 103 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.175 22 15.4 Sprinkler Overhead 104 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.183 23 16.9 Sprinkler Overhead 105 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.196 24.6 19.4 Sprinkler Overhead 106 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.191 24 18.4 Sprinkler Overhead 107 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.174 21.9 15.2 Sprinkler Overhead 108 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.162 20.4 13.2 Sprinkler Overhead 109 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.155 19.5 12.1 Sprinkler Overhead 110 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.151 19 11.6 Sprinkler Overhead 111 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.15 18.9 11.4 Sprinkler Overhead 112 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.178 22.4 16 Sprinkler File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 Overhead 113 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.18 22.6 16.3 Sprinkler Overhead 114 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.187 23.5 17.7 Sprinkler Overhead 115 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.201 25.4 20.5 Sprinkler Overhead 116 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.21 26.5 22.4 Sprinkler Overhead 117 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.203 25.5 20.8 Sprinkler Overhead 118 126 5.6 0.15 18.9 11.4 0.2 25.2 20.3 Sprinkler File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Calculations / Fluid Delivery Time Analysis Node Data Node# Type K-Fact. Discharge Coverage Tot. Pres. Req. Pres. Elev Hgroup Open/Closed Overdischarge Density Elev. Pres. Req. Discharge gpm ftÂ² psi psi gpm/psiÂ½ ft gpm gpm/ftÂ² psi gpm 111 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 18.9 126 11.4 11.4 8.29 HEAD Open 0 0.15 -4.9 18.9 110 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 19 126 11.6 11.4 8.25 HEAD Open 0.1 0.151 -4.9 18.9 109 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 19.5 126 12.1 11.4 8.2 HEAD Open 0.6 0.155 -4.9 18.9 108 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 20.4 126 13.2 11.4 8.15 HEAD Open 1.5 0.162 -4.8 18.9 101 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 21.4 126 14.5 11.4 8.29 HEAD Open 2.5 0.17 -4.9 18.9 102 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 21.5 126 14.7 11.4 8.23 HEAD Open 2.6 0.171 -4.9 18.9 107 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 21.9 126 15.2 11.4 8.11 HEAD Open 3 0.174 -4.8 18.9 103 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 22 126 15.4 11.4 8.18 HEAD Open 3.1 0.175 -4.8 18.9 112 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 22.4 126 16 11.4 8.29 HEAD Open 3.5 0.178 -4.9 18.9 113 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 22.6 126 16.3 11.4 8.21 HEAD Open 3.7 0.18 -4.9 18.9 104 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 23 126 16.9 11.4 8.12 HEAD Open 4.1 0.183 -4.8 18.9 114 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 23.5 126 17.7 11.4 8.13 HEAD Open 4.6 0.187 -4.8 18.9 106 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 24 126 18.4 11.4 8.06 HEAD Open 5.1 0.191 -4.8 18.9 105 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 24.6 126 19.4 11.4 8.07 HEAD Open 5.7 0.196 -4.8 18.9 118 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 25.2 126 20.3 11.4 8.17 HEAD Open 6.3 0.2 -4.8 18.9 115 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 25.4 126 20.5 11.4 8.05 HEAD Open 6.5 0.201 -4.8 18.9 117 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 25.5 126 20.8 11.4 8.1 HEAD Open 6.6 0.203 -4.8 18.9 116 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 26.5 126 22.4 11.4 8.04 HEAD Open 7.6 0.21 -4.8 18.9 012 Node 24.5 8.04 NODE -4.8 014 Node 26.7 8.01 NODE -4.8 023-O Node 51.1 6.11 NODE -3.9 023-I Node 53.2 5.09 NODE -3.5 024-O Node 53.8 4.34 NODE -3.2 024-I Node 56.6 4.02 NODE -3 228 Node 57.8 2.5 NODE -2.4 File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 8 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Calculations / Fluid Delivery Time Analysis Node Data Node# Type K-Fact. Discharge Coverage Tot. Pres. Req. Pres. Elev Hgroup Open/Closed Overdischarge Density Elev. Pres. Req. Discharge gpm ftÂ² psi psi gpm/psiÂ½ ft gpm gpm/ftÂ² psi gpm 229-O Node 58.4 1.4 NODE -1.9 229-I Node 67.2 1.23 NODE -1.8 230 Node 67.6 0.5 NODE -1.5 252 Node 69.5 -3 NODE 0 253 Node 69.8 -3 NODE 0 0145 Node 69.8 -3 NODE 0 1328 Node 69.9 -3 NODE 0 W1 Supply 69.9 -407.4 -3 SUPPLY 0 File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psiÂ½) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 1 111 8.29 5.6 18.9 1.5 10 100 11.4 110 8.25 5.6 18.9 1.728 0 0.0144 0.0 10 0.1 110 8.25 5.6 19 1.5 10 100 11.6 109 8.2 5.6 37.9 1.728 0 0.0523 0.0 10 0.5 109 8.2 5.6 19.5 1.5 10 100 12.1 108 8.15 5.6 57.4 1.728 0 0.1127 0.0 10 1.1 108 8.15 5.6 20.4 1.5 10 100 13.2 107 8.11 5.6 77.8 1.728 0 0.1978 0.0 10 2 107 8.11 5.6 21.9 1.5 10 100 15.2 106 8.06 5.6 99.7 1.728 0 0.313 0.0 10 3.1 106 8.06 5.6 24 1.5 1x(tee-Br)=8.05 5 100 18.4 012 8.04 123.7 1.728 8.05 0.4669 0 13.05 6.1 012 8.04 112.5 2.5 12.5 100 24.5 014 8.01 236.2 2.705 0 0.1745 0.0 12.5 2.2 014 8.01 171.2 2.5 2x(90 ell)=9.12 28.7 100 26.7 023-O 6.11 407.4 2.705 1x(tee-Br)=11.46 20.57 0.4788 0.8 49.27 23.6 023-O 6.11 0 2.5 1.02 51.1 DPV-1 023-I 5.09 407.4 0 0 1.6653 0.4 *** 1.02 1.7 023-I 5.09 0 2.5 0.75 120 53.2 024-O 4.34 407.4 2.705 0 0.3416 0.3 0.75 0.3 024-O 4.34 0 2.5 0.32 53.8 Btfly149225 024-I 4.02 407.4 0 0 8.2387 0.1 *** 0.32 2.6 024-I 4.02 0 2.5 1.52 120 56.6 228 2.5 407.4 2.705 0 0.3416 0.7 1.52 0.5 228 2.5 0 3 1.1 120 57.8 229-O 1.4 407.4 3.334 0 0.1234 0.5 1.1 0.1 229-O 1.4 0 3 0.17 58.4 Ames 229-I 1.23 407.4 0 0 52.2594 0.1 Deringer 30 0.17 8.7 *** 229-I 1.23 0 3 0.73 120 67.2 230 0.5 407.4 3.334 0 0.1234 0.3 0.73 0.1 230 0.5 0 4 1x(90 ell)=12.28 3.5 140 67.6 252 -3 407.4 4.3 12.28 0.0269 1.5 15.78 0.4 File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 10 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psiÂ½) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 1 252 -3 0 6 1x(tee-Br)=43.72 32.2 140 69.5 253 -3 407.4 6.4 43.72 0.0039 0 75.92 0.3 253 -3 -186.2 12 7x(45ell)=159.86 473.1 140 69.8 1328 -3 221.2 12.64 159.86 0.0000 0 632.96 0.0 1328 -3 186.2 12 0.5 140 69.9 W1 -3 407.4 12.64 0 0.0001 0 0.5 0 W1 69.9 Path No: 2 101 8.29 5.6 21.4 1.5 10 100 14.5 102 8.23 5.6 21.4 1.728 0 0.0181 0.0 10 0.2 102 8.23 5.6 21.5 1.5 10 100 14.7 103 8.18 5.6 42.9 1.728 0 0.0656 0.0 10 0.7 103 8.18 5.6 22 1.5 10 100 15.4 104 8.12 5.6 64.9 1.728 0 0.1413 0.0 10 1.4 104 8.12 5.6 23 1.5 10 100 16.9 105 8.07 5.6 87.9 1.728 0 0.2479 0.0 10 2.5 105 8.07 5.6 24.6 1.5 1x(tee-Br)=8.05 5 100 19.4 012 8.04 112.5 1.728 8.05 0.3918 0.0 13.05 5.1 012 24.5 Path No: 3 112 8.29 5.6 22.4 1.25 10 100 16 113 8.21 5.6 22.4 1.53 0 0.0356 0.0 10 0.4 113 8.21 5.6 22.6 1.25 10 100 16.3 114 8.13 5.6 45 1.53 0 0.1299 0.0 10 1.3 114 8.13 5.6 23.5 1.25 10 100 17.7 115 8.05 5.6 68.6 1.53 0 0.2832 0.0 10 2.8 115 8.05 5.6 25.4 1.25 1x(tee-Br)=7.07 5 100 20.5 014 8.01 93.9 1.53 7.07 0.5075 0.0 12.07 6.1 014 26.7 File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 11 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psiÂ½) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 4 118 8.17 5.6 25.2 1.25 10 100 20.3 117 8.1 5.6 25.2 1.53 0 0.0445 0.0 10 0.4 117 8.1 5.6 25.5 1.25 10 100 20.8 116 8.04 5.6 50.7 1.53 0 0.1622 0.0 10 1.6 116 8.04 5.6 26.5 1.25 1x(tee-Br)=7.07 5 100 22.4 014 8.01 77.3 1.53 7.07 0.3533 0.0 12.07 4.3 014 26.7 Path No: 5 253 -3 0 12 2x(90 ell)=94.86 507.77 140 69.8 0145 -3 186.2 12.64 3x(45ell)=68.51 163.37 0.0000 0 671.14 0.0 0145 -3 0 12 1x(tee-Br)=105.4 94.1 140 69.8 1328 -3 186.2 12.64 105.4 0.0000 0 199.5 0 1328 69.9 * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 22.74 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (023-O-014), (024-O-023-I), (228-024-I) *** Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the deviceâ€™s curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 12 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Device Graphs Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 1; Supply Ref.: W1; Supply Name:W1 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 Pressure, psi 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 700 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Flow, gpm Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 1; BFP Ref.: 647 (Ames Deringer 30, Size = 3); Inlet Node: 229-I; Outlet Node: 229-O 11.65 10.65 9.65 8.7 psi @ 407.4 gpm 8.65 7.65 6.65 5.65 Pressure, psi 4.65 3.65 2.65 1.65 0.65 0 100 200 300 400 475 Flow, gpm File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 13 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Device Graphs Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 1; DPV Ref.: 645 (DPV-1, Size = 2.5); Inlet Node: 023-I; Outlet Node: 023-O 8.9 7.9 6.9 5.9 4.9 Pressure, psi3.9 2.9 1.7 psi @ 407.4 gpm 1.9 0.9 0 100 200 250 600 920 Flow, gpm Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 1; Valve Ref.: 644 (Btfly149225, Size = 2.5); Inlet Node: 024-I; Outlet Node: 024-O 2.6 psi @ 407.4 gpm 2.8 2.3 1.8 Pressure, psi1.3 0.8 0.3 26.4 79.3 300 500 132.1 198.1 264.2 Flow, gpm File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 14 CALCULATION SUMMARY Project Name : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Project Location: 18620 Woodlands Way Contract No. : City: Arlington, WA 98223 Design Areas Design Area Calc. Mode Occupancy Area of Total Water Pressure @ Min. Min. Min. Calculated Hose Margin To Name (Model) Application Source Density Pressure Flow Heads Streams Source (ftÂ²) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ftÂ²) (psi) (gpm) # (gpm) (psi) Required 2 Demand (HW) RES 3 140.2 0.077 7 13 3 100 35.3 43.7 File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building Date 5/6/2024 2.dwg Page 1 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Contract No. : City: Arlington, WA 98223 Project Location: 18620 Woodlands Way Date: 5/6/2024 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: Address: City: Phone Number: E-mail: Name of Designer: Authority Having Jurisdiction: Design Remote Area Name 2 Remote Area Location Level 3 Residential Occupancy Classification RES Density (gpm/ftÂ²) 0.077 Area of Application (ftÂ²) 3 Coverage per Sprinkler (ftÂ²) 168 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 3 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 100 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 140.2 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 43.7 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 7081.6 gal Water Supply Information Date Location CITY OF ARLINGTON Source W1 Notes Most remote heads in a compartment up to 4 per NFPA #13R File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Node Labels: Off Pipe Labels: Off Diagram for Design Area : 2 (Optimized Hydraulic Simplified) File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Analysis for : 2 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Demand Hydraulic Model Hazen-Williams Fluid Name Water @ 60F (15.6C) Fluid Weight, (lb/ftÂ³) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lbÂ·s/ftÂ²) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Water Supply Parameters Supply 1 : W1 Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 79 5000 66 Supply Analysis Residual Available Static Pressure Flow Total Demand Required Pressure Node at Source Pressure Pressure (psi) (gpm) (gpm) (psi) (psi) (psi) W1 79 66 5000 79 140.2 43.7 Hoses Inside Hose Flow / Standpipe Demand (gpm) Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 100 Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) Total Hose Flow (gpm) 100 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 40.2 InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 40.2 Other Required Margin of Safety (%) 10 W1 - Pressure (psi) 43.7 W1 - Flow (gpm) 40.2 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Analysis for : 2 Supply Supply; Safety Pressure System Demand Add. Out. Hose Available At Source 100 90 79 psi @ 140.2 gpm S1 80 S2 70 63.493 60 50 D2 D3 Pressure, psi40 30 20 D1 10 0 0 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 Flow, gpm File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building Date 5/6/2024 2.dwg Page 5 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Analysis for : 2 Graph Labels Values Label Description Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) S1 Supply point #1 - Static 0 79 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 5000 66 D1 Elevation Pressure 0 13.9 D2 System Demand 40.2 43.7 D3 System Demand + Add.Out.Hose 140.2 43.7 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Intersection Safety Margin Curve Name Pressure (psi) Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) @ Flow (gpm) Supply 79 61.3 35.3 140.2 Supply; Safety Pressure 71.1 57.1 27.4 140.2 Open Heads Required Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ftÂ²) (gpm/psiÂ½) (gpm/ftÂ²) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ftÂ²) (gpm) (psi) Overhead 201 168 4.9 0.05 8.4 7 0.077 13 7 Sprinkler Overhead 202 168 4.9 0.05 8.4 7 0.079 13.3 7.3 Sprinkler Overhead 203 168 4.9 0.05 8.4 7 0.083 14 8.1 Sprinkler File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Calculations / Fluid Delivery Time Analysis Node Data Node# Type K-Fact. Discharge Coverage Tot. Pres. Req. Pres. Elev Hgroup Open/Closed Overdischarge Density Elev. Pres. Req. Discharge gpm ftÂ² psi psi gpm/psiÂ½ ft gpm gpm/ftÂ² psi gpm 201 Overhead Sprinkler 4.9 13 168 7 7 29 HEAD Open 4.6 0.077 -13.9 8.4 202 Overhead Sprinkler 4.9 13.3 168 7.3 7 29 HEAD Open 4.9 0.079 -13.9 8.4 203 Overhead Sprinkler 4.9 14 168 8.1 7 29 HEAD Open 5.6 0.083 -13.9 8.4 424 Node 7.1 29.5 NODE -14.1 417 Node 7.5 29.5 NODE -14.1 001 Node 8.3 29.5 NODE -14.1 413 Node 9.3 29.5 NODE -14.1 016 Node 10.6 29.5 NODE -14.1 071 Node 16.1 29.5 NODE -14.1 219 Node 27.3 8.79 NODE -5.1 220 Node 27.5 8.79 NODE -5.1 223 Node 35.2 8.79 NODE -5.1 225-O Node 36.8 5.49 NODE -3.7 225-I Node 36.9 5.35 NODE -3.6 226 Node 38.1 3 NODE -2.6 228 Node 38.4 2.5 NODE -2.4 229-O Node 38.9 1.4 NODE -1.9 229-I Node 41.9 1.23 NODE -1.8 230 Node 42.2 0.5 NODE -1.5 252 Node 43.7 -3 NODE 0 253 Node 43.7 -3 NODE 0 0145 Node 43.7 -3 NODE 0 1328 Node 43.7 -3 NODE 0 W1 Supply 43.7 -40.2 -3 SUPPLY 0 File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psiÂ½) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 1 201 29 4.9 13 1 1x(tee-Br)=5 0.5 120 7 424 29.5 13 1.049 5 0.0581 -0.2 5.5 0.3 424 29.5 0 1 5x(BM.Tee-Run)=5 61.91 150 7.1 413 29.5 13 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 10 0.0304 0 71.91 2.2 413 29.5 13.3 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 9.52 150 9.3 016 29.5 26.2 1.101 2 0.112 0 11.52 1.3 016 29.5 14 1 1x(BM.90)=5 11.56 150 10.6 071 29.5 40.2 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11 0.2468 0 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 22.56 5.6 071 29.5 0 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 20.71 150 16.1 219 8.79 40.2 1.394 1x(BM.90)=6 7 0.0782 9 27.71 2.2 219 8.79 0 1 1 150 27.3 220 8.79 40.2 1.101 0 0.2468 0 1 0.2 220 8.79 0 1 1x(tee-Br)=5 9.21 120 27.5 223 8.79 40.2 1.049 1x(90 ell)=2 7 0.4721 0 16.21 7.7 223 8.79 0 2 1x(90 ell)=6.82 6.31 120 35.2 225-O 5.49 40.2 2.203 6.82 0.0127 1.4 13.12 0.2 225-O 5.49 0 2 0.14 36.8 Btfly149225 225-I 5.35 40.2 0 0 0.5722 0.1 *** 0.14 0.1 225-I 5.35 0 2 1x(tee-Br)=13.64 2.35 120 36.9 226 3 40.2 2.203 13.64 0.0127 1 15.99 0.2 226 3 0 2.5 1x(tee-Br)=16.07 2.5 120 38.1 228 2.5 40.2 2.705 16.07 0.0047 0.2 18.57 0.1 228 2.5 0 3 1.1 120 38.4 229-O 1.4 40.2 3.334 0 0.0017 0.5 1.1 0 229-O 1.4 0 3 0.17 38.9 Ames 229-I 1.23 40.2 0 0 17.2424 0.1 Deringer 30 0.17 2.9 *** 229-I 1.23 0 3 0.73 120 41.9 230 0.5 40.2 3.334 0 0.0017 0.3 0.73 0 230 0.5 0 4 1x(90 ell)=12.28 3.5 140 42.2 252 -3 40.2 4.3 12.28 0.0004 1.5 15.78 0 252 -3 0 6 1x(tee-Br)=43.72 32.2 140 43.7 253 -3 40.2 6.4 43.72 0.0001 0 75.92 0 File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 8 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psiÂ½) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 1 253 -3 -18.4 12 7x(45ell)=159.86 473.1 140 43.7 1328 -3 21.8 12.64 159.86 0 0 632.96 0 1328 -3 18.4 12 0.5 140 43.7 W1 -3 40.2 12.64 0 0 0 0.5 0 W1 43.7 Path No: 2 202 29 4.9 13.3 1 1x(tee-Br)=5 0.5 120 7.3 417 29.5 13.3 1.049 5 0.0607 -0.2 5.5 0.3 417 29.5 0 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 49.91 150 7.5 413 29.5 13.3 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 8 0.0317 0 57.91 1.8 413 9.3 Path No: 3 203 29 4.9 14 1 1x(tee-Br)=5 0.5 120 8.1 001 29.5 14 1.049 5 0.0666 -0.2 5.5 0.4 001 29.5 0 1 8x(BM.Tee-Run)=8 53.69 150 8.3 016 29.5 14 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 13 0.0348 0 66.69 2.3 016 10.6 Path No: 4 253 -3 0 12 2x(90 ell)=94.86 507.77 140 43.7 0145 -3 18.4 12.64 3x(45ell)=68.51 163.37 0 0 671.14 0 0145 -3 0 12 1x(tee-Br)=105.4 94.1 140 43.7 1328 -3 18.4 12.64 105.4 0 0 199.5 0 1328 43.7 * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 14.92 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (223-220) *** Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the deviceâ€™s curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Device Graphs Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 2; Supply Ref.: W1; Supply Name:W1 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 Pressure, psi 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 700 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Flow, gpm Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 2; BFP Ref.: 645 (Ames Deringer 30, Size = 3); Inlet Node: 229-I; Outlet Node: 229-O 11.65 10.65 9.65 8.65 7.65 6.65 5.65 Pressure, psi 4.65 2.9 psi @ 40.2 gpm 3.65 2.65 1.65 0.65 0 100 200 300 400 475 Flow, gpm File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 10 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Device Graphs Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 2; Valve Ref.: 644 (Btfly149225, Size = 2); Inlet Node: 225-I; Outlet Node: 225-O 2.8 2.3 1.8 Pressure, psi1.3 0.8 0.1 psi @ 40.2 gpm 0.3 15.9 52.8 87.2 250 280 121.5 158.5 Flow, gpm File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 11 CALCULATION SUMMARY Project Name : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Project Location: 18620 Woodlands Way Contract No. : City: Arlington, WA 98223 Design Areas Design Area Calc. Mode Occupancy Area of Total Water Pressure @ Min. Min. Min. Calculated Hose Margin To Name (Model) Application Source Density Pressure Flow Heads Streams Source (ftÂ²) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ftÂ²) (psi) (gpm) # (gpm) (psi) Required 3 Demand (HW) RES 3 152.7 0.052 12 17 3 100 18.2 60.8 File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building Date 5/6/2024 2.dwg Page 1 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Contract No. : City: Arlington, WA 98223 Project Location: 18620 Woodlands Way Date: 5/6/2024 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: Address: City: Phone Number: E-mail: Name of Designer: Authority Having Jurisdiction: Design Remote Area Name 3 Remote Area Location Level 2 Residential Occupancy Classification RES Density (gpm/ftÂ²) 0.052 Area of Application (ftÂ²) 3 Coverage per Sprinkler (ftÂ²) 324 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 3 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 100 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 152.7 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 60.8 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 7077.5 gal Water Supply Information Date Location CITY OF ARLINGTON Source W1 Notes Most remote heads in a compartment up to 4 per NFPA #13R File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Node Labels: Off Pipe Labels: Off Diagram for Design Area : 3 (Optimized Hydraulic Simplified) File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Analysis for : 3 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Demand Hydraulic Model Hazen-Williams Fluid Name Water @ 60F (15.6C) Fluid Weight, (lb/ftÂ³) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lbÂ·s/ftÂ²) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Water Supply Parameters Supply 1 : W1 Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 79 5000 66 Supply Analysis Residual Available Static Pressure Flow Total Demand Required Pressure Node at Source Pressure Pressure (psi) (gpm) (gpm) (psi) (psi) (psi) W1 79 66 5000 79 152.7 60.8 Hoses Inside Hose Flow / Standpipe Demand (gpm) Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 100 Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) Total Hose Flow (gpm) 100 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 52.7 InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 52.7 Other Required Margin of Safety (%) 10 W1 - Pressure (psi) 60.8 W1 - Flow (gpm) 52.7 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Analysis for : 3 Supply Supply; Safety Pressure System Demand Add. Out. Hose Available At Source 100 90 79 psi @ 152.7 gpm S1 80 S2 70 63.493 D2 60 D3 50 Pressure, psi40 30 20 D1 10 0 0 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 Flow, gpm File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building Date 5/6/2024 2.dwg Page 5 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Analysis for : 3 Graph Labels Values Label Description Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) S1 Supply point #1 - Static 0 79 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 5000 66 D1 Elevation Pressure 0 9.1 D2 System Demand 52.7 60.8 D3 System Demand + Add.Out.Hose 152.7 60.8 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Intersection Safety Margin Curve Name Pressure (psi) Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) @ Flow (gpm) Supply 79 62 18.2 152.7 Supply; Safety Pressure 71.1 58.1 10.3 152.7 Open Heads Required Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ftÂ²) (gpm/psiÂ½) (gpm/ftÂ²) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ftÂ²) (gpm) (psi) Overhead 301 324 4.9 0.05 16.2 12 0.057 18.5 14.3 Sprinkler Overhead 302 324 4.9 0.05 16.2 12 0.053 17.2 12.3 Sprinkler Overhead 303 324 4.9 0.05 16.2 12 0.052 17 12 Sprinkler File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Calculations / Fluid Delivery Time Analysis Node Data Node# Type K-Fact. Discharge Coverage Tot. Pres. Req. Pres. Elev Hgroup Open/Closed Overdischarge Density Elev. Pres. Req. Discharge gpm ftÂ² psi psi gpm/psiÂ½ ft gpm gpm/ftÂ² psi gpm 303 Overhead Sprinkler 4.9 17 324 12 12 18 HEAD Open 0.8 0.052 -9.1 16.2 302 Overhead Sprinkler 4.9 17.2 324 12.3 12 18 HEAD Open 1 0.053 -9.1 16.2 301 Overhead Sprinkler 4.9 18.5 324 14.3 12 18 HEAD Open 2.3 0.057 -9.1 16.2 453 Node 11.8 19.29 NODE -9.7 452 Node 12.4 19.29 NODE -9.7 002 Node 14.1 19.29 NODE -9.7 003 Node 14.6 19.29 NODE -9.7 017 Node 23.3 18.79 NODE -9.4 219 Node 39.2 8.79 NODE -5.1 220 Node 39.6 8.79 NODE -5.1 223 Node 52.2 8.79 NODE -5.1 225-O Node 53.9 5.49 NODE -3.7 225-I Node 54.1 5.35 NODE -3.6 226 Node 55.5 3 NODE -2.6 228 Node 55.8 2.5 NODE -2.4 229-O Node 56.3 1.4 NODE -1.9 229-I Node 59 1.23 NODE -1.8 230 Node 59.3 0.5 NODE -1.5 252 Node 60.8 -3 NODE 0 253 Node 60.8 -3 NODE 0 0145 Node 60.8 -3 NODE 0 1328 Node 60.8 -3 NODE 0 W1 Supply 60.8 -52.7 -3 SUPPLY 0 File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psiÂ½) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 1 303 18 4.9 17 1 1x(90 ell)=2 1.29 120 12 453 19.29 17 1.049 2 0.0957 -0.6 3.29 0.3 453 19.29 0 1 12 150 11.8 452 19.29 17 1.101 0 0.05 0 12 0.6 452 19.29 17.2 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 9.52 150 12.4 003 19.29 34.2 1.101 3 0.1826 0 12.52 2.3 003 19.29 18.5 1 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 10.66 150 14.6 017 18.79 52.7 1.101 10 0.4076 0.2 20.66 8.4 017 18.79 0 1.25 1x(BM.90)=6 61.31 150 23.3 219 8.79 52.7 1.394 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=12 28 0.1292 4.3 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 89.31 11.5 219 8.79 0 1 1 150 39.2 220 8.79 52.7 1.101 0 0.4076 0 1 0.4 220 8.79 0 1 1x(tee-Br)=5 9.21 120 39.6 223 8.79 52.7 1.049 1x(90 ell)=2 7 0.78 0 16.21 12.6 223 8.79 0 2 1x(90 ell)=6.82 6.31 120 52.2 225-O 5.49 52.7 2.203 6.82 0.021 1.4 13.12 0.3 225-O 5.49 0 2 0.14 53.9 Btfly149225 225-I 5.35 52.7 0 0 1.0017 0.1 *** 0.14 0.1 225-I 5.35 0 2 1x(tee-Br)=13.64 2.35 120 54.1 226 3 52.7 2.203 13.64 0.021 1 15.99 0.3 226 3 0 2.5 1x(tee-Br)=16.07 2.5 120 55.5 228 2.5 52.7 2.705 16.07 0.0077 0.2 18.57 0.1 228 2.5 0 3 1.1 120 55.8 229-O 1.4 52.7 3.334 0 0.0028 0.5 1.1 0 229-O 1.4 0 3 0.17 56.3 Ames 229-I 1.23 52.7 0 0 15.4902 0.1 Deringer 30 0.17 2.6 *** 229-I 1.23 0 3 0.73 120 59 230 0.5 52.7 3.334 0 0.0028 0.3 0.73 0 230 0.5 0 4 1x(90 ell)=12.28 3.5 140 59.3 252 -3 52.7 4.3 12.28 0.0006 1.5 15.78 0 252 -3 0 6 1x(tee-Br)=43.72 32.2 140 60.8 253 -3 52.7 6.4 43.72 0.0001 0 75.92 0 File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 8 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psiÂ½) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 1 253 -3 -24.1 12 7x(45ell)=159.86 473.1 140 60.8 1328 -3 28.6 12.64 159.86 0 0 632.96 0 1328 -3 24.1 12 0.5 140 60.8 W1 -3 52.7 12.64 0 0 0 0.5 0 W1 60.8 Path No: 2 302 18 4.9 17.2 1 1x(tee-Br)=5 1.29 120 12.3 452 19.29 17.2 1.049 5 0.0979 -0.6 6.29 0.6 452 12.4 Path No: 3 301 18 4.9 18.5 1 1x(90 ell)=2 1.29 120 14.3 002 19.29 18.5 1.049 2 0.1127 -0.6 3.29 0.4 002 19.29 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 3.78 150 14.1 003 19.29 18.5 1.101 5 0.0589 0 8.78 0.5 003 14.6 Path No: 4 253 -3 0 12 2x(90 ell)=94.86 507.77 140 60.8 0145 -3 24.1 12.64 3x(45ell)=68.51 163.37 0 0 671.14 0 0145 -3 0 12 1x(tee-Br)=105.4 94.1 140 60.8 1328 -3 24.1 12.64 105.4 0 0 199.5 0 1328 60.8 * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 19.56 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (223-220) *** Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the deviceâ€™s curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Device Graphs Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 3; Supply Ref.: W1; Supply Name:W1 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 Pressure, psi 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 700 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Flow, gpm Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 3; BFP Ref.: 645 (Ames Deringer 30, Size = 3); Inlet Node: 229-I; Outlet Node: 229-O 11.65 10.65 9.65 8.65 7.65 6.65 5.65 Pressure, psi 4.65 3.65 2.6 psi @ 52.7 gpm 2.65 1.65 0.65 0 100 200 300 400 475 Flow, gpm File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 10 Job : Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Device Graphs Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 3; Valve Ref.: 644 (Btfly149225, Size = 2); Inlet Node: 225-I; Outlet Node: 225-O 2.8 2.3 1.8 Pressure, psi1.3 0.8 0.1 psi @ 52.7 gpm 0.3 15.9 52.8 87.2 250 280 121.5 158.5 Flow, gpm File: F:\dwg2\burns\1 Apartment Projects\Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Arlington\Ironwood Apartments Building 2.dwg Date 5/6/2024 Copyright Â© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 11 18620 Woodlands Way $330,360 00738500103100 Provide code compliant Wet & Dry Sprinkler Systems throughout entire building Grandview North LLC gv@grandviewinc.net PO Box 159 Arlington WA 98223 Keith Kyle | Audra Williams O - 360-691-2235 keith@burnsfire.com | audra@burnsfire.com K- 425-905-5780 PO Box 1110 Granite Falls WA 98252 Burns Fire Protection Systems, Inc. 360-691-2235 keith@burnsfire.com | audra@burnsfire.com Keith - 425-905-5780 PO Box 1110 Granite Falls WA 98252 BURNSFP841DU 12-31-2024 600.00 224 600.00 1200.00 1,200.00 3,440.45 4,665.45 Keith Kyle 05/20/2024 Seismic Brace Report Project Name Ironwood Apartments Building 2 APPROVAL STAMP Date 05/16/2024 Approved Address 18620 Woodlands Way Approved as Noted Arlington, WA 98223 Not Approved Remarks: Standard NFPA 13-2019 BRACE SUMMARY Drawing Seismic Brace Name Structure Brace Description Fastener Attachments Reference Design Load Brace A 2.5" FP 2 209 lbf. Saw Lumber or Glue- Lateral Orientation F 60Â° - 1/2" Thru-Bolt per AF077 - 1 NPS x 1/2" Laminated Timbers - SG = 90Â° 1 NPS Sch 40 referenced edition of AF730 - 2 1/2 NPS 0.35 NFPA 13 NOTE: Per NFPA 13-2019, all load capacities listed for fasteners installed in cracked concrete have been reduced based on the prying factors listed for ASC's swivel attachments. Prying factors for NFPA fastener orientations â€œAâ€ through â€œIâ€ may be found in ASC's individual product submittal at asc-es.com NFPA 13-2016 Product loads incorporate a minimum safety factor of 1.5. NFPA 13-2019 FM Product loads have been reduced to include a safety factor of 2.2 unless noted in the applicable product submittal. The products specified within this report are limited to the capability of the sway brace assembly alone to resist the calculated seismic force resulting from user input . Point loads applied to structural elements as a result of seismic forces are not evaluated by the software. The seismic load rating of the fastener attached to a structural element is determined by one of the following: NFPA 13, UL listing, FM Global approval, or other empirical testing. The review of the of the structural element(s) as a whole and/or the entire structure and its ability to resist the seismic load(s) is beyond the scope of these seismic calculations. ASC MAKES NO WARRANTIES , EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE OR THE SEISMIC CALCULATIONS, AND ASC SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 1 BRACE A 2.5" - SEISMIC BRACE CALCULATIONS Seismic Project Brace A Brace Name Brace A 2.5" Standard NFPA 13-2019 Drawing Reference FP 2 Brace Type Lateral Approval Agency UL Listed STRUCTURE INFORMATION SEISMIC BRACE ATTACHMENTS Structure Lumber/Timbers (Thru Bolt) Model Size Load Rating Substrate Saw Lumber or Glue-Laminated Swivel Att. AF077 1 NPS x 1/2" 588 lbf. Timbers - SG = 0.35 Pipe Att. AF730 2 1/2 NPS 943 lbf. Load Orientation N/A See Appendix A for alternate seismic brace attachments. BRACE INFORMATION All seismic brace attachments manufactured by ASC Engineered Solutions. Brace Member 1 NPS Sch 40 Brace Length Max 7 ft 0 in Brace Angle 60Â° - 90Â° Least Radius of Gyration 0.421 in. l/r Ratio Max 200 Max Horizontal Load 1,604 lbf. FASTENER INFORMATION Fastener Name Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of NFPA 13 Fastener Orientation F Fastener Diameter 1/2 in. * - denotes hardware shown with the bolt head or nut broken off, as per the product installation Nominal Embedment 1 1/2 in. instructions Net Vertical Reaction Forces do not need to be addressed per NFPA 13-2019. Max Horizontal Load 395 lbf. SPRINKLER SYSTEM LOAD CALCULATION (FPW = CP*WP) CP = 0.510 Qty Line Description Pipe Diameter/Type Length Weight per ft Weight 1 Main Braced Pipe 2 1/2 NPS Eddy Flow 7.43 ft. 5.30 lb/ft. 39.38 lb. Segment A 1 NPS Steel Sch 40 12.18 ft. 2.05 lb/ft. 24.97 lb. 1 Branch 1 Segment B 1 1/2 NPS Eddy Flow 101.50 ft. 2.86 lb/ft. 290.29 lb. Weakest Main Size Spacing Max Fpw Total System Weight 354.64 lb. 2 1/2 NPS Eddy Flow 20 ft. 549 lbf. System Design Weight (Wp) 408.00 lb. Horizontal Seismic Load (Fpw) 209 lbf. 2 Appendix A - Alternate Seismic Brace Attachments BRACE A 2.5" Fastener Capacity Nom. Min. Swivel Pipe Attachment Embedment Edge 1|2 Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 395 lbf. 1 1/2 in. -- | -- AF075 1 NPS x 1/2" | 1,186 AF035 NFPA 13 lbf. 2 1/2 NPS x 1 NPS | 1,082 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 480 lbf. 2 1/2 in. -- | -- AF075 1 NPS x 1/2" | 1,186 AF735 NFPA 13 lbf. 2 1/2 NPS x 1 NPS | 1,632 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 600 lbf. 3 1/2 in. -- | -- AF075 1 NPS x 1/2" | 1,186 -- NFPA 13 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 395 lbf. 1 1/2 in. -- | -- AF076 1/2" | 1,515 lbf. -- NFPA 13 Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 480 lbf. 2 1/2 in. -- | -- AF076 1/2" | 1,515 lbf. -- NFPA 13 Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 600 lbf. 3 1/2 in. -- | -- AF076 1/2" | 1,515 lbf. -- NFPA 13 Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 480 lbf. 2 1/2 in. -- | -- AF077 1 NPS x 1/2" | 588 -- NFPA 13 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 600 lbf. 3 1/2 in. -- | -- AF077 1 NPS x 1/2" | 588 -- NFPA 13 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 395 lbf. 1 1/2 in. -- | -- AF771 1 NPS x 1/2" | 1,731 -- NFPA 13 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 480 lbf. 2 1/2 in. -- | -- AF771 1 NPS x 1/2" | 1,731 -- NFPA 13 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 600 lbf. 3 1/2 in. -- | -- AF771 1 NPS x 1/2" | 1,731 -- NFPA 13 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 395 lbf. 1 1/2 in. -- | -- AF700 1/2" | 1,632 lbf. -- NFPA 13 Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 480 lbf. 2 1/2 in. -- | -- AF700 1/2" | 1,632 lbf. -- NFPA 13 Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 600 lbf. 3 1/2 in. -- | -- AF700 1/2" | 1,632 lbf. -- NFPA 13 3 Appendix B - Enlarged Images BRACE A 2.5" * - denotes hardware shown with the bolt head or nut broken oï¬€, as per the product installation instructions 4 Appendix C - Cp Calculations BRACE CALCULATION DATA Brace Name Brace Ref Method Cp Ss Site Fa SDS Z H Brace A 2.5" FP 2 A 0.510 1.047 -- -- -- -- -- CALCULATION METHODS A Cp calculated per NFPA 13-2019 Table 18.5.9.3 B Cp entered by user C Cp calculated per ASCE/SEI 7-16 per NFPA 13-2019 Section 18.5.9.4 Notes for Calculation Method C Per NFPA 13-2019, the following values are always assumed for ap, Rp, and Ip: ap Rp Ip 2.5 4.5 1.5 LEGEND EQUATIONS Fpw Seismic Horizontal Design Force Cp Seismic Coefficient per NFPA Ss Short Period MCEr Spectral Response Acceleration Fa Site Coefficient. See Tables Below. SDS Short Period Spectral Acceleration ap Component Amplification Factor. Taken as 2.5 for Fire Sprinkler Applications Rp Component Response Modification Factor. Taken as 4.5 for Fire Sprinkler Applications Ip Component Importance Factor. Taken as 1.5 for Fire Sprinkler Applications Wp Component Operating Weight. Taken as the weight of the Fire Sprinkler System in the ZOI plus 15% z Height in the structure where the component attaches to the structure. Height is relative to the base of the structure and shall not be taken as less than 0 and shall not be larger than â€œHâ€. H Average roof height of the structure relative to the base 5 SITE COEFFICIENT, FA PER ASCE/SEI 7-16 Ss â‰¤ 0.25 Ss = 0.5 Ss = 0.75 Ss = 1 Ss = 1.25 Ss â‰¥ 1.5 A 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 B 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 C 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 D 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.1 1 1 E 2.4 1.7 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 Use straight-line interpolation for intermediate values of Ss. SITE CLASSIFICATION PER ASCE/SEI 7-16 Site Class Ground Structure A Hard Rock B Rock C Very Dense Soil and Soft Rock D Stiff Soil E Soft Clay Soil 6 Appendix D - Bill of Materials Project Name Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Code Requirements NFPA 13-2019 Last Updated May 16, 2024 QUANTITY FIGURE NUMBER PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 1/2" Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of NFPA 13 Fastener AF077 1 NPS AF077 Sway Brace Swivel Attachment AF077 - 1 NPS x 1/2" AF730 2 1/2 NPS AF730 Longitudinal & Lateral Seismic Clamp AF730 - 2 1/2 NPS 7 Seismic Brace Report Project Name Ironwood Apartments Building 2 APPROVAL STAMP Date 05/16/2024 Approved Address 18620 Woodlands Way Approved as Noted Arlington, WA 98223 Not Approved Remarks: Standard NFPA 13-2019 BRACE SUMMARY Drawing Seismic Brace Name Structure Brace Description Fastener Attachments Reference Design Load Brace A 2" FP 2 71 lbf. Saw Lumber or Glue- Lateral Orientation F 60Â° - 1/2" Thru-Bolt per AF077 - 1 NPS x 1/2" Laminated Timbers - SG = 90Â° 1 NPS Sch 40 referenced edition of AF730 - 2 NPS 0.35 NFPA 13 NOTE: Per NFPA 13-2019, all load capacities listed for fasteners installed in cracked concrete have been reduced based on the prying factors listed for ASC's swivel attachments. Prying factors for NFPA fastener orientations â€œAâ€ through â€œIâ€ may be found in ASC's individual product submittal at asc-es.com NFPA 13-2016 Product loads incorporate a minimum safety factor of 1.5. NFPA 13-2019 FM Product loads have been reduced to include a safety factor of 2.2 unless noted in the applicable product submittal. The products specified within this report are limited to the capability of the sway brace assembly alone to resist the calculated seismic force resulting from user input . Point loads applied to structural elements as a result of seismic forces are not evaluated by the software. The seismic load rating of the fastener attached to a structural element is determined by one of the following: NFPA 13, UL listing, FM Global approval, or other empirical testing. The review of the of the structural element(s) as a whole and/or the entire structure and its ability to resist the seismic load(s) is beyond the scope of these seismic calculations. ASC MAKES NO WARRANTIES , EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE OR THE SEISMIC CALCULATIONS, AND ASC SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 1 BRACE A 2" - SEISMIC BRACE CALCULATIONS Seismic Project Brace A Brace Name Brace A 2" Standard NFPA 13-2019 Drawing Reference FP 2 Brace Type Lateral Approval Agency UL Listed STRUCTURE INFORMATION SEISMIC BRACE ATTACHMENTS Structure Lumber/Timbers (Thru Bolt) Model Size Load Rating Substrate Saw Lumber or Glue-Laminated Swivel Att. AF077 1 NPS x 1/2" 588 lbf. Timbers - SG = 0.35 Pipe Att. AF730 2 NPS 649 lbf. Load Orientation N/A See Appendix A for alternate seismic brace attachments. BRACE INFORMATION All seismic brace attachments manufactured by ASC Engineered Solutions. Brace Member 1 NPS Sch 40 Brace Length Max 7 ft 0 in Brace Angle 60Â° - 90Â° Least Radius of Gyration 0.421 in. l/r Ratio Max 200 Max Horizontal Load 1,604 lbf. FASTENER INFORMATION Fastener Name Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of NFPA 13 Fastener Orientation F Fastener Diameter 1/2 in. * - denotes hardware shown with the bolt head or nut broken off, as per the product installation Nominal Embedment 1 1/2 in. instructions Net Vertical Reaction Forces do not need to be addressed per NFPA 13-2019. Max Horizontal Load 395 lbf. SPRINKLER SYSTEM LOAD CALCULATION (FPW = CP*WP) CP = 0.525 Qty Line Description Pipe Diameter/Type Length Weight per ft Weight Braced Pipe 2 NPS Eddy Flow 4.07 ft. 3.98 lb/ft. 16.20 lb. 1 Main Segment B 1 1/4 NPS Eddy Flow 19.86 ft. 2.02 lb/ft. 40.12 lb. Segment A 1 NPS Steel Sch 40 8.36 ft. 2.05 lb/ft. 17.14 lb. 1 Branch 1 Segment B 1 NPS CPVC Sch 40 64.24 ft. 0.68 lb/ft. 43.68 lb. Weakest Main Size Spacing Max Fpw Total System Weight 117.14 lb. 1 1/4 NPS Eddy Flow 25 ft. 109 lbf. System Design Weight (Wp) 135.00 lb. Horizontal Seismic Load (Fpw) 71 lbf. 2 Appendix A - Alternate Seismic Brace Attachments BRACE A 2" Fastener Capacity Nom. Embedment Min. Swivel Pipe Edge 1|2 Attachment Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 395 lbf. 1 1/2 in. -- | -- AF075 1 NPS x 1/2" | 1,186 AF035 NFPA 13 lbf. 2 NPS x 1 NPS | 1,082 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 480 lbf. 2 1/2 in. -- | -- AF075 1 NPS x 1/2" | 1,186 -- NFPA 13 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 600 lbf. 3 1/2 in. -- | -- AF075 1 NPS x 1/2" | 1,186 -- NFPA 13 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 395 lbf. 1 1/2 in. -- | -- AF076 1/2" | 1,515 lbf. -- NFPA 13 Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 480 lbf. 2 1/2 in. -- | -- AF076 1/2" | 1,515 lbf. -- NFPA 13 Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 600 lbf. 3 1/2 in. -- | -- AF076 1/2" | 1,515 lbf. -- NFPA 13 Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 480 lbf. 2 1/2 in. -- | -- AF077 1 NPS x 1/2" | 588 lbf. -- NFPA 13 Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 600 lbf. 3 1/2 in. -- | -- AF077 1 NPS x 1/2" | 588 lbf. -- NFPA 13 Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 395 lbf. 1 1/2 in. -- | -- AF771 1 NPS x 1/2" | 1,731 -- NFPA 13 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 480 lbf. 2 1/2 in. -- | -- AF771 1 NPS x 1/2" | 1,731 -- NFPA 13 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 600 lbf. 3 1/2 in. -- | -- AF771 1 NPS x 1/2" | 1,731 -- NFPA 13 lbf. Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 395 lbf. 1 1/2 in. -- | -- AF700 1/2" | 1,632 lbf. -- NFPA 13 Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 480 lbf. 2 1/2 in. -- | -- AF700 1/2" | 1,632 lbf. -- NFPA 13 Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of 600 lbf. 3 1/2 in. -- | -- AF700 1/2" | 1,632 lbf. -- NFPA 13 3 Appendix B - Enlarged Images BRACE A 2" * - denotes hardware shown with the bolt head or nut broken oï¬€, as per the product installation instructions 4 Appendix C - Cp Calculations BRACE CALCULATION DATA Brace Name Brace Ref Method Cp Ss Site Fa SDS Z H Brace A 2" FP 2 A 0.525 1.047 -- -- -- -- -- CALCULATION METHODS A Cp calculated per NFPA 13-2019 Table 18.5.9.3 B Cp entered by user C Cp calculated per ASCE/SEI 7-16 per NFPA 13-2019 Section 18.5.9.4 Notes for Calculation Method C Per NFPA 13-2019, the following values are always assumed for ap, Rp, and Ip: ap Rp Ip 2.5 4.5 1.5 LEGEND EQUATIONS Fpw Seismic Horizontal Design Force Cp Seismic Coefficient per NFPA Ss Short Period MCEr Spectral Response Acceleration Fa Site Coefficient. See Tables Below. SDS Short Period Spectral Acceleration ap Component Amplification Factor. Taken as 2.5 for Fire Sprinkler Applications Rp Component Response Modification Factor. Taken as 4.5 for Fire Sprinkler Applications Ip Component Importance Factor. Taken as 1.5 for Fire Sprinkler Applications Wp Component Operating Weight. Taken as the weight of the Fire Sprinkler System in the ZOI plus 15% z Height in the structure where the component attaches to the structure. Height is relative to the base of the structure and shall not be taken as less than 0 and shall not be larger than â€œHâ€. H Average roof height of the structure relative to the base 5 SITE COEFFICIENT, FA PER ASCE/SEI 7-16 Ss â‰¤ 0.25 Ss = 0.5 Ss = 0.75 Ss = 1 Ss = 1.25 Ss â‰¥ 1.5 A 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 B 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 C 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 D 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.1 1 1 E 2.4 1.7 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 Use straight-line interpolation for intermediate values of Ss. SITE CLASSIFICATION PER ASCE/SEI 7-16 Site Class Ground Structure A Hard Rock B Rock C Very Dense Soil and Soft Rock D Stiff Soil E Soft Clay Soil 6 Appendix D - Bill of Materials Project Name Ironwood Apartments Building 2 Code Requirements NFPA 13-2019 Last Updated May 16, 2024 QUANTITY FIGURE NUMBER PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 1/2" Thru-Bolt per referenced edition of NFPA 13 Fastener AF077 1 NPS AF077 Sway Brace Swivel Attachment AF077 - 1 NPS x 1/2" AF730 2 NPS AF730 Longitudinal & Lateral Seismic Clamp AF730 - 2 NPS 7 Burns Fire Protection Systems, Inc. P.O. Box 1110 Granite Falls, WA 98252 PH: (425) 388-0124 Ironwood Apartments - BLDG #2 18620 Woodlands Way Arlington, WA 98223 Item No DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MFG. NO. FINISH REMARKS Ready Riser Tyco 513R Air Compressor General Butterfly Valve Tyco BFV-N Blk/Red Backflow Preventor Ames Deringer 30 Check Valve Tyco CV-1 Blue/BLK Electric Bell Potter Red Dry Valve Tyco DPV-1 Hose Valves FPPI Sprinkler Head Viking VK302 Chr Sprinkler Head Viking VK300 Chr Sprinkler Head Viking VK494 White 155Â° & 200Â° - 4.9K Storage Cabinet FPPI Red CPVC Pipe & Fittings Blazemaster CPVC Surge Restrainer Tolco Fig 25 Steel Pipe Bull Moose Sch 10/40 | Eddy Flow Blk Sammy Screw All Buildex Hangers Caddy Pipe Clamp - Sway Brace Tolco Fig 4A Unviersal Swivel Tolco Fig 980 Sway Brace Afcon Fig 1000 Grooved Coupling Victaulic 009H Orange Grooved Fitting Victaulic Orange Mech Tee Tyco 730 Orange Threaded Fittings Shurjoint Blk Worldwide www.tyco-fire.com Contacts Model RM-1 Riser Manifold Commercial and Residential General Optional Pressure Relief Kits feature a 175 psi pressure relief valve and trim Description components for convenient integration into commercial and residential riser manifold assemblies. The TYCO commercial and residential Model RM-1 Riser Manifold provide The pressure relief valve, installed in the necessary waterflow alarm, pres- manifold assemblies above the nor- sure gauge, alarm test orifice, drain, mally closed test and drain or drain and sight glass equipment in a single valve, automatically bleeds system assembly for use in NFPA 13 com- pressure exceeding 175 psi through a mercial sprinkler systems and in NFPA flexible hose connected to the mani- 13D/13R residential sprinkler systems fold drain outlet (Ref. Figure 5), reduc- as follows: ing system pressure to 175 psi. NFPA 13* â€¢ 1-1/2 in. (DN40) NOTICE Male Thread x Female Thread The Model RM-1 Riser Manifolds described herein must be installed â€¢ 2 in.â€“ 6 in. (DN50 â€“ DN150) and maintained in compliance with this Groove x Groove document, as well as with the applica- NFPA 13D ble standards of the NATIONAL FIRE â€¢ 1 in. (DN25) PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), Female Thread x Female Thread in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure NFPA 13R to do so may impair the performance â€¢ 1-1/2 in. (DN40) of these devices. Male Thread x Female Thread The owner is responsible for main- â€¢ 2 in. (DN50) taining their fire protection system Groove x Groove and devices in proper operating con- * Although the Riser Manifold described in this techni- dition. Contact the installing contrac- cal data sheet is intended for NFPA 13 sprinkler sys- tor or product manufacturer with any tems, it may be used for NFPA 13D or 13R residential sprinkler systems, where a test orifice of 2.8K or 4.2K questions. is acceptable. The variety of sizes and grooved end Technical connections allow cost effective and easy transition to check valves, control Data valves, and system piping. The Model RM-1 Riser Manifolds may be installed Approvals either horizontally (flow switch on top) UL and ULC Listed or vertically (flow going up) orientation, FM Approved for both single sprinkler rises and floor Listed by California State Fire Marshall control in high-rises. Maximum Working Pressure 300 psi (20,7 bar) Test Orifice 1 in.â€“ 3 in. (DN25 â€“ DN80) Manifolds: 2.8K 4 in.â€“ 6 in. (DN100 â€“ DN150) Manifolds: 4.2K Finish Red Painted IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Page 1 of 8 AUGUST 2018 TFP963 TFP963 Page 2 of 8 Nominal NO DESCRIPTION P/N Nominal Nominal Dimensions Drain 1 300 psi/2000 kPa End Riser Inches Size Water Pressure Gauge. .90050001 Connections Size (mm) Inches 2 Test and Drain Valve, Inches (DN) Model TD-1: (DN) 1-1/2 â€“ 3 Inch Inlet Outlet A B C D E F G H (DN40 â€“ DN80) Size Manifolds, 1-1/2 Thread Thread 10 15-1/2 2-1/4 5-5/8 8-3/8 15 4-3/8 1-1/4 1-1/4â€, 2.8K Orifice.....A61G0420 (40) MNPT FNPT (254) (394) (57) (143) (213) (381) (111) (32) 4 â€“ 6 Inch 2 13 18 2-1/16 5-5/8 8-3/8 15-1/4 4-3/8 1-1/4 (DN100 â€“ DN150) (50) Groove Groove (330) (457) (53) (143) (213) (388) (111) (32) Size Manifolds, 2â€, 4.2K Orifice........A61G0601 2-1/2 13 18-1/16 2-1/16 5-5/8 8-3/8 15-1/4 4-3/8 1-1/4 3 Flow Switch, VSR-M: Groove Groove (65) (330) (460) (53) (143) (213) (388) (111) (32) 1-1/2â€ (DN40).........91144815 2â€ (DN50) ............91144802 3 13 18-1/16 2-1/16 5-7/8 8-5/8 15-3/4 4-3/8 1-1/4 Groove Groove 2-1/2â€ (DN65).........91144825 (80) (330) (460) (53) (150) (219) (400) (111) (32) 3â€ (DN80) ............91144803 4 13 20-1/4 4-1/4 6-3/4 10-3/4 18-3/8 5-3/16 2 4â€ (DN100) ...........91144804 Groove Groove (100) (330) (514) (108) (172) (273) (467) (132) (50) 6â€ (DN150) ...........91144806 4 Field Replaceable 6 13 20-1/4 4-1/4 7-3/4 11-3/4 21 6-3/4 2 Groove Groove Retard/Switch......... 91144800 (150) (330) (514) (108) (197) (300) (533) (172) (50) 1 OUTLET OPTIONAL PRESSURE RELIEF TRIM CONNECTION FLOW 3, 4 B A 2 INLET C G H D E F FIGURE 1 MODEL RM-1 COMMERCIAL RISER MANIFOLDS 1-1/2 â€“ 6 INCH (DN40 â€“ DN150) TFP963 Page 3 of 8 OPTIONAL PRESSURE RELIEF TRIM 1" NPT 1 CONNECTION (FEMALE) NO DESCRIPTION P/N 2 FLOW 1 300 psi/2000 kPa 10" 11" Water Pressure Gauge. .90050001 (254 mm) (280 mm) 2 Ball Valve, 1â€ (DN25)....97111603 3 Flow Switch, VSR-M, 1â€ (DN25) ............91144801 4 Field Replaceable Retard/Switch.........91144800 1" 2-1/2" NPT (64 mm) DRAIN 3-3/4" 3-7/8" (96 mm) 3, 4 1" NPT (100 mm) 4-5/8" (FEMALE) (118 mm) 10-1/8" (257 mm) FIGURE 2 MODEL RM-1 RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLD 1 INCH (DN25) OPTIONAL PRESSURE 1 RELIEF TRIM 1-1/2" NPT CONNECTION (FEMALE) 13-1/4" FLOW (337 mm) NO DESCRIPTION P/N 1 300 psi/2000 kPa 10" Water Pressure Gauge. .90050001 (254 mm) 2 Ball Valve, 1â€ (DN25)....97111603 2 3 Flow Switch, VSR-M, 1-1/2â€ (DN40).........91144815 4 Field Replaceable 7/16" Retard/Switch.........91144800 (11 mm) 3-7/8" 3-7/8" 3, 4 (100 mm) 1" (100 mm) 1-1/2" NPT NPT 4-3/4" (MALE) DRAIN (121 mm) 11-3/8" (290 mm) FIGURE 3 MODEL RM-1 RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLD 1-1/2 INCH (DN40) TFP963 Page 4 of 8 1 2" (GROOVED) OPTIONAL PRESSURE RELIEF TRIM CONNECTION FLOW 16" (406 mm) NO DESCRIPTION P/N 13" 1 300 psi/2000 kPa Water Pressure Gauge. .90050001 (330 mm) 2 Ball Valve, 1â€ (DN25)....97111603 3 Flow Switch, VSR-M, 2â€ (DN50) ............91144802 2 4 Field Replaceable Retard/Switch.........91144800 1/2" (13 mm) 3-7/8" 4-1/8" 3, 4 (100 mm) 1" (105 mm) 2" NPT 5" (GROOVED) DRAIN (127 mm) 11-7/8" (300 mm) FIGURE 4 MODEL RM-1 RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLD 2 INCH (DN50) Manifold Notes: Step 1. Install the manifold body with the flow arrow pointing in the down- Where applicable pipe thread sealant stream position using threaded con- Installation is to be applied sparingly. Use of a nections and/or listed mechanical non-hardening pipe thread sealant is grooved connections, as applicable. TYCO Model RM-1 Riser Manifold recommended. must be installed in accordance with Step 2. Connect the drain line and on Never remove any piping component this section. commercial manifolds set the Model nor correct or modify any piping defi- TD-1 Test and Drain Valve to the OFF The Model RM-1 Riser Manifold may be ciencies without first depressurizing position or on residential manifolds installed either horizontally (flow switch and draining the system. close the drain valve. on top) or vertically (flow going up). The Provisions for an alarm test flow on inlet of the Riser Manifold may be con- Step 3. Refer to Figure 6 for wiring Residential Models must be made. nected directly to a shut-off control guidance. All wiring must be performed The alarm test flow is to be through valve. in accordance with the authority having an orifice having a flow capacity equal jurisdiction and/or the National Electri- to or smaller than the smallest orifice cal Code. sprinkler in the system. One of two options can be considered. The first Step 4. Refer to Figure 5 for Optional option is to temporarily install a test Pressure Relief Trim installation. orifice in the outlet of the drain line Step 5. Place the system in service prior to performing the alarm test. The by filling the system with water. When second option is to install an Inspec- filling the system, partially open the torâ€™s Test Connection downstream of control valve to slowly fill the system. the Waterflow Alarm Switch. Filling the system slowly will help avoid damaging the waterflow alarm switch. After the system is fully pressurized, completely open the control valve. Step 6. Secure all supply valves open. TFP963 Page 5 of 8 Commercial Riser Manifolds Residential Riser Manifolds NO DESCRIPTION P/N NO DESCRIPTION P/N 1 Pressure Relief Valve, 1 Pressure Relief Valve, 175 psi, 1/2â€ NPT..........1001184-01 175 psi, 1/2â€ NPT..........1001184-01 2 1/2â€ x Close Nipple ........1001023-01 MODEL RM-1 2 1/2â€ x Close Nipple, Qty 2 . . . 1001023-01 3 Flexible Hose: COMMERCIAL 3 Flexible Hose, 1/2â€ x 16â€ . . . . 1001266-03 1-1/2 â€“ 3 Inch (DN40 â€“ DN80) RISER MANIFOLD 4 Figure 815 Threaded Size Manifolds, 2 Reducing Tee, 1/2â€ x 24â€................1001266-02 1 1â€ x 1â€ x 1/2â€ NPT .........1001259-07 4 â€“ 6 Inch (DN100 â€“ DN150) 5 1â€ x Close Nipple . . . . . . . . . . 1001025-01 Size Manifolds, 1/2â€ x 30â€................1001266-01 4 Figure 323 Reducing Tee, MODEL RM-1 Grooved x NPT Threaded: RESIDENTIAL 1-1/2 â€“ 3 Inch (DN40 â€“ DN80) RISER MANIFOLD Size Manifolds, 1-1/4â€ x 1-1/4â€ x 1/2â€.......3231305GS 2 4 â€“ 6 Inch (DN100 â€“ DN150) 1 Size Manifolds, 2â€ x 2â€ x 1/2â€ .............3232005GS 5 Figure 577 Rigid Grooved 3 Coupling: 5 1-1/2 â€“ 3 Inch (DN40 â€“ DN80) 4 Size Manifolds, 1-1/4â€...................57713AGCP 4 â€“ 6 Inch (DN100 â€“ DN150) 3 Size Manifolds, 2 2â€ ......................57720AGCP 5 4 FIGURE 5 MODEL RM-1 COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLDS OPTIONAL PRESSURE RELIEF TRIM INSTALLATION Optional Commercial Manifolds Residential Manifolds Refer to Figure 1 for commercial riser Refer to Figures 2, 3 or 4 for residen- Pressure manifold features and Figure 5 for pres- tial riser manifold features and Figure sure relief trim components described 5 for pressure relief trim components Relief Trim in this procedure. described in this procedure. Installation Step 1. Remove 1/2 in. pipe plug from Step 1. Remove 1/2 in. pipe plug from manifold tee. Inspect exposed female manifold tee. Inspect exposed female tee threads, remove thread sealant tee threads, remove thread sealant Model RM-1 commercial and resi- remnants or debris as necessary. remnants or debris as necessary. dential riser manifold assemblies are designed to accommodate an optional Step 2. Install Pressure Relief Valve (1) Step 2. Install Pressure Relief Valve (1) pressure relief valve and trim compo- in manifold tee, orienting valve outlet in manifold tee, orienting valve outlet nents (Ref. Figure 5). port perpendicular to and facing away port perpendicular to and facing away from manifold body. from manifold body. Optional pressure relief trim must be installed in accordance with the follow- Step 3. Install 1/2 in. x Close Nipple Step 3. Disconnect drain piping from ing procedures. (2) in pressure relief valve outlet port. threaded outlet of manifold drain valve as applicable and install 1 in. x Close Notes: Step 4. Disconnect drain piping from Nipple (5) in valve outlet. grooved outlet of manifold TD-1 test For assembly in Riser Manifolds and drain valve as applicable and install Step 4. Install Figure 815 Reducing installed and in service, verify the fire Figure 323 Grooved Reducing Tee (4) Tee (4) onto 1 inch x close nipple, align- protection system is de-pressurized on valve outlet by securing with Fig- ing tee branch outlet parallel with pres- and drained. Close the system supply ure 577 Grooved Coupling (5), align- sure relief valve outlet port. Reconnect control valve, set commercial manifold ing tee threaded branch outlet parallel drain piping to Figure 815 tee drain out- test and drain valve to DRAIN or open with pressure relief valve outlet port. let as necessary. residential drain valve to relieve resid- Reconnect drain piping to Figure 323 ual pressure and drain system. Make Step 5. Install 1/2 in. x Close Nipples tee drain outlet as necessary. certain that drainage water will not (2) in pressure relief valve outlet port cause any damage or injury. Note: Refer to Technical Data Sheet and in Figure 815 reducing tee branch G901 for Figure 577 Grooved Coupling outlet. Refer to Care and Maintenance section installation and assembly instructions. for other requirements when closing a Step 6. Install Flexible Hose (3) by fire protection system control valve and Step 5. Install Flexible Hose (3) by threading female ends onto 1/2 in. x placing system in service. threading female ends onto 1/2 in. x close nipples installed on relief valve close nipple installed on relief valve outlet port and Figure 815 reducing tee Apply thread sealant or TEFLON tape outlet port and onto Figure 323 reduc- branch outlet. on all threaded connections, with the ing tee branch outlet. exception of internally sealed flexible Note: Assure Flexible Hose is not sus- hose connections. Note: Assure Flexible Hose is not sus- ceptible to being caught or snagged by ceptible to being caught or snagged by other moving equipment. other moving equipment. TFP963 Page 6 of 8 SWITCH TERMINAL CONNECTIONS UNINSULATED CLAMPING SEVERED LOOPED SECTION CAUTION: PLATE STRIPPED An uninsulated section of a TERMINAL ENDS SINGLE single conductor is not SEPARATE CONDUCTOR permitted to be looped around CONDUCTORS CLAMPING the terminal and serve as two PLATE separate connections. The TERMINAL wire must be severed to serve INCOMING as two separate connections, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from the terminal. OUTGOING IMPROPER CONNECTION METHOD PROPER CONNECTION METHOD WIRE NUT LOCAL WIRE NUT FIRE PANEL OR AUDIBLE/VISUAL ADDRESSABLE ANNUNCIATOR MODULE NEUTRAL WHITE WHITE BLACK CIRCUITBREAKER BLACK (LINE/HOT) LOAD OUT TOANNUNCIATOR AUDIBLE/VISUAL CONTACT RATINGS: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 10.0 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive 10 mAmps min. at 24VDC NO NC COM COM NC NO NOTE: When connecting to a UL Listed control panel, use panel resistor rating for circuit supervision NOTE: For supervised circuits, see "Switch Terminal Connections" above. The Waterflow Alarm Switch has two switches, one can be used to operate a central station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. FIGURE 6 MODEL RM-1 COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLD WIRING GUIDANCE TFP963 Page 7 of 8 OFF MARKING TEST MARKING DRAIN MARKING ON HANDLE ON HANDLE ON HANDLE POSITIONED POSITIONED POSITIONED ON DETENT ON DETENT ON DETENT MODEL TD-1 TEST AND DRAIN VALVE SIGHT FLOW DRAIN CONNECTION SET TEST DRAIN FRONT CONDITION CONDITION CONDITION VIEW FIGURE 7 MODEL RM-1 COMMERCIAL RISER MANIFOLD TD-1 TEST AND DRAIN VALVE OPERATION Care and tion to the standards of any authority of the NFPA, and any impairment must having jurisdiction. Contact the install- be immediately corrected: ing contractor or product manufacturer Maintenance with any questions. Alarm/Flow Test Procedure Step 1. Place the Model TD-1 Test and TYCO Riser Manifolds RM-1 must be It is recommended that automatic Drain Valve in the TEST position (Ref. serviced and maintained in accordance sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, Figure 7). On residential assemblies with this section. and maintained by a qualified Inspec- without a test orifice, temporarily install tion Service in accordance with local a test orifice in the drain outlet and fully Before closing a fire protection system requirements and/or national codes. open the Drain Valve. Make certain control valve for inspection or main- that drainage water will not cause any tenance work on the fire protection Note: No attempt is to be made to damage or injury. system that it controls, permission to repair any Riser Manifold component shut down the effected fire protection in the field. Only the pressure gauge, Step 2. Verify operation of associated system must first be obtained from waterflow alarm switch, or relief valve alarms. the proper authorities and all person- can be replaced. If any other problems Step 3. Verify that the residual (i.e., nel who may be affected by this action are encountered the entire riser mani- flowing) pressure indicated by the pres- must be notified. fold must be replaced. sure gauge is no less that originally After placing a fire protection system The alarm/flow test procedure will recorded for the system when it was in service, notify the proper authorities result in operation of the associated first installed. and advise those responsible for moni- alarms. Consequently, notification Step 4. Close the Drain Valve on the toring proprietary and/or central station must be given to the owner and the fire Residential models and the Test and alarms. department, central station, or other Drain valve on commercial models. signal station to which the alarms are The owner is responsible for the connected, and notification must be Step 5. Verify that the static (i.e., not inspection, testing, and maintenance of given to the building occupants. flowing) pressure indicated by the pres- their fire protection system and devices sure gauge is no less that originally in compliance with this document, as The following inspection procedure recorded for the system when it was well as with the applicable standards must be performed as indicated, in first installed. of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION addition to any specific requirements ASSOCIATION (e.g., NFPA 25), in addi- TFP963 Page 8 of 8 Limited Ordering Optional 175 psi Pressure Relief Kit Specify: Pressure Relief Kit, Model Warranty Procedure RM-1 Riser Manifold, (specify Commer- cial or Residential application), (specify size range), P/N (specify): For warranty terms and conditions, visit Contact your local distributor for avail- www.tyco-fire.com. ability. When placing an order, indi- Commercial cate the full product name, including 1-1/2 in. â€“ 3 in. (DN40 â€“ DN80) 40721 description and part number (P/N). 4 in. â€“ 6 in. (DN100 â€“ DN150) 40731 Residential Riser Manifolds 1 in.â€“ 2 in. (DN25 â€“ DN50) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40711 Specify: Size (specify) Connection Type Replacement Parts (specify inlet x outlet) Model RM-1 Riser Specify: Model RM-1 Riser Manifold Manifold, P/N (specify): (specify part description), P/N (specify from Figures 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5) Commercial 1-1/2 in. (DN40) MT x FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40551 2 in. (DN50) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40601 2-1/2 in. (DN65) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40611 3 in. (DN80) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40621 4 in. (DN100) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40651 6 in. (DN150) G x G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40661 Residential 1 in. (DN25) FT x FT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40671 1-1/2 in. (DN40) MT x FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40571 2 in. (DN50) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40591 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Â© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association; TEFLON is a registered trademark of DuPont Electrical specs on page 2 OL Plus Series - Single Phase, Riser Mounted Air Compressors for Dry Pipe Sprinkler Systems This oil less riser mounted air compressor is UL1450 listed for use in sprinkler systems. - UL1450 listed - Integrated Air Intake Filters - Oil Less Piston Compressor - Fully automatic, direct drive - UL Listed Pressure Switch - Max Pressure: 60 PSI - Bubble tight air check valve - 30â€ Stainless Steel Flex Hose - Permanently lubricated bearings - Riser Mounting Kit - Specifically designed to fill the sprinkler system to 40 PSI in 30 minutes Dimensions System Model Average Motor Recommended Weight Capacity+ Number CFM** HP Wire Size++ (lbs) L W H 125 gal. OL12516AC 1.52 1/6 12 16â€ 12â€ 12â€ 30 250 gal. OL25033AC 3.03 1/3 12 16â€ 12â€ 12â€ 31 365 gal. OL36550AC 4.43 1/2 12 16â€ 15â€ 10â€ 38 430 gal. OL43075AC 5.21 3/4 10 17â€ 15â€ 10â€ 48 615 gal. OL615100AC* 7.46 1 6 17â€ 15â€ 10â€ 48 915 gal. OL915150AC* 11.10 1 1/2 6 23â€ 15â€ 10â€ 60 1225 gal. OL1225200AC* 14.85 2 10 24â€ 15â€ 11â€ 70 Accessories: Notes: Air Maintenance Device - Part # AMD-1 + System Capacity based on 70Â°F system temperature. The AMD-1 regulates the volume of air being delivered ** Average CFM is the average free air delivery from to the sprinkler system by the air compressor. 0 to 40 PSIG Per NFPA 13 - An Air Maintenance Device is required ++ Recommended Wire Sizes based on 100ft run. on every system unless the air compressor has a capacity less than 5.5 ft3/min at 10 psi. consult factory for longer or shorter runs. * Compressor has a capacity above 5.5 CFM at 10 PSI. Air Maintenence Device required per NFPA 13 Motor Line Starters - Thermal Overload Protection Single Phase VOLTAGE - All Single Phase Units 115 or 208-230 Volt 115V 208/230V Size Model except OL1225200AC which is 208-230 only. 1/3 HP 1 HP 00 MG00A Maximum 1 HP 2 HP 0 MGX0A HP 2 HP 3 HP 1 MG01A 3 HP 5 HP 1P MG15A When Ordering a Motor Starter you mustspecify HP, Voltage and Phase that is supplied to the motor. www.generalairproducts.com 1-800-345-8207 OL Plus Series - Single Phase Riser Mounted Fire Protection Air Compressor Electrical Cut Sheet This oil less riser mounted air compressor is UL1450 listed for use in sprinkler systems. Recommended Wire Size Factory Amperage (amps) Model Nominal Based on Run Length (gage) Wired Number HP Voltage Start Voltage FLA 25 FT 50 FT 100 FT Up 115 5 35 12 12 12 OL12516AC 1/6 115 208 2.3 16.1 12 12 12 230 2.5 17.5 12 12 12 115 7.4 51.8 12 12 8 OL25033AC 1/3 115 208 3.5 24.5 12 12 12 230 3.7 25.9 12 12 12 115 10 70 12 10 8 OL36550AC 1/2 115 208 4.9 34.3 12 12 12 230 5 35 12 12 12 115 11.6 81.2 12 10 6 OL43075AC 3/4 115 208 5 35 12 12 12 230 5.8 40.6 12 12 12 115 18 126 12 8 6 OL615100AC 1 115 208 7.7 53.9 12 12 12 230 9 63 12 12 12 115 16.6 116.2 12 8 6 OL915150AC 1 1/2 115 208 8.2 57.4 12 12 12 230 8.3 58.1 12 12 12 208 11.6 81.2 12 12 10 OL1225200AC 2 208-230 230 11 77 12 12 10 Note: Wire sizes are based on maintaining 90% of the nominal voltage at starting amps. Starting amps are assumed to be 6 times the SFA. Warning: Failure to consult with a licensed electrical professional can result in serious personal injury or death. Disconnect all power before servicing. Undersized wire between the motor and the power source will limit the starting and load carrying abilities of the motor causing motor overheating and permanent damage to the motor. Wire sizes listed are recommendations only. Consult the National Electric Code (NEC) and any applicable local electrical safety codes. The NEC and GAP recommends a maximum voltage drop of 3%. Install motors and related equipment in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC) local electrical safety codes and practices. It is always the electricianâ€™s responsibility to determine and install a wire size that ensures motors can start and run well. www.generalairproducts.com 1-800-345-8207 OL Plus Series - Connection Diagram This oil less riser mounted air compressor is UL1450 listed for use in sprinkler systems. System Layout Pressure Switch Connection SWP60401U-C SWP60601U PRESSURE SWITCH for 1/6 - 1/2 HP for 3/4 - 2 HP Diagram D Note: Location of pressure switch varies based on model. This is a general diagram of components. For help specific to your switch please contact General Air Products. Warning: Failure to consult with a licensed electrical professional can result in serious personal injury or death. Disconnect all power before servicing. Undersized wire between the motor and the power source will limit the starting and load carrying abilities of the motor causing motor overheating and permanent damage to the motor. Wire sizes listed are recommendations only. Consult the National Electric Code (NEC) and any applicable local electrical safety codes. The NEC and GAP recommends a maximum voltage drop of 3%. Install motors and related equipment in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC) local electrical safety codes and practices. It is always the electricianâ€™s responsibility to determine and install a wire size that ensures motors can start and run well. www.generalairproducts.com 1-800-345-8207 ES-A-Deringer 30 Job Name â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“ Contractor â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“ Job Location â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“ Approval â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“ Engineer â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“ Contractorâ€™s P.O. No. â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“ Approval â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“ Representative â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“â€“ LEAD FREE* DeringerTM 30 Double Check Detector Assembly Sizes: 2"** â€“ 8" VERTICAL The DeringerTM 30 Double Check Detector Assembly (DCDA-II) HORIZONTAL prevents non-health hazard pollutants from entering a potable water supply system when backpressure and/or backsiphonage conditions occur. Used primarily on fire Approved for Fire Protection, Waterworks, Plumbing, sprinkler systems when monitoring of unauthorized water and Irrigation Applications. use is required. Materials Features Valve Housing: 304 Stainless Steel â€¢ Integral shutoff valves indoor/outdoor application Valve Cover: 304 Stainless Steel â€¢ 100% stainless steel housing SOV Disks: EPDM/304SS â€¢ Tamper-resistant test cocks SOV Shafts: 304 Stainless Steel â€¢ Patented Dual-actionTM check modules Bypass Spring 302 Stainless Steel - Poppet action at low flow SOV Bearings: TeflonÂ® fluoropolymer/Bronze - Swing action at high flow Non-wetted Bolts: Grade 8 Zinc Plated â€¢ Lead Free* Bronze bypass components Check Disks: Silicone (NSF) â€¢ CuFt or gallons bypass meter Wetted Fasteners: 18-8 Stainless Steel â€¢ DCDA-II single check bypass Bypass Components: Lead Free Bronze â€¢ Silicone elastomer check discs Check Springs: 17-7 Stainless Steel â€¢ Prewired supervisory switches Check Pins: 17-7/18-8 Stainless Steel â€¢ Flange adapters available Check Seats: NorylÂ® Polymer (NSF) â€¢ IPS grooved ends O-rings: Buna-N (NSF) Bypass Internals: ABS Polymer (NSF) Specifications Pressure â€” Temperature The Deringer 30 Double Check Detector Assembly shall utilize Temperature Range: 33Â°F â€“ 140Â°F two independent Dual-action check modules and two integral resiliently seated shut-off valves all of which shall be contained Working Pressure: 10 â€“ 175psi within a single rigid valve housing constructed entirely of 304 stainless steel. Both integral shutoff valves shall include *The wetted surface of this product contacted by consumable pre-wired supervisory tamper switches contained within a water contains less than 0.25% of lead by weight. weatherproof actuator housing approved for both indoor and outdoor use. Dual-action check modules shall operate as a TeflonÂ® is a registered trademark of The Chemours Company. â€œpoppet styleâ€ check under low flow conditions, operate as NorylÂ® is a registered trademark of SABIC Global Technologies B.V. a â€œswing styleâ€ check under high flow conditions and utilize replaceable silicone elastomer sealing discs. Assembly test NOTICE cocks shall be handle-less and operate via a tamper resistant The information contained herein is not actuator. Assembly shall have a single full access service port intended to replace the full product installa- and cover with an â€œinlineâ€ replaceable elastomer seal. The tion and safety information available or the bypass assembly shall include a meter registering either experience of a trained product installer. You gallons or cubic feet, a single check valve and required test are required to thoroughly read all installation cocks. Assembly shall be serviceable without special tools and instructions and product safety information approved for both horizontal and vertical applications. before beginning the installation of this product. Ames Fire & Waterworks product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are approximate and are provided for reference only. For precise measure- ments, please contact Ames Fire & Waterworks Technical Service. Ames Fire & Waterworks reserves the right to change or modify product design, construction, specifications, or materials without prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Ames Fire & Waterworks products previously or subsequently sold. = Rated Flow = UL Tested = 15 fps Flow Performance 2Â½"/2"** Pressure Loss (psid) Rate of Flow (gpm) * Specific orientation & agency flow characteristics available on website Pressure Loss (psid) Rate of Flow (gpm) * Specific orientation & agency flow characteristics available on website Standards AWWA C510-07 Compliant NSF/ANSI 372, UL CERTIFIED LEAD FREE Dimensions â€” Weights End Connections - IPS Groove for Steel Pipe: AWWA C606 - Flange Adapters: ANSI B16.1 Class 125 Ht D H Hb L W Size Model Ht Hb L D H W Weight in. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs kg 2 1 (2 â„2)** 30 7.1 180 2.9 74 22.3 566 0.0 0 10.0 254 11.0 279 52 24 21â„ 2 30 7.1 180 2.9 74 18.7 475 0.0 0 10.0 254 11.0 279 47 21 3 30 7.4 188 2.9 74 18.7 475 0.0 0 10.3 262 11.0 279 49 22 4 30 7.9 201 3.1 79 18.7 475 0.2 5 11.0 279 11.0 279 51 23 6 30 10.1 257 4.5 114 25 726 1.0 25 14.6 370 16.9 429 99 45 8 30 10.4 264 5.4 137 31.0 787 1.8 46 15.8 401 13.8 351 150 68 **2" size utilizes a 2 Â½" assembly with 2 Â½" groove to 2" female NPT adapter and couplings. Adapter and couplings ship unassembled. USA: Backflow T: (978) 689-6066 â€¢ F: (978) 975-8350 â€¢ AmesFireWater.com USA: Control Valves T: (713) 943-0688 â€¢ F: (713) 944-9445 â€¢ AmesFireWater.com Canada: T: (905) 332-4090 â€¢ F: (905) 332-7068 â€¢ AmesFireWater.ca Latin America: T: (52) 55-4122-0138 â€¢ AmesFireWater.com ES-A-Deringer 30 1951 Â© 2020 Watts Technical Services: Tel: (800) 381-9312 / Fax: (800) 791-5500 Model BFV-N Butterfly Valve Wafer Style 2 Inch - 12 Inch (DN50 - DN300) General Technical Description Data The Model BFV-N Wafer Style Butter- Model fly Valves (Ref. Figure 1) are indicat- BFV-N ing type valves designed for use in fire Sizes: ANSI Inches / DN protection systems where a visual in- 2 (DN50), 2-1/2 (DN65), 3 (DN80), dication is required as to whether the 4 (DN100), 5 (DN125), 6 (DN150), valve is open or closed. They are used, 8 (DN200), 10 (DN250), 12 (DN300) for example, as system, sectional, and Approvals pump water control valves. They are The 2 through 12 inch (DN50 - DN300) suitable for installation between ANSI Model BFV-N Wafer Style Butterfly Class 125 or 150 flanges without the Valves are UL and C-UL Listed and FM need for flange gaskets. Approved. For applications requiring supervision In addition, the Model BFV-N Wafer of the open position of the valve, the Style Butterfly Valves are listed by the Gear Operators for the Model BFV-N California State Fire Marshall under Butterfly Valves are provided with Listing No. 7770-1670:101. two sets of factory installed internal switches each having SPDT contacts. All laboratory listings and approvals are The supervisory switches transfer their for indoor and outdoor use. Friction Loss electrical contacts when there is move- Maximum Working Pressure The approximate friction loss, based ment from the valveâ€™s normal open po- 250 psi (17,2) bar on the Hazen Williams formula and ex- sition during the first two revolutions of Materials of Construction: pressed in equivalent length of pipe the handwheel. with C= 120, is as follows. Unless oth- Body erwise indicated, the data is based on WARNINGS Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536 friction loss information collected at a The Model BFV-N Wafer Style Butter- Disc typical flow rate of 15 feet per second. fly Valves described herein must be in- Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, â€¢ 4.4 feet of 2 inch Sch. 40 pipe for stalled and maintained in compliance Nickel Plated the 2 inch valve. with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Seat Material â€¢ 6.2 feet of 2-1/2 inch Sch. 40 pipe Fire Protection Association, in addition Grade EPDM â€œEâ€ rubber conforming for the 2-1/2 inch valve. to the standards of any other authori- to ASTM D-2000 â€¢ 7.6 feet of 3 inch Sch. 40 pipe for ties having jurisdiction. Failure to do Upper Stem the 3 inch valve. so may impair the performance of Type 416 Stainless Steel conforming â€¢ 9.2 feet of 4 inch Sch. 40 pipe for these devices. to ASTM 582 the 4 inch valve. The owner is responsible for maintain- Operator â€¢ 9.0 feet* of 5 inch Sch. 40 pipe for ing their fire protection system and de- Gear operator with iron housing the 5 inch valve. vices in proper operating condition. â€¢ 8.2 feet of 6 inch Sch. 40 pipe for The installing contractor or sprinkler the 6 inch valve. manufacturer should be contacted â€¢ 12.7 feet* of 8 inch Sch. 30 pipe for with any questions. the 8 inch valve. â€¢ 20.1 feet* of 10 inch Sch. 30 pipe for the 10 inch valve. â€¢ 22.3 feet* of 12 inch Sch. 30 pipe for the 12 inch valve. *NFPA 13 Page of 4 MAY, 2007 TFP55 Page 2 of 4 TFP55 Nominal Nominal Installation Dimensions in Inches and (mm) Weight Valve lbs. Sizes A B C D E F G H J K (kg) 2" 2.53 1.68 12.62 2.88 6.48 6.00 5.80 2.12 1.38 5/8 21 DN50 (64,0) (43,0) (320,5) (73,0) (164,6) (152,4) (147,3) (53,8) (35,1) (15,9) (10,0) 2-1/2" 2.90 1.81 13.51 3.25 6.98 6.00 5.80 2.12 2.00 5/8 24 DN65 (74,0) (46,0) (343,1) (83,0) (177,3) (152,4) (147,3) (53,8) (50,8) (15,9) (11,0) 3" 3.17 1.81 13.88 3.38 7.22 6.00 5.80 2.12 2.55 5/8 24 DN80 (81,0) (46,0) (352,6) (86,0) (183,4) (152,4) (147,3) (53,8) (64,8) (15,9) (11,0) 4" 4.17 2.06 15.24 4.00 7.98 6.00 5.80 2.12 2.58 5/8 27 DN100 (106,0) (52,0) (387,0) (102,0) (202,7) (152,4) (147,3) (53,8) (65,5) (15,9) (12,0) 5" 5.17 2.19 16.49 4.75 8.48 6.00 7.80 2.12 4.64 3/4 31 DN125 (131,0) (56,0) (418,8) (121,0) (215,4) (152,4) (198,1) (53,8) (117,9) (19,1) (14,0) 6" 6.17 2.19 17.65 5.25 9.10 6.00 7.80 2.12 5.75 3/4 34 DN150 (157,0) (56,0) (448,3) (133,0) (231,1) (152,4) (198,1) (53,8) (146,1) (19,1) (15,0) 8" 8.17 2.38 20.11 6.50 10.35 10.00 7.90 2.12 7.77 3/4 49 DN200 (208,0) (60,0) (510,8) (165,0) (262,9) (254,0) (200,7) (53,8) (197,4) (19,1) (22,0) 10" 10.17 2.68 23.35 8.00 12.27 11.80 9.50 3.03 9.77 7/8 78 DN250 (258,0) (69,0) (593,1) (203,0) (311,7) (300,0) (241,3) (77,0) (248,2) (22,2) (35,0) 12" 12.17 3.00 26.10 9.25 13.77 11.80 9.50 3.03 11.75 7/8 103 DN300 (309,0) (76,0) (663,0) (235,0) (349,8) (300,0) (241,3) (77,0) (298,5) (22,2) (47,0) INDICATOR H G HANDWHEEL FLAG 1/2" NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION GEAR OPERATOR F BODY E C A J K - BOLT D DISC DIAMETER B FIGuRe 1 model bFv-N WAFeR Style butteRFly vAlve â€“ NomINAl dImeNSIoNS â€“ TFP55 Page of 4 Installation The BFV-N Wafer Style Butterfly Valves may be installed with flow in either di- SUPERVISORY rection and can be positioned either SWITCH horizontally or vertically. They are de- signed for installation between the fac- SWITCHSHOWN es of ANSI Class 125 and 150 flanges. WITHVALVE The Series BFV-N are self-sealing be- FULLOPEN tween mating flanges; therefore, they W W E E O O G G do not require the use of additional L L NA NA L L gaskets. E E R R Y Y O O The BFV-N may be installed with any pressure class or schedule of pipe or tubing no greater than schedule 40 that ENDOFLINE PANEL is listed or approved for fire protection RESISTOR service and installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. The wafer bodies have locating lugs to ensure proper centering of the valve AUXILIARY body when flange bolts are installed. GND SWITCH Refer to Figure 1 for bolt diameter. Bolts and studs must meet the mini- SWITCHSHOWN mum strength requirements of ASTM WITHVALVE FULLOPEN A307 (Grade B), and the nuts must D N T E ES meet the minimum strength require- EE EL DE U U ments of ASTM A563 (Grade A). R IO R LB T G V O Prior to installation, close the valve. N Spread the flanges apart to allow the valve to slip easily between the flang- + BELL es. Make sure the pipe flange faces POWER + are clean of any foreign material such as scale, metal shavings, or weld- - - ing slag. Insert the valve between the flanges (without flange gaskets). Do not apply lubricant to the seat faces as this may damage the seat materi- CONTACTRATING .... 1/2A@125VDC al. Be sure to center the valve and do 1/4A@250VDC not damage the liner. Relax the sepa- 15.1A/12HP@125,250VAC ration of the flanges, install, and hand- 5A@125VAC"L" tighten all flange bolts. Slowly open the valve, checking for free movement FIGuRe 2 of the disc. If valve opens freely, leave model bFv-N butteRFly vAlve the valve in the open position, and us- â€“ INteRNAl SWItch WIRING dIAGRAm â€“ ing a cross-draw sequence, tighten all flange bolts until the valve is metal-to- metal with both mating flanges. Rec- ommended tightening torques are list- Note ed in Table 1. Nominal Recommended For outdoor applications with inter- Flange Size Minimum Torque Be certain to keep flange faces as par- nal supervisory switches, it is recom- allel as possible during and after tight- mended that wiring connections be ANSI Inches Ft. Lbs ening bolts or studs. After final tight- made at a temperature above 15Â°F DN (Nm) ening, again check the valve for full (-9Â°C), in order to insure sufficient flex- 2 - 4 20 - 30 opening and closing. ibility of the wire lead insulation. DN50 - DN100 (27,1 - 40,7) As applicable, refer to Figure 2 for the 5 - 8 33 - 50 internal switch wiring diagram. DN125 - DN200 (44,7 - 67,8) Conduit and electrical connections 10 53 - 75 are to be made in accordance with DN250 (71,8 - 101,7) the authority having jurisdiction and/ or the National Electrical Code. With 12 80 - 110 reference to Figure 2, the â€œsupervisory DN300 (108,4 - 149,1) switchâ€ is intended for connection to the supervisory circuit of a fire alarm tAble 1 control panel in accordance with NFPA RecommeNded toRqueS 72. The â€œauxiliary switchâ€ is intend- ed for the unsupervised connection to auxiliary equipment in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electric Code. Page 4 of 4 TFP55 Care and Limited Ordering Maintenance Warranty Procedure The owner is responsible for the in- Products manufactured by Tyco Fire Wafer Style Butterfly Valves: spection, testing, and maintenance of & Building Products (TFBP) are war- Specify: (specify inch size) Mod- their fire protection system and devic- ranted solely to the original Buyer for el BFV-N Wafer Style Butterfly Valve es in accordance with the applicable ten (10) years against defects in mate- with internal supervisory switches, standards of the National Fire Pro- rial and workmanship when paid for P/N (specify). tection Association (e.g., NFPA25), in and properly installed and maintained addition to the standards of any au- under normal use and service. This Valve Size Valve Part Number thority having jurisdiction. The install- warranty will expire ten (10) years from 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-801-1-020N ing contractor or product manufac- date of shipment by TFBP. No warran- 2-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59-801-1-025N turer should be contacted relative to ty is given for products or components 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-801-1-030N 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-801-1-040N any questions. Any impairment must manufactured by companies not af- 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-801-1-050N be immediately corrected. filiated by ownership with TFBP or for 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-801-1-060N It is recommended that automatic products and components which have 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-801-1-080N sprinkler systems be inspected, test- been subject to misuse, improper in- 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59-801-1-100N ed, and maintained by a qualified in- stallation, corrosion, or which have not 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59-801-1-120N spection service. been installed, maintained, modified or repaired in accordance with applicable Note Standards of the National Fire Protec- Before closing a fire protection sys- tion Association, and/or the standards tem control valve for maintenance or of any other Authorities Having Juris- inspection work on either the valve or diction. Materials found by TFBP to be fire protection system which it con- defective shall be either repaired or re- trols, permission to shut down the af- placed, at TFBPâ€™s sole option. TFBP fected fire protection systems must be neither assumes, nor authorizes any obtained from the proper authorities person to assume for it, any other ob- and all personnel who may be affected ligation in connection with the sale of by this decision must be notified. products or parts of products. TFBP shall not be responsible for sprinkler system design errors or inaccurate or incomplete information supplied by Buyer or Buyerâ€™s representatives. In no event shall TFBP be liable, in contract, tort, strict liability or under any other legal theory, for incidental, indirect, special or consequential dam- ages, including but not limited to labor charges, regardless of whether TFBP was informed about the possibility of such damages, and in no event shall TFBPâ€™s liability exceed an amount equal to the sales price. The foregoing warranty is made in lieu of any and all other warranties, ex- press or implied, including warranties of merchantability and fitness for a par- ticular purpose. This limited warranty sets forth the ex- clusive remedy for claims based on failure of or defect in products, materi- als or components, whether the claim is made in contract, tort, strict liability or any other legal theory. This warranty will apply to the full ex- tent permitted by law. The invalidity, in whole or part, of any portion of this warranty will not affect the remainder. TYCO FIRE & BUILDING PRODUCTS, 451 North Cannon Avenue, Lansdale Pennsylvania 19446 Technical Services 800-381-9312 | +1-401-781-8220 www.tyco-fire.com Model CV-1F Check Valves 2 to 12 Inch (DN50 to DN300) General The Model CV-1F Check Valves described herein must be installed Description and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applicable stan- The TYCO Model CV-1F Check Valve is dards of the National Fire Protection a compact and rugged swing-type unit Association, in addition to the stan- that allows water flow in one direction dards of any authorities having juris- and prevents flow in the opposite direc- diction. Failure to do so may impair the tion. A resilient elastomer seal facing performance of this device. on the spring-loaded clapper ensures Owners are responsible for maintain- a leak-tight seal and non-sticking oper- ing their fire protection system and ation. The Model CV-1F Check Valves devices in proper operating condition. are designed to minimize water hammer The installing contractor or manufac- caused by flow reversal. turer should be contacted with any The Model CV-1F Check Valve is questions. furnished with grooved ends and can be installed using Grinnell Grooved Technical Couplings or GRINNELL Figure 71 Installation Flange Adapters. The Model CV-1F Data Check Valves have been designed The Model CV-1F Check Valves are with a removable cover for ease of field to be installed in accordance with the Approvals maintenance. These valves can be UL, C-UL, and FM following instructions: installed horizontally (with cover in the 1. The arrow cast on the Body must upward position) or vertically with the Sizes point in the direction of the flow. flow in the upward direction. Refer to 2 to 12 Inch (DN50 to DN300) Figure 4. 2. Valves installed vertically must be Maximum Working Pressure positioned with the flow in the up- A Maintenance Check Valve Kit 300 psi (20,7 bar) ward direction. (TFP1555) is available to allow the 3. Valves installed horizontally must be maintenance procedure of back- Valve Assembly Finish flushing through the fire department Red, non-lead paint positioned with the Cover facing up. Refer to Figure 4. connection without removing the Model CV-1F Check Valve from the pipe line. 4. Grooved end pipe couplings used with the Model CV-1F Check Valve The Model CV-1F Check Valves are a must be installed in accordance with redesign for the Central Figure 590F manufacturerâ€™s instructions. and GRINNELL Figure 590F. NOTICE Never remove any piping component nor correct or modify any piping defi- ciencies without first de-pressurizing and draining the system. Failure to do so may result in serious personal injury, property damage, and/or impaired device performance. Page 1 of 4 OCTOBER 2010 TFP1550 TFP1550 Page 2 of 4 B A C O.D. D 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT J E F Nominal Dimensions Nominal Pipe Size Inches (mm) Cover Approx. Bolt Torq. Weight ANSI O.D. Lbs.-ft. Lbs. Inches Inches A B C D E F J (Nm) (kg) DN (mm) 2 2.375 6.75 4.38 2.55 2.57 3.25 4.75 1.62 18 9.0 DN50 (60,3) (171,5) (111,3) (64,8) (65,3) (82,3) (120,7) (41,5) (25) (4,5) 2-1/2 2.875 8.00 5.80 3.41 3.40 3.88 6.00 1.70 39 10.0 DN65 (73,0) (203,2) (147,3) (86,6) (86,4) (98,6) (152,4) (43,2) (54) (4,5) 76,1 - 8.00 5.80 3.41 3.40 3.88 6.00 1.70 39 10.00 DN65 (76,1) (203,2) (147,3) (86,6) (86,4) (98,6) (152,4) (43,2) (54) (4,5) 3 3.500 8.37 5.76 3.60 3.40 3.88 6.00 1.70 39 11.0 DN80 (88,9) (212,6) (146,3) (91,4) (86,4) (98,6) (152,4) (43,2) (54) (5,0) 4 4.500 9.63 6.74 4.61 3.63 4.56 7.13 1.84 50 25.0 DN100 (114,3) (244,6) (171,2) (117,1) (92,2) (115,1) (181,1) (46,7) (69) (11.3) 139.7 - 10.50 7.50 5.29 4.20 4.90 7.60 1.90 39 29.0 DN125 (139.7) (266,7) (190,5) (134,4) (106,7) (124,5) (193,0) (48,3) (54) (13.2) 5 5.563 10.50 7.50 5.29 4.20 4.90 7.60 1.90 39 29.0 DN125 (141,3) (266,7) (190,5) (134,4) (106,7) (124,5) (193,0) (48,3) (54) (13,2) 165.1 - 11.50 8.05 5.75 4.50 5.00 7.60 1.48 60 47.0 DN150 (165.1) (292,1) (204,5) (146,1) (114,3) (127,0) (193,0) (37,6) (82) (21,3) 6 6.625 11.50 8.05 5.75 4.50 5.00 7.60 1.48 60 47.0 DN150 (168,3) (292,1) (204,5) (146,1) (114,3) (127,0) (193,0) (37,6) (82) (21,3) 8 8.625 14.00 10.25 7.75 5.62 5.45 8.40 2.20 120 66.0 DN200 (219,1) (355,6) (260,4) (196,9) (142,7) (138,4) (213,4) (58,9) (164) (29,9) 10 10.750 18.00 13.00 10.21 6.38 7.50 10.50 3.00 130 109.7 DN250 (273,1) (457,2) (330,2) (259,3) (162.1) (190.5) (266,7) (76,2) (178) (49,4) 12 12.750 21.00 14.28 11.31 7.26 7.62 10.62 2.75 130 151.0 DN300 (323,9) (533,4) (362,7) (287,2) (184,4) (193,5) (269,7) (69.9) (178) (68,0) FIGURE 1 MODEL CV-1F CHECK VALVES NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1550 Page 3 of 4 8 8 4,16 18 17 9 5 2 SEE 2 7 9 VIEW A 2 7 5 3 2" - 8" 10" - 12" (DN50-DN200) (DN250 - DN300) VIEW A 13 5 13 SEE 11,16 DETAIL B 11 14,16 19 6 5 6 2" - 8" 10" - 12" 1 15 (DN50-DN200) (DN250 - DN300) DETAIL B Detail Part Material Qty. Detail Part Material Qty. Detail Part Material Qty. Clapper EPDM Stainless 1 Body Ductile Iron 1 6 1 14 Locknut 1 Facing Grade â€œEâ€ Steel Stainless Plug- 2 Cover Ductile Iron 1 7 Spring 1 15 Cast Iron 2 Steel 1/2Ë-14 NPT Cover Hinge Stainless Thread 3 Nitrile Rubber 1 8 1 16 Adhesive AR Gasket Shaft Steel Sealer Hex Cap Steel, Zinc Retaining Stainless 4 AR 9 AR 17 Nameplate Aluminum 1 Screw Plated Ring Steel Clapper Stainless Retention Stainless 2Ë - 8Ë 11 1 18 Rivet Steel 2 Steel Bolt Steel (DN50-200) 5 1 Clapper Retaining Stainless Stainless 10Ë-12Ë Ductile Iron 13 1 19 Spacer 1 Disc Steel Steel (DN250-300) FIGURE 2 MODEL CV-1F CHECK VALVES ASSEMBLY FLOW RATE IN LITRES PER MINUTE (LPM) (1 GPM = 3,785 LPM) 500 700 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 10000 20000 30000 50000 5.0 0,30 4.0 3.0 0,20 2 INCH (DN50) 2.0 2-1/2 INCH (DN65)3 INCH (DN80) 4 INCH (DN100) 5 INCH (DN125) 0,10 6 INCH (DN150) 0,09 0,08 8 INCH (DN200) 1.0 0,07 (1 PSI = 0,06895 BAR) NOMINAL PRESSURE DROP0.9 10 INCH (DN250) 0,06 0.8 12 INCH (DN300) 0.7 0,05 NOMINAL PRESSURE DROP IN BAR IN POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH (PSI) 0.6 0,04 0.5 100 200 300 400 600 1000 2000 3000 4000 6000 10000 15000 FLOW RATE IN GALLONS PER MINUTE (GPM) FIGURE 3 MODEL CV-1F CHECK VALVES PRESSURE LOSS DATA TFP1550 Page 4 of 4 Care and Limited TFSBP was informed about the possi- bility of such damages, and in no Maintenance Warranty event shall TFSBPâ€™s liability exceed an amount equal to the sales price. Products manufactured by Tyco Fire The foregoing warranty is made in lieu NOTICE Suppression & Building Products of any and all other warranties, express Before closing a fire protection system (TFSBP) are warranted solely to the or implied, including warranties of main control valve for maintenance original Buyer for ten (10) years against merchantability and fitness for a partic- work on the fire protection system defects in material and workmanship ular purpose. that it controls, obtain permission to when paid for and properly installed shut down the affected fire protection and maintained under normal use This limited warranty sets forth the system from the proper authorities and and service. This warranty will expire exclusive remedy for claims based on notify all personnel who may be affect- ten (10) years from date of shipment failure of or defect in products, materi- ed by this decision. by TFSBP. No warranty is given for als or components, whether the claim is products or components manufac- made in contract, tort, strict liability or After placing a fire protection system tured by companies not affiliated by any other legal theory. in service, notify the proper authorities ownership with TFSBP or for products This warranty will apply to the full and advise those responsible for moni- and components which have been extent permitted by law. The invalidity, toring proprietary and/or central station subject to misuse, improper instal- in whole or part, of any portion of this alarms. lation, corrosion, or which have not warranty will not affect the remainder. Responsibility lies with owners for the been installed, maintained, modified inspection, testing, and maintenance of or repaired in accordance with appli- Ordering their fire protection system and devices cable Standards of the National Fire in compliance with this document, as Protection Association, and/or the stan- Procedure well as with the applicable standards of dards of any other Authorities Having the National Fire Protection Association Jurisdiction. Materials found by TFSBP Contact your local distributor for avail- (for example, NFPA 25), in addition to to be defective shall be either repaired ability. When placing an order, indicate the standards of any authority having or replaced, at TFSBPâ€™s sole option. the full product name and Part Number jurisdiction. The installing contractor TFSBP neither assumes, nor authorizes (P/N). or product manufacturer should be any person to assume for it, any other contacted relative to any questions. obligation in connection with the sale of Model CV-1F Check Valves Any impairments must be immediately products or parts of products. TFSBP Specify: size and P/N (below). corrected. shall not be responsible for sprinkler 2Ë (DN50) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-020 system design errors or inaccurate or Automatic sprinkler systems are recom- 2-1/2Ë (DN65) . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-025 incomplete information supplied by mended to be inspected, tested, and 76,1 mm (DN65) . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-076 Buyer or Buyerâ€™s representatives. maintained by a qualified Inspection 3Ë (DN80) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-030 Service in accordance with local In no event shall TFSBP be liable, in 4Ë (DN100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-040 requirements and/or national codes. contract, tort, strict liability or under 139,7 mm (DN125) . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-139 any other legal theory, for inciden- 5Ë (DN125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-050 tal, indirect, special or consequential 165,1 mm (DN150) . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-165 damages, including but not limited to 6Ë (DN150) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-060 labor charges, regardless of whether 8Ë (DN200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-080 10Ë (DN250) . . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-100 12Ë (DN300) . . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-120 OUTLET COVER FLOW INLET OUTLET COVER INLET FLOW VERTICAL ORIENTATION HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION FIGURE 4 MODEL CV-1F CHECK VALVES INSTALLATION Copyright Â© 2008-2010 Tyco Fire Suppression & Building Products. All rights reserved. BELLS PBA-AC & MBA-DC UL, ULC, and FM Approved Sizes Available: 6" (150mm), 8" (200mm) and 10" (250mm) Voltages Available: 24VAC 120VAC 12VDC (10.2 to 15.6) Polarized 24VDC (20.4 to 31.2) Polarized Service Use: Fire Alarm General Signaling Burglar Alarm Environment: Indoor or outdoor use (See Note 1) -40Â° to 150Â°F (-40Â° to 66Â°C) (Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.) Termination: AC Bells - 4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires DC Bells - Terminal strip Finish: Red powder coating * Optional: Model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox Model BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox These vibrating type bells are designed for use as ï¬ re, burglar or general Notes: signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel 1. Minimum dB ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure ratings. The unit mounts on a standard 4" (101mm) square electrical box measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as speciï¬ ed in UL for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox or BBX-1 Standard 464. UL temperature range is -30Â° to 150Â°F (-34Â° to 66Â°C). deep weatherproof backbox for outdoor applications. Weatherproof 2. Typical dB ratings are calculated from measurements made with a backbox model BBK-1, Stock No. 1500001. conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in an actual installation. 3. ULC only applies to MBA DC bells. Size inches Voltage Model Stock Current Typical dB at Minimum dB at (mm) Number Number (Max.) 10 ft. (3m) (2) 10 ft. (3m) (1) 6 (150) 12VDC MBA126 1750070 .12A 85 76 8 (200) 12VDC MBA128 1750080 .12A 90 77 10 (250) 12VDC MBA1210 1750060 .12A 92 78 6 (150) 24VDC MBA246 1750100 .06A 87 77 8 (200) 24VDC MBA248 1750110 .06A 91 79 10 (250) 24VDC MBA2410 1750090 .06A 94 80 6 (150) 24VAC PBA246 1806024* .17A 91 78 8 (200) 24VAC PBA248 1808024* .17A 94 77 10 (250) 24VAC PBA2410 1810024* .17A 94 78 6 (150) 120VAC PBA1206 1806120* .05A 92 83 8 (200) 120VAC PBA1208 1808120* .05A 99 84 10 (250) 120VAC PBA12010 1810120* .05A 99 86 All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection. * Does not have ULC listing. In outdoor or wet installations, bell must be mounted with weatherproof backbox, BBK-1 or BBX-1. Standard electrical boxes will not provide a weatherproof enclosure. If the bell and/or assembly is exposed to moisture, it may fail or create an electrical hazard. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC â€¢ 2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO, 63146-4161 â€¢ Phone: 800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833â€¢ www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400776 - REV Y PAGE 1 OF 2 5/08 BELLS PBA-AC & MBA-DC Bells Dimensions Inches (mm) Wiring (rear view) Fig. 1 Fig. 3 A.C. BELLS 10â€ WHITE (IN) WHITE (OUT) (250) 8â€ (200) FROM CONTROL 6â€ PANEL OR (150) PRECEDING BELL BLACK (IN) BLACK (OUT) CAUTION: WHEN ELECTRICAL SUPERVISION IS REQUIRED USE IN AND OUT LEADS AS SHOWN. 2 11/16â€ (68) NOTES: DWG# 776-1 1. WHEN USING AC BELLS, TERMINATE EACH EXTRA WIRE SEPARATELY AFTER LAST BELL. 2. END-OF-LINE RESISTOR IS NOT REQUIRED ON AC BELLS. DWG# 776-3 Weatherproof Backbox Dimensions Inches (mm) Fig. 2 FACP _ + Box has one threaded 1/2" conduit entrance 5 3/4â€ 3 3/8â€ 5â€ To Next (146) (86) (127) Device or End-of-Line Resistor 3 3/8â€ 1 5/8â€ (86) (41) 4 1/4â€ (108) Installation DWG# 776-2 1. The bell shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 72, or local AHJ. The top of the device shall be no less than 90" AFF and not less than 6" below the ceiling. 2. Remove the gong. 3. Connect wiring (see Fig. 3). 4. Mount bell mechanism to backbox (bell mechanism must be 4 1/4â€ (108)3 3/8â€ (85.9) mounted with the striker pointing down). 5. Reinstall the gong (be sure that the gong positioning pin, in the mechanism housing, is in the hole in the gong). 6. Test all bells for proper operation and observe that they can BBX-1 2â€ (51) be heard where required (bells must be heard in all areas as designated by the authority having jurisdiction). Failure to install striker down will prevent bell from operating. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400776 - REV Y PAGE 2 OF 2 5/08 Worldwide www.tyco-fire.comwww.tyco-fire.com Contacts Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve, External Resetting 2-1/2 thru 6 Inch (DN65 thru DN150) 250 psi (17,2 bar) General Description The TYCO Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves are differential valves used to automatically control the flow of water into dry pipe fire protection sprinkler systems upon operation of one or more automatic sprinklers. The DPV-1 also provides for actuation of fire alarms upon system operation. The Model DPV-1 features are as follows: â€¢ External reset. â€¢ 250 psi (17,2 bar) pressure rating. â€¢ Unique offset single clapper design enabling a simple compact valve to minimize installation labor. â€¢ Ductile iron construction to ensure a lightweight valve to minimize shipping cost. â€¢ A variety of inlet and outlet connections. Available End Connections and Sizes â€¢ Compact, Pre-Trimmed, and Semi- Nominal Valve Size Assembled, easy to operate valve End Connection 2-1/2 Inch 3 Inch 4 Inch 6 Inch trim. (DN65) (DN80) (DN100) (DN150) â€¢ Simple reset procedure through the Flange x Flange N/A N/A elimination of priming water. Dry pipe sprinkler systems are used Flange x Groove N/A N/A in unheated warehouses, parking Groove x Groove garages, store windows, attic spaces, loading docks, and other areas exposed to freezing tempera- Available tures, where water filled pipe cannot N/A Not Available be utilized. When set for service, the dry pipe sprinkler system is pressur- NOTICE The owner is responsible for main- ized with air (or nitrogen). The loss The Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves taining their fire protection system and of pressure through an operated described herein must be installed devices in proper operating condition. automatic sprinkler in response to and maintained in compliance with this The installing contractor or manufac- heat from a fire permits the DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve to open and allow a flow of document, as well as with the appli- turer should be contacted with any cable standards of the National Fire questions water into the sprinkler system piping. Table B establishes the minimum Protection Association, in addition to required system air pressure that the standards of any other authorities includes a safety factor to help prevent having jurisdiction. Failure to do so false operations that might occur due to may impair the performance of these water supply fluctuations. devices. Page 1 of 20 MARCH 2013 TFP1020 TFP1020 Page 2 of 20 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. REF. 1 Valve Body . . . . . . . 1 NR 2 Air and Water Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 NR 3 Handhole Cover . . . 1 NR 4 Handhole Cover 11 Gasket . . . . . . . . . . 1 See (b) 5 1/2-13 UNC x 1" Hex Head Cap Screw: 12 2-1/2 & 3 Inch 6 Valves. . . . . . . . . . . 5 CH 13 4 Inch Valve . . . . . . 6 CH 7 6 Clapper. . . . . . . . . . 1 See (a) RESET CLAPPER 7 Clapper Facing. . . . 1 See (a) or (b) 14 PLUNGER ASSEMBLY 8 Clapper Facing PARTS 8 Retaining Plate. . . . 1 See (a) 15, 18 9 2-1/2 and 3 Inch Valves: 1/4" x 3/8" Long 9 #10-32 Shoulder 16 Screw . . . . . . . . . . . 5 See (a) 4 Inch Valve: 1/4-20 UNC x 1/2" 17 Socket Head Cap Screw . . . . . . . . . . . 7 See (a) 10 Clapper Hinge Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 See (a) 11 Reset Knob . . . . . . 1 See (c) 12 Reset Spring . . . . . 1 See (c) 13 Reset Bushing . . . . 1 See (c) 14 Reset Bushing O-Ring. . . . . . . . . . . 1 See (b) or (c) 15 Reset Plunger O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . 1 See (b) or (c) 16 Reset Plunger. . . . . 1 See (c) 17 Reset Latch Subassembly . . . . . 1 See (c) 18 Dow Corning FS3452 1 Flourosilicone 4 Grease, 1.5 g . . . . . 1 See (b) or (c) 3 NR: Not Replaceable 2 CH: Common Hardware REPLACEMENT PARTS NO. DESCRIPTION P/N (a) Clapper Assembly Includes Items 6-10: 2-1/2 & 3 Inch Valves. . 92-309-2-203 4 Inch Valve . . . . . . . . . 92-309-2-403 10 (b) Repair Parts Kit 5 Includes Items 4, 7, 14, 15, & 18: 2-1/2 & 3 Inch Valves. . 92-309-1-204 4 Inch Valve . . . . . . . . . 92-309-1-404 (c) Reset Plunger Parts Kit Includes Items 11-18 . . 92-310-1-405 FIGURE 1 - PART 1 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE 2-1/2, 3, AND 4 INCH (DN65, DN80, DN100) ASSEMBLIES TFP1020 Page 3 of 20 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. REP. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. REP. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. REP. PART 1 Valve Body . . . . . . . 1 NR 5 Socket Head Cap 8 Hex Head Cap Screw 2 Air and Water Screw 5/8-11 UNC x 1". . . 6 CH Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 NR 3/8-16 UNC x 1". . . 8 NR 9 Clapper. . . . . . . . . . 1 See (a) 3 Water Seal 6 Handhole Cover . . . 1 NR 10 Clapper Facing. . . . 1 See (a) or (b) O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . 1 NR 7 Handhole Cover 11 Clapper Facing 4 Air Seal O-Ring. . . . 1 NR Gasket . . . . . . . . . . 1 See (b) Retaining Plate. . . . 1 See (a) 12 Socket Head Cap Screw 1/4-20 UNC x 1/2". . 9 See (a) 14 13 Clapper Hinge Pin. . 1 See (a) 14 Reset Knob . . . . . . 1 See (c) 15 Reset Spring . . . . . 1 See (c) 15 16 Reset Bushing . . . . 1 See (c) 9 17 Reset Bushing 16 O-Ring. . . . . . . . . . . 1 See (b) or (c) 10 18 Reset Plunger CLAPPER RESET O-Ring. . . . . . . . . . . 1 See (b) or (c) ASSEMBLY 17 PLUNGER 19 Reset Plunger. . . . . 1 See (c) 11 PARTS 20 Reset Latch Subassembly . . . . . 1 See (c) 18, 21 12 21 Dow Corning FS3452 Flourosilicone 19 Grease, 1.5 g . . . . . 1 See (b) or (c) NR: Not Replaceable 20 CH: Common Hardware REPLACEMENT PARTS NO. DESCRIPTION P/N (a) Clapper Assembly Includes Items 9-13 . . . 92-309-2-603 (b) Repair Parts Kit Includes Items 7, 10, 17, 18, 21. . . . . . 92-309-1-604 (c) Reset Plunger Parts Kit 2 Includes Items 14-21 . . 92-310-1-405 4 1 7 6 5 3 13 8 FIGURE 1 - PART 2 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE 6 INCH (DN150) ASSEMBLY TFP1020 Page 4 of 20 Technical Data Handhole Cover are ductile iron. The â€¢ PS10-2 waterflow alarm switch Handhole Cover Gasket is neoprene, â€¢ PS40-2 low air pressure alarm switch and the Clapper Facing is EPDM. Approvals The Air/Water Seat Ring is brass, the Note: When the system pressure is UL and C-UL Listed. FM Approved. Clapper is bronze or aluminum bronze, greater than 175 psi (12,1 bar), provision NYC under MEA 172-02-E (4 and 6 and both the Clapper Retaining Plate is to be made to replace the standard inch). and Latch are bronze. The Hinge Pin is order 300 psi (20,7 bar) Water Pressure Dry Pipe Valve aluminum bronze, and the fasteners for gauge with a separately ordered 600 The TYCO Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe the Handhole Cover are carbon steel. psi (41,4 bar) Water Pressure Gauge. Valves are for vertical installations (flow Valve Trim Air Supply going up), and they are rated for use Installation dimensions are given Table B shows the system air pressure at a maximum service pressure of 250 in Figure 7, and the Valve Trim and requirements as a function of the psi (17,2 bar). The Valve dimensions are Pre-Trimmed Valve Assemblies are water supply pressure. The air (or shown in Figure 7. illustrated in Figures 4, 5, and 6. The nitrogen) pressure in the sprinkler Flanged connections are available and Valve Trim and Pre-Trimmed Valve system is recommended to be auto- drilled per ANSI, ISO, AS, and JIS spec- forms a part of the laboratory listings matically maintained by using one of ifications (Ref. Table A). The grooved and approval of the DPV-1 Valve and is the following pressure maintenance outlet connections, as applicable, necessary for the proper operation of devices, as appropriate: are cut in accordance with standard the DPV-1 Valve. Each package of trim â€¢ Model AMD-1 Air Maintenance groove specifications for steel pipe. and pre-trimmed includes the following Device (pressure reducing type). They are suitable for use with grooved items: end pipe couplings that are listed or â€¢ Model AMD-2 Air Maintenance â€¢ Water Supply Pressure Gauge approved for fire protection system Device (compressor control type). service. Available combinations of inlet â€¢ System Air Pressure Gauge â€¢ Model AMD-3 Nitrogen Maintenance and outlet connections are detailed in â€¢ Air Supply Connections Device (high pressure reducing type). the Ordering Procedure section. They are also noted in the â€œAvailable End â€¢ Main Drain Valve The Pressure Relief Valve provided with Connection and Sizesâ€ table located the valve trim is factory set to relieve â€¢ Low Body Drain Valve on Page 1. at a pressure of approximately 45 psi â€¢ Alarm Test Valve (3,1 bar). If the normal system air Threaded port connections of valves pressure is less than or exceeds 40 psi having flanges drilled to ANSI, AS, or â€¢ Automatic Drain Valve (2,8 bar), then the pressure Relief Valve JIS specifications are NPT threaded per â€¢ Drip Funnel must be reset to relieve at a pressure ANSI Standard B1.20.1. Threaded port that is in accordance with the authority connections of valves having flanges â€¢ Connections For Optional Quick having jurisdiction. drilled to ISO are available either Opening Device (Accelerator) threaded per ISO 7-1 or NPT threaded Quick Opening Device Also included in the Pre-Trimmed Valve per ANSI Standard B1.20.1. Valves with As an option, the Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Assembly, which can be ordered sepa- NPT threaded ports will readily accept Valve may be equipped with the VIZOR rately for the Valve Trim, includes the the trim arrangements detailed in Parts Electronic Dry Pipe Valve Accelerator following items: 2 and 3 of Figures 4, 5, and 6. (4 and 6 inch sizes) as detailed in â€¢ Model BFV-N butterfly vlave Technical Data Sheet TFP1105 or the Components of the DPV-1 Valves are shown in Figure 1. The Body and â€¢ Figure 577 grooved coupling Model ACC-1 Mechanical Dry Pipe Flange Drilling Specification Nominal Dimensions in Inches and (mm) Nominal ANSI B16.1 1 ISO 7005-2 JIS B 2210 AS 2129 Valve Size (Class 125) (PN16)2 (10K) (Table E) Dim. Dim. Qty. Dim. Dim. Qty. Dim. Dim. Qty. Dim. Dim. Qty. A B N A B N A B N A B N 4 Inch 7.50 0.75 8 7.09 0.75 8 6.89 0.59 8 7.00 0.71 8 (DN100) (190,5) (19,0) (180,0) (19,0) (175,0) (15,0) (178,0) (18,0) 6 Inch 9.50 0.88 8 9.45 0.91 8 9.45 0.75 8 9.25 0.87 8 (DN150) (241,3) (22,2) (240,0) (23,0) (240,0) (19,0) (235,0) (22,0) 1 Same drilling as for ANSI B16.5 (Class 150) and ANSI B16.42 (Class 150). Dim. A Qty. N 2 Same drilling as for BS 4504 Section 3.2 (PN16) and DIN 2532 (PN16). Bolt Circle Number of Diameter Bolt Holes Dim. B Bolt Hole TABLE A Diameter DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SELECTION OF FLANGE DRILLING TFP1020 Page 5 of 20 Valve Accelerator (2-1/2, 3, 4, and 6 When one or more automatic sprin- inch sizes) as detailed in Technical Data klers operate in response to a fire, Sheet TFP1112. air pressure within the system piping Maximum System Air Water Supply Pressure Range, is relieved through the open sprin- The VIZOR or the ACC-1 is used to Pressure, psi reduce the time to valve actuation klers. When the air pressure is suffi- psi ciently reduced, the water pressure following the operation of one or more overcomes the differential holding 20 10 automatic sprinklers. In some cases the use of a quick opening device such the Clapper Assembly closed and the 60 15 - 23 Clapper Assembly swings clear of the as the VIZOR or the ACC-1 may be 80 20 - 28 water seat, as shown in Figure 3C, required to meet the requirements of This action permits water flow into the 100 25 - 33 the National Fire Protection Association system piping and subsequently to be to meet water delivery times. 120 30 - 38 discharged from any open sprinklers. Also, with the Clapper Assembly open, 145 35 - 43 Operation the intermediate chamber is pres- 165 40 - 48 surized and water flows through the The TYCO Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve alarm port (Ref. Figure 3B) at the rear 185 45 - 53 is a differential type valve that utilizes of the DPV-1 Valve to actuate system 205 50 - 58 a substantially lower system (air or water flow alarms. The flow from the nitrogen) pressure than the supply alarm port is also sufficient to close the 225 55 - 63 (water) pressure, to maintain the set otherwise normally open Automatic 250 60 - 68 position shown in Figure 3A. The differ- Drain Valve in the valve trim. ential nature of the DPV-1 is based on After a valve actuation and upon sub- the area difference between the air seat TABLE B sequent closing of a system main and the water seat in combination with SYSTEM AIR PRESSURE control valve to stop water flow, the the ratio of the radial difference from REQUIREMENTS Clapper Assembly will latch open as the Hinge Pin to the center of the Water shown in Figure 3D. Latching open of Seat and the Hinge Pin to the center of the Air Seat. The difference is such that Continued on page 16 1 psi (0,07 bar) of system air pressure FLOW RATE IN LITRES PER MINUTE (LPM) can hold approximately 5.5 psi (0,38 (1 GPM = 3.785 LPM) bar) of water supply pressure. 500 700 1000 2000 3000 5000 10000 Table B establishes the minimum 9.0 0,60 required system air pressure that 7.0 0,50 includes a safety factor to help prevent 0,40 false operations that occur due to water 5.0 supply fluctuations. 0,30 4.0 The Intermediate Chamber of the DPV-1 is formed by the area between the 3.0 0,20 Air Seat and Water Seat as shown in Figure 3B. The Intermediate Chamber 2.0 normally remains at atmospheric pressure through the Alarm Port 0,10 connection and the valve trim to the 0,08 normally open Automatic Drain Valve 1.0 (Fig. 4, 5, or 6). Having the Intermediate 0,06 Chamber, Figure 3B, open to atmo- 0.7 4 INCH (DN100) 0,05 sphere is critical to the DPV-1 Valve 0,04 remaining set, otherwise the full 0.5 6 INCH (DN150) resulting pressure of the system air 2-1/2 INCH (DN65) & 3 INCH (DN80) 0,03 (1 PSI = 0.06895 BAR) 0.4 pressure on top of the Clapper Assembly cannot be realized. 0.3 0,02 NOMINAL PRESSURE DROP IN BAR For example, and assuming a water supply pressure of 100 psi (6,9 bar), if 0.2 the system air pressure is 25 psi (1,7 bar) and there was 15 psi (1,0 bar) 0,01 pressure trapped in the Intermediate NOMINAL PRESSURE DROP IN POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH (PSI) Chamber, the resulting pressure 0.1 across the top of the Clapper would 100 200 300 500 700 1000 2000 3000 only be 10 psi (0,7 bar). This pressure FLOW RATE IN GALLONS PER MINUTE (GPM) would be insufficient to hold the The approximate friction losses, based on the Hazen and Williams formula and ex- Clapper Assembly closed against pressed in equivalent length of Schedule 40 pipe with C=100 are as follows: a water supply pressure of 100 psi 2.2 feet for the 2-1/2 inch valve at a typical flow rate of 250 GPM (6,9 bar). It is for this reason that the 4.9 feet for the 3 inch valve at a typical flow rate of 350 GPM plunger of the Automatic Drain Valve 8.9 feet for the 4 inch valve at a typical flow rate of 600 GPM 22 feet for the 6 inch valve at a typical flow rate of 1500 GPM must be depressed during several of the resetting steps, as well as during FIGURE 2 inspections, making certain that the MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVES Automatic Drain Valve is open. NOMINAL PRESSURE LOSS VS. FLOW TFP1020 Page 6 of 20 AIR PRESSURE WATERFLOW TO SYSTEM TO SYSTEM CLAPPER CLAPPER 1" NPT ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY AIR SUPPLY IN SET FULLY OPEN PORT POSITION 01 CLAPPER LATCH PIVOTS TO ALLOW 1/2" NPT CLAPPER ASSEMBLY WATER TO FULLY OPEN SUPPLY PRESSURE 3/4" NPT ALARM & ALARM PORT OPEN TO TEST PORT ATMOSPHERE 02 03 ALARM PORT WATERFLOW TO ALARM CLAPPER ASSEMBLY FROM FROM WATER SUPPLY AIR WATER SUPPLY SEAT FIGURE 3A FIGURE 3C SET POSITION WATER OPERATED POSITION ALARM SEAT 03 PORT DRAIN FROM DRAIN FROM SYSTEM SYSTEM VALVE INTERMEDIATE COMPLETE WATERWAY CHAMBER PUSH HERE TO RESET FIGURE 3B VALVE SET POSITION INTERMEDIATE RESET CHAMBER KNOB CLAPPER ASSEMBLY LATCHED RESET OPEN ASSEMBLY CLAPPER LATCH PIVOTS TO CLAPPER UNLATCH LATCH CLAPPER ASSEMBLY 04 MAIN DRAIN PORT: 3/4" NPT 05 1-1/4" NPT* (2-1/2 INCH CLAPPER LOW BODY & 3 INCH VALVES) ASSEMBLY DRAIN 2" NPT (4 INCH VALVE) RESEATED PORT *DN40 FOR VALVES WITH WATER SUPPLY WATER SUPPLY SHUT OFF ISO THREADED PORTS SHUT OFF FIGURE 3D FIGURE 3E DRAIN POSITION RESET POSITION FIGURE 3 - PART 1 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVES 2-1/2, 3, AND 4 INCH (DN65, DN80, AND DN100) SET AND OPEN POSITIONS TFP1020 Page 7 of 20 AIR PRESSURE WATERFLOW TO SYSTEM TO SYSTEM CLAPPER ASSEMBLY FULLY OPEN 1" NPT CLAPPER LATCH AIR SUPPLY PIVOTS TO ALLOW PORT CLAPPER ASSEMBLY 01 TO FULLY OPEN 3/4" NPT ALARM 03 PORT OPEN TO CLAPPER ATMOSPHERE ASSEMBLY IN SET POSITION 1/2" NPT WATER SUPPLY 02 PRESSURE & ALARM TEST PORT ALARM PORT WATERFLOW TO ALARM CLAPPER ASSEMBLY AIR FROM SEAT FROM WATER SUPPLY WATER SUPPLY FIGURE 3A ALARM FIGURE 3C SET POSITION WATER PORT OPERATED POSITION SEAT 03 DRAIN FROM DRAIN FROM SYSTEM SYSTEM COMPLETE INTERMEDIATE VALVE CHAMBER WATERWAY FIGURE 3B PUSH HERE TO RESET SET POSITION VALVE INTERMEDIATE CLAPPER CHAMBER RESET ASSEMBLY KNOB LATCHED OPEN RESET ASSEMBLY 3/4" NPT CLAPPER LOW BODY LATCH DRAIN PIVOTS TO PORT UNLATCH 04 CLAPPER ASSEMBLY 2" NPT CLAPPER MAIN DRAIN LATCH PORT CLAPPER ASSEMBLY 05 RESEATED WATER SUPPLY WATER SUPPLY SHUT OFF SHUT OFF FIGURE 3D FIGURE 3E DRAIN POSITION RESET POSITION FIGURE 3 - PART 2 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVES 6 INCH (DN150) SET AND OPEN POSITIONS TFP1020 Page 8 of 20 NOTES: 1. SEE FIGURE 4 PART 3 FOR TRIM ARRANGEMENT WITH BILL OF MATERIALS LOW AIR AND COMPONENT PART NUMBERS. PRESSURE 2. TRIM SHOWN FULLY ASSEMBLED; COMPONENTS SUCH AS GAUGES AND ALARM SWITCHES MAY REQUIRE ASSEMBLY IN TRIM AT INSTALLATION. SWITCH SYSTEM AIR SUPPLY CONTROL VALVE 1 INCH NPT SYSTEM (NORMALLY CONNECTION AIR SUPPLY OPEN) FOR LOCAL PRESSURE SPRINKLER GAUGE 2-1/2 INCH (DN65) WATERFLOW or 3 INCH (DN80) PRESSURE 1/2 INCH NPT MODEL DPV-1 ALARM CONNECTION DRY PIPE VALVE SWITCH FOR SYSTEM (GxG ONLY) AIR SUPPLY GROOVED MAIN COUPLING ALARM TEST VALVE DRAIN VALVE (NORMALLY (NORMALLY 1/2 INCH NPT CLOSED) CLOSED) CONNECTION SYSTEM 3/4 INCH NPT SYSTEM FOR OPTIONAL WATER CONNECTION SHUT-OFF 1-1/4 INCH NPT ACCELERATOR SUPPLY TO DRAIN VALVE CONNECTION PRESSURE (NORMALLY TO DRAIN AUTOMATIC GAUGE LOW BODY OPEN) DRAIN VALVE DRAIN VALVE (NORMALLY 1-1/4 INCH NPT CLOSED) CONNECTION DRIP TO DRAIN FUNNEL FIGURE 4 - PART 1 OF 3 2-1/2 AND 3 INCH (DN65 AND DN80) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE PRE-TRIMMED ASSEMBLY AIR SUPPLY 1/2 INCH NPT 1/2 INCH NPT NOTES: CONTROL VALVE CONNECTION CONNECTION 1. INSTALL TRIM ASSEMBLIES IN (NORMALLY OPEN) FOR OPTIONAL FOR OPTIONAL ALPHABETICAL ORDER. ACCELERATOR AIR PRESSURE AUTOMATIC SWITCH 2. SEE FIGURE 3 FOR VALVE PORT 1/2 INCH NPT DRAIN VALVE IDENTIFICATION. CONNECTION 3. ROUTE 1/4" TUBING TO DRIP FOR SYSTEM H FUNNEL. AIR SUPPLY SYSTEM AIR SUPPLY MAIN PRESSURE DRAIN VALVE 1/2 INCH NPT D GAUGE (NORMALLY CONNECTION G A FOR WATERFLOW E CLOSED) PRESSURE ALARM SWITCH DRIP 1-1/4 INCH NPT FUNNEL CONNECTION 1-1/4 INCH NPT TO DRAIN CONNECTION TO DRAIN 2-1/2 INCH (DN65) 1 INCH NPT C or 3 INCH (DN80) CONNECTION MODEL DPV-1 FOR LOCAL DRY PIPE VALVE SPRINKLER (GxG ONLY) F LOW BODY ALARM B DRAIN VALVE TEST VALVE SYSTEM (NORMALLY (NORMALLY WATER SUPPLY 3/4 INCH NPT CLOSED) CLOSED) PRESSURE CONNECTION GAUGE TO DRAIN FIGURE 4 - PART 2 OF 3 2-1/2 AND 3 INCH (DN65 AND DN80) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF SEMI-ASSEMBLED TRIM TFP1020 Page 9 of 20 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. P/N NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. P/N NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. P/N 1 250 psi/ 1750 kPa 13 3/32" Vent 28 1" x 1" x 1/2" Air Pressure Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . 1 92-032-1-002 Reducing Tee . . . . . 1 CH Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . 1 92-343-1-012 14 1/4" Tube, 29 Not Used 2 300 psi/ 2000 kPa 18" Long. . . . . . . . . 1 CH PIPE NIPPLES: Water Pressure 15 1/4" Plug. . . . . . . . . 2 CH 30 1/4" x 3" . . . . . . . . . 2 CH Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . 1 92-343-1-005 16 1/2" Plug. . . . . . . . . 2 CH 31 1/2" x Close . . . . . . 4 CH 3 1/4" Gauge Test 17 1" Plug . . . . . . . . . . 1 CH 32 1/2" x 1-1/2". . . . . . 8 CH Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 46-005-1-002 18 1/2" Union. . . . . . . . 1 CH 33 1/2" x 2" . . . . . . . . . 1 CH 4 Model AD-1 19 1/2" x 1/4" Reducing 34 1/2" x 4-1/2". . . . . . 1 CH Automatic Bushing . . . . . . . . . 1 CH 35 1/2" x 6" . . . . . . . . . 1 CH Drain Valve . . . . . . . 1 52-793-2-004 20 1/2" 90Â° Elbow . . . . 3 CH 36 3/4" x Close . . . . . . 1 CH 5 1/4" Pressure 21 3/4" 90Â° Elbow . . . . 1 CH 37 3/4" x 1-1/2". . . . . . 1 CH Relief Valve. . . . . . . 1 92-343-1-020 22 1-1/4" 90Â° Elbow. . . 1 CH 38 3/4" x 2-1/2". . . . . . 1 CH 6 1/2" Ball Valve . . . . 2 46-050-1-004 23 1/2" Cross. . . . . . . . 2 CH 39 1" x Close. . . . . . . . 1 CH 7 3/4" Angle Valve. . . 1 46-048-1-005 24 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/4" 40 1-1/4" x Close . . . . 1 CH 8 1-1/4" Angle Valve . 1 46-048-1-007 Reducing Tee . . . . . 1 CH 41 1-1/4" x 4". . . . . . . . 1 CH 9 1/2" Swing 25 1/2" Tee . . . . . . . . . 1 CH COMPONENTS INCLUDED ONLY IN Check Valve . . . . . . 2 46-049-1-004 26 1/2" x 1/4" x 1/2" PRE-TRIMMED VALVE ASSEMBLIES: 10 Drip Funnel Reducing Tee . . . . . 2 CH Connector. . . . . . . . 1 92-211-1-005 27 1/2" x 1/2" x 3/4" 42 Model BFV-N 11 Drip Funnel Reducing Tee . . . . . 1 CH Butterfly Valve, Bracket. . . . . . . . . . 1 92-211-1-003 2-1/2" (DN65) . . . . . 1 59300F025N 12 Drip Funnel. . . . . . . 1 92-343-1-007 3" (DN80) . . . . . . . . 1 59300F030N 43 Figure 577 Coupling, 45 2-1/2" (DN65) . . . . . 1 57725ACP 16 3" (DN80) . . . . . . . . 1 57730ACP 44 Waterflow Pressure 20 Alarm Switch, 1 Model PS10-2. . . . . 1 25710 19 45 Low Air Pressure 9 32 30 Alarm Switch, 6 32 23 Model PS40-2. . . . . 1 25730 5 32 32 32 24 15 20 17 34 39 3 28 2-1/2 INCH (DN65) 44 33 or 3 INCH (DN80) 9 16 4 MODEL DPV-1 25 31 27 DRY PIPE VALVE (GxG ONLY) 31 LOCATION 32 23 36 FOR OPTIONAL 41 18 ELECTRICALLY 10 8 SUPERVISED 32 22 N.O. ALARM 20 31 40 CONTROL 11 VALVE 26 12 37 NOTES: 13 (GREEN 43 1. SEE FIGURE 3 FOR VALVE TINT) 14 21 PORT IDENTIFICATION. 38 42 2. ROUTE 1/4" TUBING, ITEM 14, 31 7 TO DRIP FUNNEL, ITEM 12. 6 3. ALL FITTINGS AND NIPPLES ARE GALVANIZED. 32 35 26 2 4. CH: COMMON HARDWARE 30 5. ITEMS 42âˆ’45 INCLUDED 3 15 ONLY IN PRE-TRIMMED VALVE ASSEMBLIES AS APPLICABLE; OTHERWISE SEPARATELY ORDERED. FIGURE 4 - PART 3 OF 3 2-1/2 AND 3 INCH (DN65 AND DN80) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF VALVE TRIM TFP1020 Page 10 of 20 1. SEE FIGURE 5 PART 3 FOR TRIM ARRANGEMENT WITH BILL OF MATERIALS LOW AIR AND COMPONENT PART NUMBERS. PRESSURE 2. TRIM SHOWN FULLY ASSEMBLED; COMPONENTS SUCH AS GAUGES AND ALARM SWITCHES MAY REQUIRE ASSEMBLY IN TRIM AT INSTALLATION. SWITCH SYSTEM AIR SUPPLY CONTROL VALVE 1/2 INCH NPT SYSTEM 4 INCH (DN100) (NORMALLY CONNECTION AIR SUPPLY MODEL DPV-1 OPEN) FOR SYSTEM PRESSURE DRY PIPE VALVE AIR SUPPLY GAUGE (FxG SHOWN) 3/4 INCH NPT CONNECTION 1 INCH NPT FLANGE ADAPTER FOR WATER CONNECTION OR GROOVED MOTOR ALARM FOR LOCAL COUPLING SPRINKLER WATERFLOW MAIN PRESSURE 3/4 INCH NPT DRAIN VALVE ALARM CONNECTION (NORMALLY SWITCH TO DRAIN CLOSED) 1/2 INCH NPT CONNECTION ALARM FOR OPTIONAL TEST VALVE 2 INCH NPT ACCELERATOR SYSTEM (NORMALLY LOW BODY SHUT-OFF CONNECTION CLOSED) DRAIN VALVE SYSTEM VALVE TO DRAIN AUTOMATIC WATER (NORMALLY (NORMALLY DRAIN VALVE SUPPLY CLOSED) OPEN) 1-1/4 INCH NPT PRESSURE CONNECTION DRIP GAUGE TO DRAIN FUNNEL FIGURE 5 - PART 1 OF 3 4 INCH (DN100) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE PRE-TRIMMED ASSEMBLY 1/2 INCH NPT AIR SUPPLY CONNECTION CONTROL VALVE FOR OPTIONAL (NORMALLY ACCELERATOR OPEN) 1/2 INCH NPT MAIN CONNECTION SYSTEM DRAIN VALVE 1/2 INCH NPT AUTOMATIC FOR OPTIONAL AIR SUPPLY (NORMALLY CONNECTION DRAIN VALVE AIR PRESSURE PRESSURE CLOSED) FOR WATERFLOW GAUGE B SWITCH PRESSURE ALARM SLOPE D SWITCH DOWN 3/4 INCH NPT CONNECTION FOR WATER A MOTOR ALARM 2 INCH NPT 1/2 INCH NPT CONNECTION CONNECTION TO DRAIN FOR SYSTEM AIR SUPPLY C 4 INCH (DN100) MODEL DPV-1 ALARM DRY PIPE VALVE TEST VALVE (FxG SHOWN) (NORMALLY CLOSED) 1 INCH NPT NOTES: 3/4 B CONNECTION 1. INSTALL TRIM ASSEMBLIES IN SYSTEM INCH NPT FOR LOCAL ALPHABETICAL ORDER. WATER SUPPLY CONNECTION SPRINKLER TO DRAIN 2. SEE FIGURE 3 FOR VALVE PORT PRESSURE LOW BODY IDENTIFICATION. GAUGE DRIP DRAIN VALVE 3. ROUTE 1/4" TUBING TO DRIP FUNNEL. FUNNEL (NORMALLY 1-1/4 INCH NPT 4. SLOPE ASSEMBLY B DOWN TOWARD CLOSED) CONNECTION BACK OF VALVE TO FACILITATE TO DRAIN SUFFICIENT LOW BODY DRAINAGE. FIGURE 5 - PART 2 OF 3 4 INCH (DN100) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF SEMI-ASSEMBLED TRIM TFP1020 Page 11 of 20 NOTES: 47 16 48 1. SEE FIGURE 3 FOR VALVE PORT IDENTIFICATION. 28 18 6 2. ROUTE 1/4" TUBING, ITEM 16, 4 5 15 27 TO DRIP FUNNEL, ITEM 14. 34 (GREEN 3. SLOPE 3/4" ANGLE VALVE, 9 TINT) 12 ITEM 9, DOWN TOWARD 29 18 SLOPE 34 14 BACK OF VALVE TO DOWN 34 FACILITATE SUFFICIENT 26 LOW BODY DRAINAGE. 8 34 19 34 4. ALL FITTINGS AND NIPPLES 27 36 ARE GALVANIZED. LOCATION 1 30 5. CH: COMMON HARDWARE FOR OPTIONAL 21 ELECTRICALLY 32 17 13 6. ITEMS 45âˆ’48 INCLUDED SUPERVISED ONLY IN PRE-TRIMMED 30 3 N.O. ALARM 41 VALVE ASSEMBLIES AS CONTROL 39 40 APPLICABLE; OTHERWISE VALVE 10 SEPARATELY ORDERED. 39 23 30 40 4 INCH (DN100) MODEL DPV-1 24 34 34 43 DRY PIPE VALVE 42 (FxG SHOWN) 33 31 9 7 20 25 38 33 46 37 11 2 44 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. P/N 22 1 250 psi/ 1750 kPa 28 3 45 Air Pressure 35 Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . 1 92-343-1-012 17 32 2 300 psi/ 2000 kPa Water Pressure Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . 1 92-343-1-005 3 1/4" Gauge Test NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. P/N Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 46-005-1-002 4 1/4" Pressure 21 1/2" x 1/4" Reducing Relief Valve. . . . . . . 1 92-343-1-020 Bushing . . . . . . . . . 1 CH 5 1/2" Angle Valve. . . 1 46-048-1-004 22 1/2" Union. . . . . . . . 1 CH NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. P/N 6 Model AD-1 23 3/4" Union. . . . . . . . 1 CH 41 3/4" x 2" . . . . . . . . . 1 CH Automatic 24 1/2" 90Â° Elbow . . . . 1 CH 42 3/4" x 3" . . . . . . . . . 1 CH Drain Valve . . . . . . . 1 52-793-2-004 25 1/2" 45Â° Elbow . . . . 1 CH 43 1" x 4". . . . . . . . . . . 1 CH 7 1/2" Ball Valve . . . . 1 46-050-1-004 26 1/2" Cross. . . . . . . . 1 CH 44 2" x 4-1/2". . . . . . . . 1 CH 8 1/2" Swing 27 1/2" Tee . . . . . . . . . 2 CH COMPONENTS INCLUDED ONLY IN Check Valve . . . . . . 1 46-049-1-004 28 1/2" x 1/4" x 1/2" PRE-TRIMMED VALVE ASSEMBLIES: 9 3/4" Angle Valve. . . 1 46-048-1-005 Reducing Tee . . . . . 2 CH 10 3/4" Swing 29 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/4" 45 Model BFV-N Butterfly Check Valve . . . . . . 1 46-049-1-005 Reducing Tee . . . . . 1 CH Valve, 4" (DN100) . . 1 59300F040N 11 2" Angle Valve . . . . 1 46-048-1-009 30 3/4" x 1/2" x 3/4" 46 Butterfy Valve 12 Drip Funnel Reducing Tee . . . . . 3 CH Assembly Component: Connector. . . . . . . . 1 92-211-1-005 31 1" x 1" x 1/2" GxG DPV-1 Valves, 13 Drip Funnel Reducing Tee . . . . . 1 CH Figure 577 Coupling, Bracket. . . . . . . . . . 1 92-211-1-003 PIPE NIPPLES: 4" (DN100) . . . . . . . 1 57740ACP 14 Drip Funnel. . . . . . . 1 92-343-1-007 32 1/4" x 3". . . . . . . . . . 2 CH FxF, FxG DPV-1 Valves, 15 3/32" Vent 33 1/2" x Close . . . . . . 2 CH Figure 71 Flange Adapter, Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . 1 92-032-1-002 34 1/2" x 1-1/2". . . . . . 7 CH 4" (DN100) . . . . . . . 1 7140S 16 1/4" Tube, 35 1/2" x 2" . . . . . . . . . 1 CH 47 Waterflow Pressure 24" Long. . . . . . . . . 1 CH 36 1/2" x 2-1/2". . . . . . 1 CH Alarm Switch, 17 1/4" Plug. . . . . . . . . 2 CH 37 1/2" x 3" . . . . . . . . . 1 CH Model PS10-2. . . . . 1 25710 18 1/2" Plug. . . . . . . . . 2 CH 38 1/2" x 3-1/2". . . . . . 1 CH 48 Low Air Pressure 19 3/4" Plug. . . . . . . . . 1 CH 39 3/4" x Close . . . . . . 2 CH Alarm Switch, 20 1" Plug . . . . . . . . . . 1 CH 40 3/4" x 1-1/2". . . . . . 2 CH Model PS40-2. . . . . 1 25730 FIGURE 5 - PART 3 OF 3 4 INCH (DN100) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF VALVE TRIM TFP1020 Page 12 of 20 NOTES: 1. SEE FIGURE 6 PART 3 FOR TRIM ARRANGEMENT WITH BILL OF MATERIALS LOW AIR AND COMPONENT PART NUMBERS. PRESSURE 2. TRIM SHOWN FULLY ASSEMBLED; COMPONENTS SUCH AS GAUGES AND ALARM SWITCHES MAY REQUIRE ASSEMBLY IN TRIM AT INSTALLATION. SWITCH SYSTEM AIR SUPPLY CONTROL VALVE SYSTEM (NORMALLY AIR SUPPLY OPEN) PRESSURE 1/2 INCH NPT GAUGE SYSTEM CONNECTION LOW BODY FOR SYSTEM WATER DRAIN VALVE AIR SUPPLY SUPPLY (NORMALLY PRESSURE CLOSED) GAUGE 1 INCH NPT CONNECTION AUTOMATIC FOR LOCAL GROOVED DRAIN VALVE SPRINKLER COUPLING OR FLANGE 1/2 INCH NPT DRIP FUNNEL ADAPTER CONNECTION FOR OPTIONAL MAIN ACCELERATOR DRAIN VALVE ALARM (NORMALLY TEST VALVE 2 INCH NPT 1-1/4 INCH NPT CLOSED) CONNECTION SYSTEM (NORMALLY WATERFLOW CONNECTION 6 INCH (DN150) SHUT-OFF CLOSED) 3/4 INCH NPT PRESSURE TO DRAIN MODEL DPV-1 CONNECTION ALARM TO DRAIN VALVE DRY PIPE VALVE (NORMALLY FOR WATER SWITCH (GxG SHOWN) MOTOR ALARM OPEN) FIGURE 6 - PART 1 OF 3 6 INCH (DN150) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE PRE-TRIMMED ASSEMBLY 1/2 INCH NPT 1/2 INCH NPT NOTES: B CONNECTION CONNECTION 4. SLOPE 3/4" ANGLE VALVE AND FOR OPTIONAL FOR SYSTEM 3/4" x 4-1/2" NIPPLE (OF ASSEMBLY B) AIR PRESSURE AIR SUPPLY SYSTEM INTO DRIP FUNNEL TO FACILITATE SWITCH AIR SUPPLY SUFFICIENT LOW BODY DRAINAGE. PRESSURE AIR SUPPLY DRIP GAUGE CONTROL VALVE LOW BODY 1/2 INCH NPT FUNNEL (NORMALLY DRAIN VALVE CONNECTION SLOPE 1 INCH NPT OPEN) (NORMALLY FOR OPTIONAL TO FIT CONNECTION CLOSED) ACCELERATOR 1/2 INCH NPT FOR LOCAL A CONNECTION SPRINKLER AUTOMATIC FOR WATERFLOW DRAIN VALVE PRESSURE ALARM SWITCH B 3/4 INCH NPT MAIN CONNECTION DRAIN VALVE FOR WATER (NORMALLY MOTOR ALARM CLOSED) D 2 INCH NPT CONNECTION 6 INCH (DN150) TO DRAIN MODEL DPV-1 DRIP DRY PIPE VALVE FUNNEL C (FxF SHOWN) NOTES: 1. INSTALL TRIM ASSEMBLIES IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER. ALARM 2. SEE FIGURE 3 FOR VALVE PORT 1-1/4 INCH NPT SYSTEM TEST VALVE IDENTIFICATION. CONNECTION WATER SUPPLY (NORMALLY 3. ROUTE 1/4" TUBING TO DRIP TO DRAIN PRESSURE CLOSED) FUNNEL. GAUGE FIGURE 6 - PART 2 OF 3 6 INCH (DN150) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF SEMI-ASSEMBLED TRIM TFP1020 Page 13 of 20 9 BACK OF 4 NOTES: 1. SEE FIGURE 3 FOR VALVE 4. ALL FITTINGS AND NIPPLES VALVE 29 PORT IDENTIFICATION. ARE GALVANIZED. 42 35 2. ROUTE 1/4" TUBING, ITEM 16, 5. CH: COMMON HARDWARE 5 TO DRIP FUNNEL, ITEM 14. 6. ITEMS 45âˆ’48 INCLUDED 14 18 3. SLOPE 3/4" ANGLE VALVE, ONLY IN PRE-TRIMMED ITEM 9, AND 3/4" x 4-1/2" VALVE ASSEMBLIES AS SLOPE 48 NIPPLE, ITEM 42, INTO APPLICABLE; OTHERWISE TO FIT 35 26 DRIP FUNNEL, ITEM 14, TO SEPARATELY ORDERED. 1 8 FACILITATE SUFFICIENT 15 21 40 LOW BODY DRAINAGE. (GREEN LOCATION 3 35 TINT) FOR OPTIONAL 18 9 35 ELECTRICALLY 30 27 SUPERVISED 17 35 42 6 47 N.O. ALARM 33 16 43 27 CONTROL 11 20 35 28 VALVE 32 31 37 40 31 44 10 40 19 40 41 23 6 INCH (DN150) 42 12 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE 40 (GxG SHOWN) 31 13 35 24 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. P/N 39 14 38 1 250 psi/ 1750 kPa 22 7 34 Air Pressure 36 35 25 Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . 1 92-343-1-012 28 2 300 psi/ 2000 kPa 2 Water Pressure Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . 1 92-343-1-005 3 1/4" Gauge Test 33 Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 46-005-1-002 4 1/4" Pressure 46 3 Relief Valve. . . . . . . 1 92-343-1-020 17 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. P/N 5 1/2" Angle Valve. . . 1 46-048-1-004 45 35 1/2" x 1-1/2". . . . . . 8 CH 6 Model AD-1 36 1/2" x 2" . . . . . . . . . 1 CH Automatic 37 1/2" x 2-1/2". . . . . . 1 CH Drain Valve . . . . . . . 1 52-793-2-004 38 1/2" x 3" . . . . . . . . . 1 CH 7 1/2" Ball Valve . . . . 1 46-050-1-004 39 1/2" x 6" . . . . . . . . . 1 CH 8 1/2" Swing 40 3/4" x 1-1/2". . . . . . 5 CH Check Valve . . . . . . 1 46-049-1-004 41 3/4" x 2" . . . . . . . . . 1 CH 9 3/4" Angle Valve. . . 1 46-048-1-005 42 3/4" x 4-1/2". . . . . . 2 CH 10 3/4" Swing 43 1" x 4". . . . . . . . . . . 1 CH Check Valve . . . . . . 1 46-049-1-005 44 2" x 4-1/2". . . . . . . . 1 CH 11 2" Angle Valve . . . . 1 46-048-1-009 COMPONENTS INCLUDED ONLY IN 12 Drip Funnel PRE-TRIMMED VALVE ASSEMBLIES: Connector. . . . . . . . 1 92-211-1-005 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. P/N 13 Drip Funnel 45 Model BFV-N Butterfly Bracket. . . . . . . . . . 1 92-211-1-003 25 1/2" 45Â° Elbow . . . . 1 CH Valve, 6" (DN150) . . 1 59300F060N 14 Drip Funnel. . . . . . . 1 92-343-1-007 26 1/2" Cross . . . . . . . 1 CH 46 Butterfy Valve 15 3/32" Vent 27 1/2" Tee . . . . . . . . . 2 CH Assembly Component: Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . 1 92-032-1-002 28 1/2" x 1/4" x 1/2" GxG DPV-1 Valves, 16 1/4" Tube, Reducing Tee . . . . . 2 CH Figure 577 Coupling, 24" Long. . . . . . . . . 1 CH 29 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/4" 6" (DN150) . . . . . . . 1 57760ACP 17 1/4" Plug. . . . . . . . . 2 CH Reducing Tee . . . . . 1 CH FxF, FxG DPV-1 Valves, 18 1/2" Plug. . . . . . . . . 2 CH 30 3/4" 90Â° Elbow . . . . 1 CH Figure 71 Flange Adapter, 19 3/4" Plug. . . . . . . . . 1 CH 31 3/4" x 1/2" x 3/4" 6" (DN150) . . . . . . . 1 7160S 20 1" Plug . . . . . . . . . . 1 CH Reducing Tee . . . . . 3 CH 47 Waterflow Pressure 21 1/2" x 1/4" Reducing 32 1" x 1" x 1/2" Alarm Switch, Bushing . . . . . . . . . 1 CH Reducing Tee . . . . . 1 CH Model PS10-2. . . . . 1 25710 22 1/2" Union. . . . . . . . 1 CH PIPE NIPPLES: 48 Low Air Pressure 23 3/4" Union. . . . . . . . 1 CH 33 1/4" x 3" . . . . . . . . . 2 CH Alarm Switch, 24 1/2" 90Â° Elbow . . . . 1 CH 34 1/2" x Close . . . . . . 1 CH Model PS40-2. . . . . 1 25730 FIGURE 6 - PART 3 OF 3 6 INCH (DN150) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF VALVE TRIM TFP1020 Page 14 of 20 7-1/8" 9" 14-7/8" 9-1/4" (180 mm) (230 mm) (380 mm) (235 mm) 2-1/2 & 3 INCH (DN65 & DN80) VALVE 20-7/16" (520 mm) 16-1/8" (409,6 mm) 2-1/2 or 3 INCH VALVES 12" 6" 12" 14" (300 mm) (150 mm) (300 mm) (355 mm) 4 INCH (DN100) VALVE 21-7/8" (555 mm) 18-5/16" (465 mm) 11-1/2" 7-1/4" 15" 14-3/4" (290 mm) (190 mm) (380 mm) (375 mm) 6 INCH (DN150) VALVE 24-1/2" (620 mm) 21-7/8" (555,6 mm) FIGURE 7 - PART 1 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS, PRE-TRIMMED VALVE TFP1020 Page 15 of 20 6-3/4" 8" 14-7/8" 9-1/4" (170 mm) (200 mm) (380 mm) (235 mm) 2-1/2 & 3 INCH 16-9/16" (DN65 & DN80) (420,7 mm) VALVE 12-1/4" (311,2 mm) 2-1/2 or 3 INCH VALVES 6" (150 mm) 12" 6" 12" 14" (300 mm) (150 mm) (300 mm) (355 mm) 4 INCH 17-1/4" (DN100) (440 mm) VALVE FxF: 13-5/8" (346,1 mm) FxG: 13-11/16" (347,7 mm) GxG: 13-3/4" (349,3 mm) 2-1/2" (65 mm) 11-1/2" 7-1/4" 15" 14-3/4" (290 mm) (190 mm) (380 mm) (375 mm) 6 INCH (DN150) VALVE 18-3/4" (475 mm) 16" (406,4 mm) FxF, FxG, or GxG 4-1/2" (115 mm) FIGURE 7 - PART 2 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS, VALVE AND SEMI-ASSEMBLED TRIM TFP1020 Page 16 of 20 the DPV-1 will permit complete draining â€¢ The main drain and drip funnel drain Valve Setting of the system (including any loose may be interconnected provided scale) through the main drain port. a check valve is located at least Procedure 12 inches (300 mm) below the drip During the valve resetting procedure funnel. The Low Body Drain Valve and after the system is completely Steps 1 through 11 are to be performed (Figure 4, 5, or 6) may be piped so as drained, the external reset knob can be when initially setting the Model DPV-1 to discharge into the Drip Funnel or to easily depressed to externally unlatch Dry Pipe Valve; after an operational test a separate drain. the Clapper Assembly, as shown of the fire protection system; or, after in Figure 3E. As such, the Clapper â€¢ Suitable provision must be made system operation due to a fire. Assembly is returned to its normal set for disposal of drain water. Drainage NOTES: If the DPV-1 is equipped with position to facilitate setting of the dry water must be directed such that it a Dry Pipe Valve Accelerator, refer to its pipe sprinkler system, without having to will not cause accidental damage to resetting instructions before resetting remove the Handhole Cover. property or danger to persons. the DPV-1. Refer to TFP1105 for the â€¢ Unused pressure alarm switch and/or VIZOR or TFP1112 for the ACC-1. Installation water motor alarm connections must Based on the instructions provided, be plugged. reset the Accelerator at the appropriate General Instructions â€¢ The Pressure Relief Valve provided time during the resetting of the DPV-1. Proper operation of the Model DPV-1 with the Valve Trim is factory set to Dry Pipe Valve depends upon its trim Unless otherwise noted, refer to Figure relieve at a pressure of approximately being installed in accordance with the 4, 5, or 6 to identify functional trim 45 psi (3,1 bar), which can typically be instructions given in this Technical Data components. used for a maximum normal system Sheet. Failure to follow the appropriate air pressure of 40 psi (2,8 bar). The Step 1. Close the Main Control Valve, trim diagram may prevent the DPV-1 Pressure Relief Valve may be reset to and close the Air Supply Control Valve. Valve from functioning properly, as a lower or higher pressure; however, If the DPV-1 is equipped with a Dry well as void listings, approvals, and the it must be reset to relieve at a pres- Pipe Valve Accelerator, remove the Dry manufacturerâ€™s warranties. sure which is in accordance with the Pipe Valve Accelerator from service Failure to latch open the Clapper requirements of the authority having in accordance with its Technical Data Assembly prior to a system hydro- jurisdiction. Sheet (Refer to TFP1105 for the VIZOR static test may result in damage to the or TFP1112 for the ACC-1). To reset the Pressure Relief Valve, Clapper Assembly. first loosen the jam nut and then Step 2. Open the Main Drain Valve and The DPV-1 Valve must be installed in a adjust the cap accordingly â€” clock- all auxiliary drains in the system. Close readily visible and accessible location. wise for a higher pressure setting the auxiliary drain valves after water or counter-clockwise for a lower ceases to discharge. Leave the Main The DPV-1 Valve and associated trim pressure setting. After verifying the Drain Valve open. must be maintained at a minimum desired pressure setting, tighten the temperature of 40Â°F (4Â°C). Step 3. Depress the plunger of the jam nut. Automatic Drain Valve to verify that Heat tracing of the DPV-1 Valve or its â€¢ Installation of an Air Maintenance it is open and that the DPV-1 Valve is associated trim is not permitted. Heat Device, as described in the Technical completely drained. tracing can result in the formation of Data Section, is recommended. hardened mineral deposits that are Step 4. Open the Optional Alarm capable of preventing proper operation. â€¢ An Inspectorâ€™s Test Connection Control Valve, as applicable, if it was as required By NFPA 13 must be closed to silence local alarms. The Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve is provided on the system piping at the to be installed in accordance with the Step 5. As necessary, replace all sprin- most remote location from the Model following criteria: klers that have operated. Replacement DPV-1 Valve. sprinklers must be of the same type â€¢ All nipples, fittings, and devices must â€¢ Conduit and electrical connections and temperature rating as those which be clean and free of scale and burrs are to be made in accordance with have operated. before installation. Use pipe thread the requirements of the authority sealant sparingly on male pipe having jurisdiction and/or the National NOTICE threads only. Electric Code. In order to prevent the possibility of â€¢ The DPV-1 Valve must be trimmed â€¢ Before a system hydrostatic test is a subsequent operation of an over- in accordance with Figures 4, 5, performed in accordance with NFPA heated solder type sprinkler, any solder or 6, as applicable. If the DPV-1 13 system acceptance test require- type sprinklers which were possibly is to be equipped with a Dry Pipe ments, the Clapper Assembly is exposed to a temperature greater than Valve Accelerator, refer to the to be manually latched open (Ref. their maximum rated ambient must be Technical Data Sheet TFP1105 for Figure 3D); the Automatic Drain Valve replaced. the VIZOR Electronic Dry Pipe Valve (Figure 4, 5, or 6) is to be temporarily Accelerator or TFP1112 for the Model Step 6. Push down on the Reset replaced with a 1/2 inch NPT plug, the ACC-1 Mechanical Dry Pipe Valve Knob (Figure 3E) to allow the Clapper 3/32 inch Vent Fitting (Item 13, Figure Accelerator. Assembly to re-seat. 4; Item 15, Figure 5; or Item 15, Figure â€¢ Care must be taken to make sure that 6) is to be temporarily replaced with a Step 7. Pressurize the system with air check valves, strainers, globe valves, 1/4 inch NPT plug, and the Handhole (or nitrogen) to 10 psi (0,7 bar), and etc. are installed with the flow arrows Cover Bolts are to be tightened using then individually open all auxiliary drain in the proper direction. a cross-draw sequence. valves in the system piping to drain any remaining water in trapped sections. â€¢ Drain tubing to the drip funnel must Close each drain valve as soon as be installed with smooth bends that water ceases to discharge. will not restrict flow. TFP1020 Page 17 of 20 Also partially open the Low Body work on the fire protection system that sub-section Steps 2 through 5 for Drain Valve to assure that the riser is it controls, permission to shut down the instructions with regard to the inspec- completely drained. Close the Low affected fire protection system must be tion of the Clapper Facing. Body Drain Valve as soon as water obtained from the proper authorities Quarterly Waterflow ceases to discharge. and notify all personnel who may be Alarm Test Procedure affected by action. Step 8. Refer to Table B and then Testing of the system waterflow alarms restore the system to the normal The owner is responsible for the should be performed quarterly. To test system air pressure as necessary to inspection, testing, and mainte- the waterflow alarm, open the Alarm hold the DPV-1 Valve closed. nance of their fire protection system Test Valve, which will allow a flow of and devices in compliance with this water to the Waterflow Pressure Alarm Step 9. Depress the plunger on the document, as well as with the appli- Switch and/or Water Motor Alarm. Automatic Drain Valve to make sure cable standards of the National Fire Upon satisfactory completion of the it is open and that there is no air Protection Association (e.g., NFPA test, close the Alarm Test Valve. discharging. 25), in addition to the standards of any The absence of air discharging from authority having jurisdiction. Contact Water Pressure Inspection the Automatic Drain Valve is an indica- the installing contractor or sprinkler The Water Pressure Gauge is to be tion of a properly set air seat within the manufacturer regarding any questions. inspected monthly (per NFPA 25) DPV-1 Valve. If air is discharging, refer to ensure that normal system water Automatic sprinkler systems are recom- pressure is being maintained. to the Care and Maintenance section mended to be inspected, tested, and under Automatic Drain Valve Inspection Air Pressure Inspection maintained by a qualified Inspection to determine/correct the cause of the The Air Pressure Gauge is to be Service in accordance with local leakage problem. inspected monthly (per NFPA 25) to requirements and/or national codes. Step 10. Partially open the Main Control ensure that normal system air pressure The operational test procedure is being maintained. Valve. Slowly close the Main Drain Valve and waterflow pressure alarm test as soon as water discharges from the Automatic Drain Valve Inspection procedure will result in operation of drain connection. The Automatic Drain Valve should be the associated alarms. Consequently, Depress the plunger on the Automatic notification must first be given to the inspected monthly (per NFPA 25) by Drain Valve to make sure that it is open owner and the fire department, central depressing the plunger and checking to and that there is no water discharging. station, or other signal station to which ensure that the Automatic Drain Valve The absence of water discharging from the alarms are connected. is not discharging water and/or air. A the Automatic Drain Valve is an indica- discharge of water and/or air is an indi- tion of a properly set water seat within Annual Operation Test Procedure cation that the air and/or water seats the DPV-1 Valve. If water is discharging, Note: Unless otherwise noted, refer to are leaking, which could subsequently refer to the Care and Maintenance Figure 4, 5, or 6 to identify functional cause a false operation should the section under the Automatic Drain trim components. intermediate chamber become inad- Valve Inspection to determine/correct Proper operation of the DPV-1 Valve vertently pressurized. the cause of the leakage problem. (i.e., opening of the DPV-1 Valve during If leakage is present, take the DPV-1 If there are no leaks, the DPV-1 Valve is a fire condition) should be verified at Valve out of service (i.e., close the main ready to be placed in service and the least once a year as follows: control valve, open the main drain Main Control Valve must then be fully Step 1. If water must be prevented from valve, close the air supply control valve, opened. flowing beyond the riser, perform the remove the Dry Pipe Valve Accelerator following steps. from service, as applicable, in accor- Note: After setting a fire protection dance with its Technical Data Sheet system, notify the proper authorities â€¢ Close the Main Control Valve. (Refer to TFP1105 for the VIZOR or and advise those responsible for moni- TFP1112 for the ACC-1), and open the â€¢ Open the Main Drain Valve. toring proprietary and/or central station Inspectorâ€™s Test Connection to relieve alarms. â€¢ Open the Main Control Valve one turn the system air pressure to 0 psig as Step 11. Once a week after a valve is beyond the position at which water indicated on the System Air Pressure reset following an operational test or just begins to flow from the Main Gauge), and then after removing the system operation, the Low Body Drain Drain Valve. Handhole Cover, perform the following Valve (and any low point drain valves) â€¢ Close the Main Drain Valve. steps: should be partially opened (and then Step 2. Open the systemâ€™s Inspectorâ€™s Step 1. Make sure that the Seat Ring subsequently closed) to relieve drain- Test Connection. is clean and free of any nicks or signifi- back water. Continue this procedure cant scratches. until drain-back water is no longer Step 3. Verify that the DPV-1 Valve present. has operated, as indicated by the flow Step 2. Remove the Clapper Assembly of water into the system and that all from the valve by first pulling out the Care and waterflow alarms operate properly. Hinge Pin. Step 4. Close the systemâ€™s Main Step 3. Disassemble the Clapper Maintenance Control Valve. Facing Retainer from the Clapper so that the Clapper Facing can be Step 5. Reset the DPV-1 Valve in accor- The following procedures and inspec- removed and inspected. Make sure dance with the Valve Setting Procedure. tions should be performed as indicated, that the Clapper Facing does not show in addition to any specific requirements Note: It is recommended that the signs of compression set, damage, etc. of the NFPA, and any impairment must requirement of NFPA 25 to annually Replace the Clapper Facing if there is be immediately corrected. inspect the inside of the valve be any signs of wear. performed at this time and prior to Before closing a fire protection system resetting the DPV-1 Valve. Refer to main control valve for maintenance the Automatic Drain Valve Inspection TFP1020 Page 18 of 20 Step 4. Clean the Clapper Facing, Pre-Trimmed DPV-1 Assemblies Accessories Clapper, and Clapper Facing Retainer, with Butterfly Valve Order the Technical Data Sheets for the and then reassemble the Clapper Specify: 2-1/2 Inch DPV-1 Pre-Trimmed following, as applicable, for details and Assembly. Valve Assembly, P/N 52-310-3-925 additional accessories: Step 5. Reinstall the Clapper Assembly Specify: 3 Inch DPV-1 Pre-Trimmed Model PS10-2 with its Hinge Pin and then reinstall the Valve Assembly, P/N 52-310-3-930 Potter Electric Waterflow Handhole Cover. Pressure Alarm Switch Specify: 4 Inch DPV-1 Pre-Trimmed Valve Assembly, P/N (specify) ...................... P/N 25710 Ordering Model PS40-2 FxF ................P/N 52-310-3-040 Potter Electric Low Air Pressure Alarm Procedure FxG................P/N 52-310-3-440 Switch ................ P/N 25730 GxG ...............P/N 52-310-3-940 Model WMA1 Refer to Table A for Flange Drilling Specify: 6 Inch DPV-1 Pre-Trimmed Water Motor Alarm Specifications. Valve Assembly, P/N (specify) ................ P/N 52-630-1-001 Model AMD-1 Standard DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve FxF ................P/N 52-310-3-060 Air Maintenance Device (American Standard Flange Drill- FxG................P/N 52-310-3-460 ................ P/N 52-324-2-002 ing, Threaded Ports, and Groove GxG ...............P/N 52-310-3-960 Model AMD-2 Outside Diameter, as applicable) Pre-Trimmed DPV-1 Assemblies Air Maintenance Device Specify: (specify size) Model DPV-1 Dry without Butterfly Valve ................P/N 52-326-2-001 Pipe Valve with (specify Inlet x Outlet) Specify: 4 Inch DVP-1 Pre-Trimmed Model AMD-3 end connections, P/N (specify). Valve Assembly without Butterfly, P/N Nitrogen Maintenance Device (specify) 2-1/2 Inch (DN65) ................P/N 52-328-2-001 GxG, FxF ................P/N 52-310-4-040 2.88 inch (73,1 mm) O.D. FxG................P/N 52-310-4-440 Replacement Valve Parts Groove x 2.88 inch (73,1 mm) Specify: (description) for use with Specify: 6 Inch DVP-1 Pre-Trimmed (specify size) Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe O.D. Groove ...... P/N 52-310-1-925 Valve Assembly without Butterfly, P/N Valve, P/N (see Figure 1 Parts 1 and 2 3 Inch (DN80) (specify) as applicable). GxG, 3.50 inch (88,9 mm) O.D. FxF ................P/N 52-310-4-060 Replacement Trim Parts Groove x 3.50 inch (88,9 mm) FxG................P/N 52-310-4-460 Specify: (description) for use with O.D. Groove ...... P/N 52-310-1-930 Standard Galvanized (specify size) Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Semi-Assembled DPV-1 Trim Valve, P/N (Figures 4, 5, or 6, Part 3 as 4 Inch (DN100) Specify: 2-1/2 and 3 Inch DPV-1 Semi- applicable). GxG, Assembled Galvanized Trim, P/N 4.50 inch (114,3 mm) O.D. Weights 52-309-2-005. Groove x 4.50 inch (114,3 mm) The following are the nominal weights O.D. Groove ...... P/N 52-310-1-940 Specify: 4 Inch DPV-1 Semi-Assembled for the valves and trim: FxG, Galvanized Trim, P/N 52-309-2-001 ANSI Drilled Flange Specify: 6 Inch DPV-1 Semi-Assembled Pre-Trimmed DPV-1 Valve x 4.50 inch (114,3 mm) Galvanized Trim, P/N 52-309-2-002 Assemblies: O.D. Groove ...... P/N 52-310-1-440 2-1/2 Inch (DN65) FxF, Optional Accelerator GxG Dry Pipe Valve . .... 87lbs.(40kg) ANSI Drilled Flange x ANSI VIZOR Electronic Dry Pipe 3 Inch (DN80) Drilled Flanged.... P/N 52-310-1-040 Accelerator (with Trim) GxG Dry Pipe Valve ..... 90lbs.(42kg) (Details provided in TFP1105) 4 Inch (DN100) 6 Inch (DN150) GxG, Specify: VIZOR Electronic Dry Pipe GxG Dry Pipe Valve .... 121lbs.(56kg) 6.62 inch (168,3 mm) O.D. Accelerator for use with the 4 or 6 4 Inch (DN100) Groove x 6.62 inch (168,3 mm) inch TYCO Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe FxG Dry Pipe Valve..... 135lbs.(64kg) O.D. Groove ...... P/N 52-310-1-960 Valve trim, P/N 52-312-3-001 4 Inch (DN100) FxG, FxF Dry Pipe Valve..... 145lbs.(69kg) Model ACC-1 Mechanical ANSI Drilled Flange Accelerator 6 Inch (DN150) x 6.62 inch (168,3 mm) (Details provided in TFP1112) GxG Dry Pipe Valve .... 175lbs.(81kg) 6 Inch (DN150) O.D. Groove ...... P/N 52-310-1-460 FxF, Specify: Model ACC-1 Dry Pipe FxG Dry Pipe Valve.....195lbs. (90kg) Accelerator, P/N 52-311-1-001, and 6 Inch(DN150) ANSI Drilled Flange x ANSI Drilled Flanged.... P/N 52-310-1-060 Galvanized Accelerator Trim for FxF Dry Pipe Valve.... 208lbs. (96kg) Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve, Standard Galvanised P/N 52-311-2-010 Semi-Assembled DPV-1 Trim: 2-1/2 Inch (DN65) Optional 600 PSI Water Pressure Valve Trim ............23lbs. (11kg) Gauge 3 Inch (DN80) Specify: 600 PSI Water Pressure Valve Trim ............23lbs. (11kg) Gauge, P/N 92-343-1-004 4 Inch (DN100) Valve Trim ............30lbs. (14kg) 6 Inch (DN150) Valve Trim.............30lbs. (14kg) TFP1020 Page 19 of 20 DPV-1 Valve: Part Numbers For Other 4 Inch FxG, 2-1/2 Inch (DN65) (DN100) Dry Pipe Valves JIS Flange x 6.62â€ (168,3 mm) GxG Dry Pipe Valve .....37lbs. (17kg) Valves with NPT Ports Outside Dia. Groove 3 Inch (DN80) FxG, ................ P/N 52-309-1-815 GxG Dry Pipe Valve .....38lbs. (18kg) ISO Flange x 4.50â€ (114,3 mm) FxG, 4 Inch (DN100) Outside Dia. Groove JIS Flange x 6.50â€ (165,1 mm) GxG Dry Pipe Valve .....57lbs. (26kg) ................ P/N 52-309-1-253 Outside Dia. Groove 4 Inch (DN100) FxG, ................ P/N 52-309-1-835 FxG Dry Pipe Valve......67lbs. (31kg) AS Flange x 4.50â€ (114,3 mm) FxF, 4 Inch (DN100) Outside Dia. Groove ISO Flange x ISO Flange FxF Dry Pipe Valve......77lbs. (36kg) ................ P/N 52-309-1-613 ................ P/N 52-309-1-135 6 Inch (DN150) FxG, FxF, GxG Dry Pipe Valve .....95lbs. (44kg) JIS Flange x 4.50â€ (114,3 mm) AS Flange x AS Flange 6 Inch (DN150) Outside Dia. Groove ................ P/N 52-309-1-515 FxG Dry Pipe Valve.... 108 lbs. (50kg) ................ P/N 52-309-1-813 FxF, 6 Inch(DN150) FxF, JIS Flange x JIS Flange FxF Dry Pipe Valve.....121lbs. (56kg) ISO Flange x ISO Flange ................ P/N 52-309-1-715 Other DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves ................ P/N 52-309-1-133 Valves with ISO Ports Notes: Other DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves FxF, GxG, are valves ordered with a any combi- AS Flange x AS Flange 6.62â€(168,3 mm) Outside Dia. nation of flange, threaded ports, or ................ P/N 52-309-1-513 Groove x 6.62â€(168,3 mm) groove outside diameter not offered FxF, Outside Dia. Groove under â€œStandard DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valveâ€ JIS Flange x JIS Flange ................ P/N 52-309-1-925 offerings. ................ P/N 52-309-1-713 GxG, Valves with NPT threaded ports are Valves with ISO Ports 6.50â€(165,1 mm) Outside Dia. intended for use with the â€œStandard GxG, Groove x 6.50â€(165,1 mm) Galvanized Semi-Assembled DPV-1 4.50â€(114,3 mm) Outside Dia. Outside Dia. Groove Valve Trimâ€ offered and detailed in this Groove x 4.50â€ (114,3 mm) ................ P/N 52-309-1-945 document. Valves with ISO threaded Outside Dia. Groove FxG, ports are intended for use with special ................ P/N 52-309-1-923 ISO Flange x 6.62â€(168,3 mm) order trim that is provided by local FxG, Outside Dia. Groove distributors to meet the specific needs ISO Flange x 4.50â€ (114,3 mm) ................ P/N 52-309-1-215 of certain localities. Please contact your Outside Dia. Groove FxG, local distributor regarding valves and ................ P/N 52-309-1-213 ISO Flange x 6.50â€(165,1 mm) valve trim for specific localities. FxF, Outside Dia. Groove Specify: (specify size) Model DPV-1 Dry ISO Flange x ISO Flange ................ P/N 52-309-1-315 Pipe Valve with (specify inlet x outlet) ................ P/N 52-309-1-113 FxF, connections with (specify NPT or ISO) ISO Flange x ISO Flange threaded ports, P/N (specify). Part Numbers For Other 6 Inch ................ P/N 52-309-1-115 (DN150) Dry Pipe Valves Part Numbers For Other 2-1/2 Inch Valves with NPT Ports (DN65) Dry Pipe Valves GxG, Valves with NPT Ports 6.50â€(165,1 mm) Outside Dia. GxG, Groove x 6.50â€ (165,1 mm) 3.00â€(76,1 mm) Outside Dia. Outside Dia. Groove Groove x 3.00â€ (76,1 mm) ................ P/N 52-309-1-935 Outside Dia. Groove FxG, ................ P/N 52-309-1-930 ANSI Flange x 6.50â€ (165,1 mm) Valves with ISO Ports Outside Dia. Groove GxG, ................ P/N 52-309-1-435 2.88â€(73,0 mm) Outside Dia. FxG, Groove x 2.88â€ (73,0 mm) ISO Flange x 6.62â€ (168,3 mm) Outside Dia. Groove Outside Dia. Groove ................ P/N 52-309-1-920 ................ P/N 52-309-1-255 GxG, FxG, 3.00â€(76,1 mm) Outside Dia. ISO Flange x 6.50â€ (165,1 mm) Groove x 3.00â€ (76,1 mm) Outside Dia. Groove Outside Dia. Groove ................ P/N 52-309-1-335 ................ P/N 52-309-1-940 FxG, AS Flange x 6.62â€ (168,3 mm) Part Numbers For Other 3 Inch Outside Dia. Groove (DN80) Dry Pipe Valves ................ P/N 52-309-1-615 Valves with ISO Ports FxG, GxG, AS Flange x 6.50â€ (165,1 mm) 3.50â€(88,9 mm) Outside Dia. Outside Dia. Groove Groove x 3.50â€ (88,9 mm) ................ P/N 52-309-1-635 Outside Dia. Groove ................ P/N 52-309-1-922 TFP1020 Page 20 of 20 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS | 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Copyright Â© 2013 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. Angle Hose Valves Description Angle hose valves feature all brass* construction with forged or cast bodies for rigidity and light weight. Typical uses are in rack assemblies or any other application which requires a listed fire hose valve. Available in rough brass or polished chrome finish with a red hand wheel. UL, ULc Listed, FM Approved. Rated 300psi Installation Specifications Install in accordance with customary installation practices. Use an approved Material: thread sealant such as PipeFitÂ® Thread Sealing Paste with PTFE on the male Cast or Forged Brass* Body threads to which the valve is being installed. Finish: Rough Brass DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN. Over tightening of the valve during installation Polished Chrome* to the male pipe threads may crack or deform the valve body. Only use tools suitable for the installation of this product. Do not use pipe wrench Threads: extenders to increase leverage on pipe wrenches. This may result in valve 2 Â½â€ FNPT x FNPT x MNST damage as well as personal injury. x MBCT x MQST x MONT x MPHX x MTEM x MCLV x MNYFD x MDET x MCF x MRCH 2 Â½â€ GRV x FNPT x MNST x MQST x MNYFD 2 Â½â€ FNPT x 3 MNST The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is provided for guidance 1 Â½â€ FNPT x FNPT and information purposes only. FPPI and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the x MNST use or misuse of its product by persons whose methods and qualifications are outside and beyond our control. It is the userâ€™s responsibility to determine the suitability of, methods of use, preparation prior to use, and appropriate installation *Contains lead. Not for use in for all products purchased from FPPI. It is the userâ€™s sole responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may water systems intended for human be advisable or necessary for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. consumption. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 + 1 (760) 599-1168 + 1 (800) 344-1822 + 1 (800) 344-3775 FAX Â© 2017 Fire Protection Products, Inc. 37WL WWW.FPPI.COM Page 1 of 6 MICROFASTÂ® QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK302 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION The Viking MicrofastÂ® Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler VK302 is a small thermosensitive glass bulb spray sprinkler available with various finishes and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The special Polyester, Polytetrafluoroethelyne (PTFE), and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition, these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmospheres and are listed/approved as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Charts. (Note: FM Global approves ENT finish as corrosion resistant. FM Global has no approval classification for PTFE and Polyester coatings as corro- sion resistant.) 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Class Series 2000 VdS Approved: Certificates G414009 and G414010 LPCB Approved CE Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-CPD-2001 Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria cULus Listing requirements, and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar) Viking Technical Data may be found on Rated to 175 psi (12 bar) water working pressure The Viking Corporationâ€™s Web site at Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. Thread size: 1/2â€ NPT, 15 mm BSP The Web site may include a more recent Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric**) edition of this Technical Data Page. Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 Â°F (-55 Â°C) Overall Length: 2-1/4â€ (58 mm) *cULus Listing, FM Approval, and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi (0.5 bar). The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi (0.35 bar). Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass Deflector: Phosphor Bronze UNS-C51000 or Copper UNS-C19500 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 For PTFE Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw-Nickel Plated, Pip Cap-PTFE Coated For Polyester Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed For ENT Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw and Pipcap - ENT plated. Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass = A, Chrome = F, White Polyester = M-/W, Black Polyester = M-/B, Black PTFE = N, and ENT = JN Temperature Suffix: 135 Â°F (68 Â°C) = A, 155 Â°F (68 Â°C) = B, 175 Â°F (79 Â°C) = D, 200 Â°F (93 Â°C) = E, 286 Â°F (141 Â°C) = G For example, sprinkler VK302 with a Brass finish and a 155 Â°F (68 Â°C) temperature rating = Part No. 12979AB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the â€œSprinkler Accessoriesâ€ section of the Viking data book.) Form No. F_033314 Rev 14.1 (New Page) Page 2 of 6 MICROFASTÂ® QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK302 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Sprinkler Wrenches: A. Standard Wrench: Part No. 10896W/B (available since 2000). B. Wrench for Recessed Pendent Sprinklers: Part No. 16036W/B** (available since 2011) C. Optional Protective Sprinkler Cap Remover/Escutcheon Installer Tool*** Part No. 15915 (available since 2010) **A Â½â€ ratchet is required (not available from Viking). ***Allows use from the floor by attaching a length of 1â€ diameter CPVC tubing to the tool. Ideal for sprinkler cabinets. Refer to Bulletin F_051808. Sprinkler Cabinets: A. Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A (available since 1971) B. Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A (available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY The Viking MicrofastÂ® Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler VK302 is available through a network of domestic and international dis- tributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Vikingâ€™s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Protective Sprinkler Wrench Flat Clip Protective Sprinkler Cap Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 10896W/B Form No. F_033314 Rev 14.1 Page 3 of 6 MICROFASTÂ® QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK302 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com TABLE 1: AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Bulb Color Classification Temperature Rating1 Ceiling Temperature2 Ordinary 135 Â°F (57 Â°C) 100 Â°F (38 Â°C) Orange Ordinary 155 Â°F (68 Â°C) 100 Â°F (38 Â°C) Red Intermediate 175 Â°F (79 Â°C) 150 Â°F (65 Â°C) Yellow Intermediate 200 Â°F (93 Â°C) 150 Â°F (65 Â°C) Green High 286 Â°F (141 Â°C) 225 Â°F (107 Â°C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, Black Polyester, Black PTFE, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant Coatings3: White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black PTFE. ENT in all temperature ratings except 135 Â°F (57 Â°C) Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3 The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are com- patible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester, PTFE, and ENT coatings. For ENT coated automatic sprinklers, the waterway is coated Sprinkler wrench 16036W/B** for recessed pendent sprinklers ** A 1/2â€ ratchet is required (not available from Viking) Carefully slide the wrench sideways around the protective cap, ensuring engagement with the sprinkler wrench flats Figure 2: Wrench 16036W/B for Recessed Pendent Sprinklers Form No. F_033314 Rev 14.1 Page 4 of 6 MICROFASTÂ® QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK302 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Approval Chart 1 (UL) The Viking MicrofastÂ® Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler VK302 Maximum 175 PSI (12 Bar) WWP Base Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length Listings and Approvals3 Sprinkler Part SIN (Refer also to Design Criteria.) Style Number1 NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm cULus4 VdS LPCB 7 12979 VK302 Pendent 1/2â€ 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4 58 A1Z, B1Y, C2X, D2 A3 A3Z, B3Y D3Z, C3Y Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Escutcheons Approved Finishes A - 135 Â°F (57 Â°C), 155 Â°F (68 Â°C), 175 Â°F (79 X - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Â°C), 200 Â°F (93 Â°C), 286 Â°F (141 Â°C) Viking MicromaticÂ® Model E-1 Recessed Escutcheon B - 135 Â°F (57 Â°C), 155 Â°F (68 Â°C), 175 Â°F (79 Polyester5,6, Black Polyester5,6, Y - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the and Black PTFE Â°C), and 200 Â°F (93 Â°C) Viking MicrofastÂ® Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon, or 2 - ENT5 C - 155 Â°F (68 Â°C), 175 Â°F (79 Â°C), and 200 Â°F 3 - Brass, Chrome, White recessed with the Viking MicromaticÂ® Model E-1 or E-2 (93 Â°C) Recessed Escutcheon D - 155 Â°F (68 Â°C), 175 Â°F (79 Â°C), 200 Â°F (93 Polyester5,6, and Black Z - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the Polyester5,6 Â°C), 286 Â°F (141 Â°C) Viking MicrofastÂ® Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon Footnotes 1 Base part number shown. For complete part number, refer to Vikingâ€™s current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3 This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. 4 Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use in the U.S. and Canada. 5 cULus Listed as corrosion-resistant. 6 Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. 7 CE Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-CPD-2001. DESIGN CRITERIA - UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1 above.) cULus Listing Requirements: The Viking MicrofastÂ® Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler VK302 is cULus Listed as indicated in the Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. â€¢ Designed for use in Light and Ordinary occupancies. â€¢ The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray pendent sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QR1-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accor- dance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_033314 Rev 14.1 Page 5 of 6 MICROFASTÂ® QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK302 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Approval Chart 2 (FM) The Viking MicrofastÂ® Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler VK302 Maximum 175 PSI (12 Bar) WWP Base Part SIN Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals3 Number1 Style (Refer also to Design Criteria.) NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm 12979 VK302 Pendent 1/2â€ 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4 58 A1Z, B1Y, D2X, C2 Approved Escutcheons Approved Temperature Ratings X - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the A - 135 Â°F (57 Â°C), 155 Â°F (68 Â°C), 175 Â°F (79 Â°C), 200 Â°F Viking MicromaticÂ® Model E-1 Recessed (93 Â°C), 286 Â°F (141 Â°C) Approved Finishes Escutcheon B - 135 Â°F (57 Â°C), 155 Â°F (68 Â°C), 175 Â°F (79 Â°C), and 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester4, Y - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the 200 Â°F (93 Â°C) and Black Polyester4 Viking MicrofastÂ® Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon, C - 155 Â°F (68 Â°C), 175 Â°F (79 Â°C), 200 Â°F (93 Â°C), 286 2 - ENT5 or recessed with the Viking MicromaticÂ® Model E-1 Â°F (141 Â°C) or E-2 Recessed Escutcheon D - 155 Â°F (68 Â°C), 175 Â°F (79 Â°C), 200 Â°F (93 Â°C) Z - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the Viking MicrofastÂ® Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon Footnotes 1 Base part number shown. For complete part number, refer to Vikingâ€™s current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3 This table shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. 4 Other colors are available on request with the same Approvals as the standard colors. 5 FM approved as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA - FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Approval Requirements: The Viking MicrofastÂ® Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler VK302 is FM Approved as quick response Non-storage upright and pendent sprinklers as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QR1-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in ac- cordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_033314 Rev 14.1 Page 6 of 6 MICROFASTÂ® QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK302 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Ceiling Opening Size: 2-5/16â€ (58.7 mm) minimum 1/2â€ 2-1/2â€ (63.5 mm) maximum (15 mm) NPT 2-1/8â€ (54 mm) 1-1/2â€ 2-1/4â€ 1-3/4â€ 2â€ (38 mm) (57 mm) (51 mm) Min. (44.5 mm) Max. Installed with a standard Installed with a Microfast Note: At maximum, adapter is 1/8â€ surface-mounted Model F-1 Adjustable exposed 1/2â€ (12.7 mm) from escutcheon Escutcheon face of ceiling Figure 3: Sprinkler Dimensions with a Standard Escutcheon and the Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon Ceiling Opening Size: 2-5-16â€ (58.7 mm) minimum 2-1/2â€ (63.5 mm) maximum 2-1/8â€ 2-1/8â€ (54 mm) (54 mm) 1-1/8â€ 1-1/8â€ 1-3/4â€ (28.6 mm) 2â€â€ (28.6 mm) (44.5 mm) Min. (51 mm) Min. Max. Max. Installed with a Installed with a Model Model E-1 Recessed E-2 Thread-on Recessed Escutcheon Escutcheon Figure 4: Sprinkler Dimensions with the Model E-1 and E-2 Recessed Escutcheons Form No. F_033314 Rev 14.1 (New Page) Page 1 of 4 MICROFASTÂ® QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK300 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION The Viking MicrofastÂ® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 is a small, thermosensitive, glass-bulb spray sprinkler available in several differ- ent finishes and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The spe- cial Polyester and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition, these coat- ings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmospheres and are listed/approved as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Charts. (Note: FM global approves the ENT coating as corrosion resistant. FM Global has no approval classification Polyester coatings as corrosion resistant.) 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Classes 2002 and 2020 Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on for cULus Listing requirements and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria FM Approval requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar)* Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) wwp. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Testing: U.S.A. Patent No. 4,831,870 Thread size: 1/2â€ NPT, 15 mm BSP Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric**) Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 Â°F (-55 Â°C) Overall Length: 2-3/16â€ (56 mm) *cULus Listing, FM Approval, and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi (0.5 bar). The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi (0.35 bar). Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass Viking Technical Data may be found on Deflector: Brass UNS-C23000 or Copper UNS-C19500 The Viking Corporationâ€™s Web site at Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with The Web site may include a more recent PTFE Tape edition of this Technical Data Page. Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS- S30400 For Polyester Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed For ENT Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw and Pipcap - ENT plated Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Viking MicrofastÂ® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass = A, Chrome = F, White Polyester = M-/W, Black Polyester = M-/B, and ENT = JN Temperature Suffix (Â°F/Â°C): 135Â°/57Â° = A, 155Â°/68Â° = B, 175Â°/79Â° = D, 200Â°/93Â° = E, and 286Â°/141Â° = G For example, sprinkler VK300 with a 1/2â€ NPT thread, Brass finish and a 155 Â°F/68 Â°C temperature rating = Part No. 12978AB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the â€œSprinkler Accessoriesâ€ section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrench: Standard Wrench: Part No. 10896W/B (available since 2000) Sprinkler Cabinets: A. Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A (available since 1971) B. Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A (available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. Form No. F_052114 Rev 14.1 (New Page) Page 2 of 4 MICROFASTÂ® QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK300 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY The Viking MicrofastÂ® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 is available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Vikingâ€™s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. TABLE 1: AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient 1 2 Bulb Color Classification Temperature Rating Ceiling Temperature Ordinary 135 Â°F (57 Â°C) 100 Â°F (38 Â°C) Orange Ordinary 155 Â°F (68 Â°C) 100 Â°F (38 Â°C) Red Intermediate 175 Â°F (79 Â°C) 150 Â°F (65 Â°C) Yellow Intermediate 200 Â°F (93 Â°C) 150 Â°F (65 Â°C) Green High 286 Â°F (141 Â°C) 225 Â°F (107 Â°C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, Black Polyester, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant Coatings3: White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black PTFE. ENT in all temperature ratings except 135 Â°F (57 Â°C) Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3 The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compat- ible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester, ENT, and PTFE coatings. For ENT coated automatic sprinklers, the waterway is coated. Protective Sprinkler Cap Wrench Flat Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 10896W/B Form No. F_052114 Rev 14.1 Page 3 of 4 MICROFASTÂ® QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK300 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Approval Chart 1 (UL) MicrofastÂ® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Base Part Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length Listings and Approvals3 SIN Number1 NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm cULus VdS LPCB 12978 VK300 1/2â€ 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 A1, B2 -- -- -- Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Finishes A - 135 Â°F (57 Â°C), 155 Â°F (68 Â°C), 175 Â°F (79 Â°C), 200 Â°F (93 Â°C), and 286 Â°F (141Â°C) 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester5,6, and Black Polyester5,6 B - 155 Â°F (68 Â°C), 175 Â°F (79 Â°C), 200 Â°F (93 Â°C), and 286 Â°F (141Â°C) 2 - ENT6 Footnotes 1 Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Vikingâ€™s current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3 This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 4 Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for us in the U.S. and Canada 5 Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. 6 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA - UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1 above.) cULus Listing Requirements: The Viking MicrofastÂ® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 is cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart 1 for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. â€¢ Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. â€¢ The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray upright sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QR1-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in ac- cordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_052114 Rev 14.1 Page 4 of 4 MICROFASTÂ® QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK300 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Approval Chart 2 (FM) MicrofastÂ® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Base Part SIN Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals3 Number1 NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) 12978 VK300 1/2â€ 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 A1 Approved Finishes Approved Temperature Ratings A - 135 Â°F (57 Â°C), 155 Â°F (68 Â°C), 175 Â°F (79 Â°C), 200 Â°F (93 Â°C), and 286 Â°F (141Â°C) 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester5, and Black B - 155 Â°F (68 Â°C), 175 Â°F (79 Â°C), 200 Â°F (93 Â°C), and 286 Â°F (141Â°C) Polyester5 2 - ENT6 Footnotes 1 Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Vikingâ€™s current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3 This table shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 5 Other colors are available on request with the same Approvals as the standard colors. 6 FM approved as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA - FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Approval Requirements: The MicrofastÂ® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 is FM Approved as a quick response Non-Storage upright sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QR1-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in ac- cordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_052114 Rev 14.1 (New Page) Page 1 of 7 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK494 (K4.9) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking FreedomÂ® Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK494 is a small thermosensitive, glass-bulb residential sprinkler designed for installation on concealed pipe systems where the appearance of a smooth ceiling is desired. The orifice design allows the sprinklerâ€™s efficient use of available water supplies for the hydraulically designed fire-protection system. The glass bulb operating element and special deflector characteristics meet the challenges of residential sprinkler standards. Features: â€¢ K4.9 (70.6 metric) â€¢ Fast response glass bulb operating element. â€¢ Integral threaded adapter cup accepts push-on or thread-on cover plates. â€¢ Low-profile, small diameter, removeable cover plates offer almost flush appearance upon installation and allow ease of maintenance. â€¢ Protective cap prevents damage during installation and ceiling finishing and keeps errant overspray from coating internal parts. â€¢ Various finishes available to meet design requirements. â€¢ Optional Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coating provides corrosion resistance (see Approval Chart). 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULusEU Listed: Category VKKW Refer to the Approval Charts and Design Criteria for C-UL-US-EU Listing requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Minimum Operating Pressure: Refer to the Approval Chart. Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar). Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar). Thread size: 1/2â€ (15 mm) NPT Nominal K-factor: 4.9 U.S. (70.6 metric*) Glass-bulb fluid temperature rating: to -65 Â°F (-55 Â°C) * Metric K-factor measurement shown is in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Material Standards: Sprinkler Body: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass Deflector: Phosphor Bronze UNS-C51000 Sprinkler Body Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass Deflector Pins: Stainless Steel UNS-S30200 Button: Brass UNS-C36000 Deflector Phosphor Bronze UNS-C51000 Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Deflector Pins Stainless Steel UNS-S30200 Compression Screw: 18-8 Stainless Steel Yoke: Phosphor Bronze UNS-C51000 Button Brass UNS-C36000 Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Beryllium Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Pip Cap and Insert Assembly Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Cover Adapter: Cold Rolled Steel JIS G3141 and Carbon Steel UNS-G10100 (per JIS G3141) Shipping Cap: High Density Polyethylene Compression Screw 18-8 Stainless Steel Vibration damper ring: Buna-N Rubber SAE AS-568-017 Yoke Phosphor Bronze UNS-C51000 Cover Plate Materials: Cover Plate Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Brass UNS-C26800 or Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly Beryllium Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Spring: Beryllium Nickel Cover Adapter Cold Rolled Steel UNS-G10080 with Clear Chromate over Zinc Plating Solder: Eutectic 4. INSTALLATION Shipping Cap High Density Polyethylene Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, when the temperature around the sprinkler approaches the cover plateâ€™s nominal temperature rating, the cover plate detaches and releases the deflector. Continued heating of the exposed sprinkler causes the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb to expand. When the temperature reaches the sprinklerâ€™s nominal temperature rating, the glass bulb shatters releasing the yoke, pip cap assembly and sealing spring. Water begins flowing through the sprinkler orifice and strikes the deflector form- ing a uniform spray pattern over a specific area of coverage, which is determined by the water supply pressure at the sprinkler, in order to extinguish or control the fire. Form No. F_012116 Rev 03 April 2023 Replaces Form No. F_012116 Rev 02 (Replaced wrench 24339 with 23143.) Page 2 of 7 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK494 (K4.9) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking Sprinkler Model VK494 is available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Vikingâ€™s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. TABLE 1: SPRINKLER ORDERING INFORMATION Ordering Instructions: (1) Select a sprinkler base part number (2) Add the suffix for the desired finish (3) Add the suffix for the desired sprinkler temperature rating (4) Order a cover plate (Must be ordered separately; refer to Table 2) Example: 23707AE = 200 Â°F (93 Â°C) Temperature rated sprinkler with a standard brass finish. Sprinkler Size 1: Finishes 2: Temperature Ratings5 Base Part NPT Max. Ambient Ceiling Number1 Description Suffix Nominal Rating Bulb Color 2 Suffix Inch Temperature 23707 1/2 Brass A 155 Â°F (68 Â°C) Red 100 Â°F (38 Â°C) B ENT3,4 JN 200 Â°F (93 Â°C) Green 150 Â°F (65 Â°C) E Accessories Part Description Number 23143 Installation wrench6 14412 Small concealed cover plate installer tool; requires a piece of 1â€ PVC pipe or similar to attach (available since 2007). 14867 Large concealed cover plate installer tool; requires a piece of 1â€ PVC pipe or similar to attach (available since 2007). 01731A Sprinkler cabinet; holds up to 6 sprinklers (available since 1971). Footnotes 1. Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to the current Viking price list schedule. 2. Based on NFPA 13, NFPA 13R, and NFPA 13D. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3. cULusEU listed as corrsion resistant. 4. The corrosion resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the ENT coating is applied to all exposed exterior surfaces, including the waterway. For ENT coated sprinklers, the Belleville spring is exposed. 5. The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 6. The installation wrench is intended to be used for a maximum of 500 sprinkler installations at a maximum torque of 14 ft-lbs (19 Nm). Figure 1: Installation Wrench Form No. F_012116 Rev 03 April 2023 Page 3 of 7 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK494 (K4.9) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com TABLE 2: COVER PLATE ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: (1) Select a cover plate base part number (2) Add the suffix for the desired finish (3) Add the suffix for the required cover plate nominal rating. Example: 23190MC/W = 165 Â°F (74 Â°C) Temperature rated, 2-3/4â€ (70 mm) diameter, thread-on style, round cover plate with a painted white finish. 1: Select a Cover Plate Base Part Number3 2: Select a Finish Thread-On Style Push-On Style Base Part Size Base Part Size 4 1 Type Type Description Suffix Number Inch (mm) Number Inch (mm) 23190 2-3/4 (70) Round 23447 2-3/4 (70) Round Polished Chrome F 23174 3-5/16 (84) Round 23463 3-5/16 (84) Round Brushed Chrome F-/B 23179 3-5/16 (84) Square 23482 3-5/16 (84) Square Bright Brass B Stainless Stainless Antique Brass B-/A 231935 2-3/4 (70) Steel Round 234555 2-3/4 (70) Steel Round Brushed Brass B-/B Stainless Stainless Brushed Copper E-/B 231835 3-5/16 (84) Steel Round 234735 3-5/16 (84) Steel Round Painted White M-/W Painted Ivory M-/I Painted Black M-/B 3: Temperature Rating Matrix1,2 Cover Plate Nominal Temperature Sprinkler Maximum Ambient Sprinkler Nominal Rating 2 Suffix Rating (Required) Classification Ceiling Temperature 139 Â°F (59 Â°C) Ordinary 155 Â°F (68 Â°C) 100 Â°F (38 Â°C) A 165 Â°F (74 Â°C) Intermediate 200 Â°F (93 Â°C) 150 Â°F (65 Â°C) C Footnotes 1. Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to the current Viking price list schedule. 2. The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 3. Based on NFPA-13, NFPA 13R, and NFPA 13D. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 4. Where a dash (-) is shown in the Finish suffix designation, insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix. See example above. 5. Stainless Steel versions are not available with any finishes or paint. Form No. F_012116 Rev 03 April 2023 Page 4 of 7 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK494 (K4.9) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart Viking VK494, 4.9 K-factor Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinkler For systems designed to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R. For systems designed to NFPA 13, refer to the Design Criteria. For Ceiling types refer to current editions of NFPA 13, 13R or 13D Sprinkler Base Thread Size Nominal K-factor Maximum Water SIN Part Number 1 NPT BSPT U.S. metric 2 Working Pressure 23707 VK494 1/2â€ 15 mm 4.9 70.6 175 psi (12 bar) Max. Coverage Area 6 Flow Pressure Listings and W X L GPM (LPM) PSI (bar) Deflector Installation Approvals3,5 Minimum Spacing Ft. X Ft. 155 Â°F (68 Â°C), 200 Â°F (93 Â°C) to Ceiling Type (m X m) Temperature Rated Sprinklers cULusEU4 Ft. (m) 12 X 12 13 7.0 (3.7 X 3.7) (49.2) (0.48) 14 X 14 13 7.0 (4.3 X 4.3) (49.2) (0.48) Concealed with 16 X 16 13 7.0 Refer to Cover Plate As- See Footnotes 8, & 9 8 (4.9 X 4.9) (49.2) (0.48) Figure 5 sembly. (2.4) 18 X 18 17 12.0 See Footnote 7. (5.5 X 5.5) (64.4) (0.83) 20 X 20 20 16.7 (6.1 X 6.1) (75.7) (1.15) Footnotes 1. Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to the current Viking price schedule. 2. Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3. This chart shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. Refer also to Design Criteria. 4. Listed by Underwriterâ€™s Laboratories, Inc. for use in the U.S., Canada, and European Union. 5. Meets New York City requirements, effective July 1, 2008. 6. For areas of coverage smaller than shown, use the â€œFlowâ€ and â€œPressureâ€ for the next larger area listed. Flows and pressures listed are per sprinkler. The distance from sprinklers to walls shall not exceed one-half the sprinkler spacing indicated for the minimum â€œFlowâ€ and â€œPressureâ€ used. 7. Other paint colors are available on request with the same listings as the standard finish colors. Stainless Steel cover plates are not available with any finishes or paint. Listings and approvals apply for any paint manufacturer. Contact Viking for additional information. Custom colors are indicated on a label inside the cover assembly. Refer to Figure 2. 8. Accepted Cover Plate Finishes are: Polished Chrome, Brushed Chrome, Bright Brass, Antique Brass, Brushed Brass, Brushed Copper, Painted White, Painted Ivory, or Painted Black 7. 9. cULusEU Listed as corrosion resistant - Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) DESIGN CRITERIA (Also refer to the Approval Chart.) UL Listing Requirements (C-UL-US-EU): When using Viking Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK494 for systems designed to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R, apply the listed areas of cover- age and minimum water supply requirements shown in the Approval Chart. For systems designed to NFPA 13: The number of design sprinklers is to be the four contiguous most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. The minimum required discharge from each of the four sprinklers is to be the greater of the following: â€¢ The flow rates given in the Approval Chart for NFPA 13D and NFPA 13R applications for each listed area of coverage, or â€¢ Calculated based on a minimum discharge of 0.1 gpm/sq. ft. over the â€œdesign areaâ€ in accordance with sections 9.5.2.1 or 10.2.4.1.2 of the current edition of NFPA 13. â€¢ Minimum distance between residential sprinklers: 8 ft. (2.4 m). NOTE: Concealed sprinklers must be installed in neutral or negative pressure plenums only. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_080415 - Best Practices for Residential Sprinkler Handling and Installation. Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be in- stalled in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA and any other similar Authorities Having Jurisdiction, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Final approval and acceptance of all residential sprinkler installations must be obtained from the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Form No. F_012116 Rev 03 April 2023 Page 5 of 7 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK494 (K4.9) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com D CUSTO LIE M P P P A A I N Y T OR C T O L C O A R F All custom color painted cover plates will have an identifying label affixed to the inside of the cover that indicates the custom color and will have a representative 35/16â€ (84 mm) sample (a paint dot) of the paint on the label. Figure 2: Identification of Custom Paint Figure 3: Square Cover Assembly 1/2â€NPT (15 mm BSPT) 21/4â€ (57 mm) 31/4â€ (83 mm) NOTE: Image is representative only. Actual product may vary. Figure 4: Sprinkler Dimensions Form No. F_012116 Rev 03 April 2023 Page 6 of 7 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK494 (K4.9) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Minimum required opening in the ceiling 21/4â€ (57 mm) Nominal pipe engagement 7/16â€ (11 mm) Nominal pipe engagement 7/16â€ 21/2â€ (11 mm) (64 mm) 2â€ Maximum (50 mm) Minimum NOTE: Image is representative only. Actual product may vary. Figure 5: Sprinkler Installation Dimensions Form No. F_012116 Rev 03 April 2023 Page 7 of 7 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK494 (K4.9) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com NOTICE: USE ONLY the designated sprinkler wrenches shown in this document. Permanent damage to the sprinkler assembly can occur if the proper wrench is not used. Other sprinkler wrenches available from Viking may fit into the sprinkler adapter cup; however, only the wrenches shown here are designed to properly install this sprinkler. Step 1: Step 2: Step 3: Remove the protective cap. Insert the wrench into Rotate the wrench slightly in either direction the sprinkler adapter. until the tines on the wrench (A) line up with the vent openings (B) on the adapter cup and lock into place. NOTE: A leak tight seal must be achieved. Turn the sprinkler clockwise 1 to 1-1/2 turns past finger-tight. A A B NOTE: Image is representative only. Actual product may vary. Figure 6: Using the Sprinkler Wrench Install the cover plate by inserting the adpater (D) into the adapter cup (C) and pushing or threading into place (depending on style). Snug the cover plate in place by rotating clockwise. Ensure C the cover plate is flush with the ceiling as shown to allow airflow through the sprinkler assembly. D Minimum Maximum NOTE: Image is representative only. Actual product may vary. Figure 7: Installing the Cover Plate Form No. F_012116 Rev 03 April 2023 Replaces Form No. F_012116 Rev 02 (Replaced wrench 24339 with 23143.) Viking Residential Sprinkler Installation Guide October 25, 2018 Trusted Above AllTM www.vikinggroupinc.com Sprinkler RES1 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking residential automatic sprinklers are equipped with a â€œfast responseâ€ heat-sensitive operating element designed to respond individually and quickly to a specific high temperature. Viking residential sprinklers are designed to combine speed of operation with water distribution characteristics to help in the control of residential fires and to improve life safety by prolonging the time available for occupants to escape or be evacuated. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Refer to the Approval Charts on the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s) and/or approval agency listings. A. Viking residential sprinklers are intended for use in the following occupancies: one- and two-family dwellings and mobile homes with the fire protection sprinkler system installed in accordance with NFPA 13D; residential occupancies up to four stories in height with the fire protection system installed in accordance with NFPA 13R; or residential portions of any occupancy with the fire protec- tion system installed in accordance with NFPA 13. Information contained in this guide is based on NFPA 13, â€œStandard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systemsâ€. B. The design criteria for residential sprinklers contained in the NFPA installation standards must be followed except as modified by the individual UL 1626 listing information provided in the technical data pages and this Residential Sprinkler Installation Guide. For listed areas of coverage, technical data, and specific design and installation instructions, refer to the appropriate Viking techni- cal data page for the sprinkler model used. C. Viking residential sprinklers listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) have passed fire tests designed to represent fire conditions for the sprinklerâ€™s listed area of coverage. The standards for residential sprinkler performance and spray patterns are printed in Underwriters Laboratories Publication UL 1626, â€œStandard for Residential Sprinklers for Fire Protection Serviceâ€. All listed Viking residential sprinklers meet or exceed UL 1626 performance requirements and spray pattern criteria for their listed areas of coverage. D. NFPA standards allow use of residential sprinklers with rates, design areas, areas of coverage, and minimum design pressures other than those specified in the standards when they have been listed for such specific residential installation conditions. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Viking Technical Data may be found on The Viking Corporationâ€™s Web site at Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data sheet. http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. Material Standards: The Web site may include a more recent Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data sheet. edition of this Technical Data Page. 4. INSTALLATION NOTE:Take care not to over-tighten the sprinkler and/or damage its operating parts! Maximum Torque: 1/2â€ NPT: 14 ft-lbs. (19.0 N-m) 3/4â€ NPT: 20 ft-lbs. (27.1 N-m) A. Care and Handling (also refer to Bulletin - Care and Handling of Sprinklers, Form No. F_091699.) Sprinklers must be handled with care and protected from mechanical damage during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. Store sprinklers in a cool, dry place in their original container. Use care when locating sprinklers near fixtures that can generate heat. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged in any way, or exposed to temperatures exceeding the maximum ambi- ent temperature allowed (refer to Table 1.) Never install any glass-bulb sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or if there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. A small air bubble should be present in the glass bulb. Any sprinkler with a loss of liquid from the glass bulb or damage to the fusible element should be destroyed immediately. (Note: Installing glass bulb sprinklers in direct sunlight (ultraviolet light) may affect the color of the dye used to color code the bulb. This color change does not affect the integrity of the bulb.) Viking residential sprinklers are intended for use on wet pipe residential systems only. Adequate heat must be provided for wet- pipe systems. DO NOT use Viking residential sprinklers on dry systems unless specifically allowed by recognized installation standards or the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Residential concealed sprinklers must be installed in neutral or negative pressure plenums only! Corrosion-resistant sprinklers must be installed when subject to corrosive atmospheres. NOTE: Viking residential sprinklers are not intended for use in corrosive environments. Replaces pages 1-17, dated December 1, 2016. (Added P65 Warning.) Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES2 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com TABLE 1: RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Bulb Color Classification Temperature Rating1 Ceiling Temperature3 Residential Glass Bulb Style Sprinklers Ordinary 155 Â°F (68 Â°C) 100 Â°F (38 Â°C) Red Intermediate 175 Â°F (79 Â°C) 150 Â°F (65 Â°C) Yellow Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Temperature Maximum Ambient Classification Rating (Fusing Point)1 Ceiling Temperature3 Residential Fusible Element Style Sprinklers Ordinary 165 Â°F (74 Â°C) 100 Â°F (38 Â°C) Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Temperature Maximum Ambient Temperature Classification Rating (Fusing Point) Ceiling Temperature3 Identification Stamp Residential Flush Style Sprinklers On Cover or Ordinary 165 Â°F (74 Â°C) 100 Â°F (38 Â°C) Sprinkler Inlet (VK476) Intermediate 220 Â°F (104 Â°C) 150 Â°F (65 Â°C) On Cover Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Temperature Maximum Ambient Cover Plate Temperature Classification Rating (Fusing Point) Ceiling Temperature3 Rating Residential Concealed Style Sprinklers 135 Â°F (57 Â°C)1, 140 Â°F (60 Â°C)2, Ordinary 100 Â°F (38 Â°C) 135 Â°F (57 Â°C) 155 Â°F (68 Â°C)1, or 165 Â°F (74 Â°C)1 Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector or flow shaper. 2 The temperature rating is stamped on the sprinkler. 3 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. B. Installation Instructions Viking sprinklers are manufactured and tested to meet the rigid requirements of approving agencies. They are designed to be installed in accordance with recognized installation standards NFPA 13, NFPA 13R, and NFPA 13D, and any associated TIAs. Deviation from the standards or any alteration to the sprinklers or cover plate assemblies after they leave the factory including, but not limited to: painting, plating, coating, or modification, may render the sprinklers inoperative and will automatically nullify the approval and any guarantee made by Viking. The use of residential sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Residential fire protection systems must be designed and installed only by those who are completely familiar with the appropriate standards and codes, and thoroughly experienced in fire protection design, hydraulic calculations, and sprinkler system installation. Before installation, be sure to have the appropriate sprinkler model and style, with the correct K-Factor, temperature rating, and response characteristics. Viking residential sprinklers must be installed after the piping is in place to prevent mechanical damage. Keep sprinklers with protective caps or bulb shields contained within the caps or shields during installation and testing, and any time the sprinkler is shipped or handled. 1a. For frame-style sprinklers, install escutcheon (if used), which is designed to thread onto the external threads of the sprinkler*. *Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data page to determine approved escutcheons for use with specific sprinkler models. 1b. For flush and concealed style sprinklers: Cut the sprinkler nipple so that the Â½â€ or 3/4â€ (15 mm or 20 mm) NPT** outlet of the reducing coupling is at the desired location and centered in the opening** in the ceiling or wall. **Size depends on the sprinkler model used. Refer to appropriate sprinkler data page. Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES3 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com DESIGN CRITERIA For Systems Designed to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R: Apply the listed areas of coverage and minimum water supply requirements shown in the approval charts on the residential sprinkler data pages. The sprinkler flow rate is the minimum required discharge from each of the total number of design sprinklers as specified in NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R. For Systems Designed to the latest edition of NFPA 13: The number of design sprinklers is to be the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. The minimum required discharge from each of the four sprinklers is to be the greater of the following: â€¢ The flow rates given in the approval charts on the data pages for NFPA 13D and NFPA13R for each area of coverage listed, or â€¢ Calculated based on a minimum discharge of 0.1 gpm/sq. ft. over the â€œdesign areaâ€ in accordance with sections 8.5.2.1 or 8.6.2.1.2 of NFPA 13. The greatest dimension of the coverage area cannot be any greater than the maximum areas of coverage shown on the data pages. Flow Rates All residential sprinklers manufactured on or after July 12, 2002 are listed with a single minimum flow rate. Where rooms have more than one sprinkler, multiple-sprinkler calculations are still required, but the first sprinkler and any additional sprinkler or sprinklers must be calculated flowing at identical mini- mum flow rates, based on the area of sprinkler coverage, using the minimum flow and pressure listed for the sprinkler model used. Consult the appropriate standards and the Authorities Having Jurisdiction to determine the number of sprinklers to hydraulically calculate to verify ad- equate water supply for multiple-sprinkler operation. Operating Pressure: The minimum operating pressure of any sprinkler shall be the minimum operating pressure specified by the listing, or 7 psi (0.5 bar), whichever is greater. The maximum allowable operating pressure is 175 psi (12 bar). Areas of Coverage If the actual area of coverage is less than the listed area of coverage, use the minimum water supply for the next larger area of coverage listed. DO NOT interpolate. Residential sprinkler systems must be hydraulically calculated according to NFPA standards to verify that the water supply is adequate for proper operation of the sprinklers. Hydraulic calculations are required to verify adequate water supply at the hydraulically most remote single sprinkler when it is operating at the minimum gpm and psi listed for single-sprinkler operation for the sprinkler model used. Viking residential sprinklers may be listed for more than one area of coverage. Suggested practice in selecting area of coverage is to select the one that can be adequately supplied by the available water supply and still allow for the installation of as few sprinklers in a compartment as possible while observing all guidelines pertaining to obstructions and spacing. This maximizes the use of the available water supply, which is often limited on residential fire protection systems. After selecting an appropriate area of coverage, sprinklers must be spaced according to guidelines set forth in the installation standards. Definition of â€œCOMPARTMENTâ€: A space completely enclosed by walls and a ceiling. Openings to an adjoining space are allowed, provided the open- ings have a minimum lintel depth of 8 in. (203.2 mm) from the ceiling. Spacing Guidelines For guidelines concerning spacing of Viking residential sprinklers near beams, obstructions, heat sources, and sloped ceilings [slopes more than a 2/12 (9.5Â°) pitch], refer to the Viking residential sprinkler data pages and installation guide, the appropriate NFPA standard, and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. NOTE: Sloped, beamed, and pitched ceilings could require special design features such as larger flow, or a design for more sprinklers to operate in the compartment, or both. Distance from Walls: Install not more than one-half the listed sprinkler spacing nor less than 4â€ (102 mm) from walls, partitions, or obstructions as defined in the standards. Minimum Sprinkler Spacing: The minimum distance between residential sprinklers to prevent cold soldering (i.e., the spray from one operating sprink- ler onto an adjacent sprinkler that could prevent its proper activation) is 8 ft. (2.4 m). Maximum Sprinkler Spacing: Locate adjacent sprinklers no farther apart than the listed spacing. Deflector Position: Install frame style residential pendent sprinklers with the deflector between 1â€ and 4â€ (25.4 mm to 102 mm) below smooth ceilings, unless the sprinkler data page indicates otherwise. Install pendent sprinklers in the pendent position only, with the deflector oriented parallel with the ceiling or roof. Refer to the individual listings in the residential sprinkler data pages for horizontal sidewall sprinkler deflector or sprinkler centerline distance below the ceiling. Install horizontal sidewall sprinklers in the horizontal position only below smooth ceilings, with the leading edge of the deflector or element assembly oriented parallel with the ceiling. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to the ap- propriate sprinkler data page. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA and any other similar Authorities Having Jurisdiction, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Final approval and acceptance of all residential sprinkler installations must be obtained from the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES4 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 2. Apply a small amount of pipe-joint compound or tape to the external threads of the sprinkler only, taking care not to allow a build-up of compound in the sprinkler inlet. NOTE: Sprinklers with protective caps or bulb shields must be contained within the caps or shields before applying pipe-joint compound or tape. Exception: For concealed sprinklers (i.e., VK457, VK458, VK468, VK474, and VK4570) the protective cap is removed for installation. 3. Care must be taken when installing sprinklers on CPVC and copper piping systems. Never install the sprinkler into the re- ducing fitting before attaching the reducing fitting to the piping. Sprinklers must be installed on CPVC systems after the reducing fitting has been installed and the primer and/or cement manufacturerâ€™s recommended curing time has elapsed. When installing sprinklers on copper piping systems, take care to brush the inside of the sprinkler supply piping and reducing fitting to ensure that no flux accumulates in the sprinkler orifice. Excess flux can cause corrosion and may impair the ability of the sprinkler to operate properly. 4. Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data page to determine the correct sprinkler wrench for the model of sprinkler used. DO NOT use the sprinkler deflector or fusible element to start or thread the sprinkler into a fitting. a. Install the sprinkler onto the piping using the special sprinkler wrench only, while taking care not to over-tighten or damage the sprinkler operating parts. b. Thread the flush or concealed sprinkler into the Â½â€ or 3/4â€ (15 mm or 20 mm) NPT** outlet of the coupling by turning it clock- wise with the special sprinkler wrench. NOTE: For flush and concealed sprinklers with protective shells, the internal diameter of the special flush and concealed sprinkler installation wrench is designed for use with the sprinkler contained within the shell. Exception: For concealed sprinklers VK457, VK458, VK468, VK474, and VK4570 the protective cap is removed for installation, and then placed back on the sprinkler temporarily. 5. After installation, the entire sprinkler system must be tested. The test must be conducted to comply with the installation standards. a. Make sure the sprinkler has been properly tightened. If a thread leak occurs, normally the unit must be removed, new pipe-joint compound or tape applied, and then reinstalled. This is due to the fact that when the joint seal leaks, the sealing compound is washed out of the joint. b. Remove plastic protective sprinkler caps or bulb shields AFTER the wall or ceiling finish work is completed where the sprinkler is installed and there no longer is a potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating ele- ments. To remove the bulb shields, simply pull the ends of the shields apart where they are snapped together. To remove caps from frame style sprinklers, turn the caps slightly and pull them off the sprinklers. SPRINKLER CAPS OR BULB SHIELDS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Retain a protective cap or shield in the spare sprinkler cabinet. 6. For residential flush sprinklers, the ceiling ring can now be installed onto the sprinkler body. Align the ceiling ring with the sprin- kler body and thread on or push it on until the flange touches the ceiling. Note the maximum vertical adjustment is Â½â€ (12,7 mm) for sprinkler VK420 and 5/8â€ for VK476. DO NOT MODIFY THE UNIT. If necessary, re-cut the sprinkler drop nipples as required. 7. For residential concealed sprinklers, the cover plate assembly can now be attached. a. Remove the cover plate assembly from the protective box, taking care not to damage the assembly. b. From below the ceiling, gently place the base of the cover plate assembly over the sprinkler protruding through the opening in the ceiling or wall. c. Carefully push the cover plate assembly onto the sprinkler, using even pressure with the palm of the hand, until the unfinished brass flange of the cover plate base touches the ceiling or wall. d. The maximum adjustment available for residential concealed sprinklers is Â½â€ (12.7 mm) [1/4â€ (6.4 mm) for sprinkler VK480]. DO NOT MODIFY THE UNIT. If necessary, re-cut the sprinkler nipples. NOTE: If it is necessary to remove the entire sprinkler unit, the system must be taken out of service. See Maintenance instructions below and follow all warnings and instructions. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the operating element fuses or shatters (depending on the type of sprinkler), releasing the pip cap and seal- ing assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector or flow shaper, forming a uniform, high-wall wetting spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES5 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. NOTICE: The owner is responsible for having the fire- protection system and devices inspected, tested, and maintained in proper operating condition in accordance with this guide, and applicable NFPA standards. In addition, the Authority Having Jurisdiction may have additional maintenance, testing, and inspection requirements that must be followed. A. Sprinklers must be inspected on a regular basis for signs of corrosion, mechanical damage, obstructions, paint, etc. Frequency of the inspections may vary due to corrosive atmospheres, water supplies, and activity around the device. B. Sprinklers or cover plate assemblies that have been field painted, caulked, or mechanically damaged must be replaced im- mediately. Sprinklers showing signs of corrosion shall be tested and/or replaced immediately as required. Installation standards require sprinklers to be tested and, if necessary, replaced immediately after a specified term of service. Refer to NFPA 25 and the Authorities Having Jurisdiction for the specified period of time after which testing and/or replacement of residential sprinklers is required. Never attempt to repair or reassemble a sprinkler. Sprinklers and cover assemblies that have operated cannot be reassembled or re-used, but must be replaced. When replacement is necessary, use only new sprinklers and cover assemblies with identical performance characteristics. C. The sprinkler discharge pattern is critical for proper fire protection. Nothing should be hung from, attached to, or otherwise ob- struct the discharge pattern of the sprinkler. All obstructions must be immediately removed or, if necessary, additional sprinklers installed. D. When replacing existing sprinklers, the system must be removed from service. Refer to the appropriate system description and/ or valve instructions. Prior to removing the system from service, notify all Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Consideration should be given to employment of a fire patrol in the effected area. 1. Remove the system from service, drain all water, and relieve all pressure on the piping. 2a. For frame-style sprinklers, use the special sprinkler wrench and remove the old sprinkler by turning it counterclockwise to unthread it from the piping. 2b. For residential flush pendent and concealed style sprinklers: Remove the ceiling ring or cover plate assembly before unthreading the sprinkler body from the piping. To remove a ceiling ring, grasp it from below the ceiling and gently turn it counterclockwise. Cover plates can be removed either by gently unthreading them or pulling them off the sprinkler body (depends on the sprinkler model used). After the ceiling ring or cover plate assembly has been removed from the sprinkler, use the sprinkler wrench to unthread the sprinkler from the piping. NOTE: For flush and concealed sprinklers with protective shells, the internal diameter of the special flush and concealed sprinkler installation wrench is designed for use with the sprinkler contained within the shell. Place a plastic protective shell (from the spare sprinkler cabinet) over the sprinkler to be removed and then fit the sprinkler wrench over the shell. Exception: Concealed sprinklers VK457, VK458, VK468, VK474, and VK4570 are removed without the plastic cap. 3. Follow instructions in section 4B. Installation Instructions to install the new unit. Be sure the replacement sprinkler is the correct model and style, with the appropriate K-Factor, temperature rating, and response characteristics. A fully stocked sprinkler cabinet should be provided for this purpose. (For flush or concealed style sprinklers, stock of spare ceiling rings or cover plates should also be available in the spare sprinkler cabinet.) 4. Place the system back in service and secure all valves. Check for and repair all leaks. E. Sprinkler systems that have been subjected to a fire must be returned to service as soon as possible. The entire system must be inspected for damage, and repaired or replaced as necessary. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion or high ambient temperatures, but have not operated, should be replaced. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for minimum replacement requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking Residential Sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Vikingâ€™s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES6 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Table 2 Rise Over Run Conversion to Degrees of Slope Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES7 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS LISTED FOR USE BELOW SLOPED CEILINGS UP TO AN 8/12 (33.7Â°) PITCH (Refer to the appropriate residential sprinkler technical data page for listings.) Single Slope Pendent Sprinklers Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers (Spray Across the Slope) Figure 1 (A) One-half listed spacing of sprinkler maximum, 0â€™-4â€ (0-102 mm) minimum. (B) Listed spacing of sprinkler, maximum, 8â€™-0â€ (2.4 m) minimum. (C) Where angle â€œCâ€ is greater than an 8/12 (33.7Â°) pitch, see Figure 2 below. SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS BELOW SLOPED CEILINGS WITH GREATER THAN 8/12 (33.7Â°) PITCH (NOTE: Refer to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R, and the Authority Having Jurisdiction.) Multiple Slope Figure 2 (A) One-half listed spacing of sprinkler, maximum. (B) 3â€™-0â€ (.91 m) maximum. (C) 0â€™-4â€ (0-102 mm) minimum. (D) Slopes greater than an 8/12 (33.7Â°) pitch. (E) For distance less than 8â€™-0â€ (2.4 m), baffle required. Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES8 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS LISTED FOR USE BELOW SLOPED CEILINGS UP TO AN 8/12 (33.7Â°) PITCH (Refer to the appropriate residential sprinkler technical data page for listings.) Multiple Slope Pendent Sprinklers Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers (Spray Across the Slope) Figure 3 (A) One-half listed spacing of sprinkler, maximum. (B) 8â€™-0â€ (2.4 m) minimum. (C) 0â€™-4â€ (0-102 mm) minimum. (D) 3â€™-0â€ (.91 m) maximum. (E) Acceptable for slopes of 0/12 to 8/12 (0Â° to 33.7Â°) pitch. SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL PENDENT SPRINKLERS AT PEAK OF SLOPED CEILINGS WITH PITCH LESS THAN 8/12 (33.7Â°) (Refer to the appropriate residential sprinkler technical data page for listings.) Multiple Slope Figure 4 (A) Listed spacing of sprinkler, maximum. (B) One-half listed spacing of sprinkler, maximum. (C) 0â€™-4â€ minimum. (D) Refer to page 10 for minimum distance between sprinkler and intersecting sloped ceiling. (E) Refer to the appropriate residential sprinkler technical data page for deflector distance below ceiling. (F) 8â€™-0â€ minimum. (G) Reference: 4/12 (18.0Â°) pitch maximum for 12â€™ (3.7 m) spacing. 2.5/12 (12.0Â°) pitch maximum for 14â€™ (4.3 m) spacing. 2/12 (10.0Â°) pitch maximum for 16â€™ (4.9 m) spacing. 2/12 (10.0Â°) pitch maximum for 18â€™ (5.5 m) spacing. 1.9/12 (9.0Â°) pitch maximum for 20â€™ (6.1 m) spacing. Angles based on sprinklers installed 0â€™-4â€ (0-102 mm) from peak. NOTE: Whenever possible, utilize design as shown in Figure 3 above. Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES9 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS BELOW SLOPED CEILINGS WITH GREATER THAN 8/12 (33.7Â°) PITCH WITH NO BAFFLE AND A MAXIMUM OF 2 SPRINKLERS IN THE ROOM (NOTE: Refer to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R, and the Authority Having Jurisdiction.) Multiple Slope Figure 5 (A) One-half listed spacing of sprinkler, maximum. (B) 8â€™-0â€ (2.4 m) minimum. (C) 0â€™-4â€ (0-102 mm) minimum. (D) 3â€™-0â€ (.91 m) maximum. (E) Acceptable for slopes greater than an 8/12 (33.7Â°) pitch. (F) When this design is used, refer to the appendices of NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R, and the Authority Having Jurisdiction regarding the number of design sprinklers to hydraulically calculate. SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS BELOW CEILINGS WITH SLOPES EXCEEDING 8/12 (33.7Â°) PITCH WITH NO BAFFLE AND A MAXIMUM OF 3 SPRINKLERS IN THE ROOM (NOTE: Refer to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R, and the Authority Having Jurisdiction.) Multiple Slope Figure 6 (A) 0â€™-4â€ (0-102 mm) minimum, to one-half listed spacing, maximum. (B) One-half listed spacing, maximum, 8â€™-0â€ (2.4 m) minimum. (C) 0â€™-4â€ (0-102 mm) minimum. (D) Listed spacing maximum, 8â€™-0â€ (2.4 m) minimum. (E) 3â€™-0â€ (.91 m) maximum. (F) Slopes greater than 8/12 up to a 21/12 (33.7Â° up to 60Â°) pitch. NOTES: In addition to the above limits, rooms requiring this type of installation must be hydraulically cal- culated to supply a minimum of three operating sprinklers. Layout similar for horizontal sidewall sprinklers with throw across slope. Refer to the appropriate residential sprinkler technical data sheets. Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES10 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS BELOW CEILINGS WITH SLOPES EXCEEDING 8/12 (33.7Â°) PITCH WITH NO BAFFLE AND A MAXIMUM OF 2 SPRINKLERS IN THE ROOM (NOTE: Refer to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R, and the Authority Having Jurisdiction.) Multiple Slope Figure 7 (A) 0â€™-4â€ (0-102 mm) minimum, to one-half listed spacing, maximum. (B) One-half listed spacing, maximum, 8â€™-0â€ (2.4 m) minimum. (C) 0â€™-4â€ (0-102 mm) minimum. (D) Slopes greater than 8/12 pitch up to a 21/12 (33.7Â° up to a 60Â°) pitch. (E) 3â€™-0â€ (.91 m) maximum. (F) When dimension â€œFâ€ exceeds 16â€™ (4.9 m), utilize design configuration shown in Figure 6. NOTES: Layout similar for horizontal sidewall sprinklers with throw across slope. Refer to the appropriate residential sprinkler technical data sheets. Multiple Slope Multiple Slope Single Slope Figure 8 (A) One-half listed spacing, maximum. (B) Refer to the appropriate residential sprinkler technical data pages for listings of sprinklers for use below slopes up to and including a 8/12 (33.7Â°) pitch. (C) 3â€™-0â€ (.91 m) maximum. (D) 0â€™-4â€ (0-102 mm) minimum. (E) 8â€™-0â€ (2.4 m) minimum without baffle. NOTES: Layout similar for horizontal sidewall sprinklers with throw across slope. Refer to the appropriate residential sprinkler technical data sheets. Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES11 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SPRINKLER AND INTERSECTING SLOPED CEILINGS 4â€™ (1.2 m) 20â€™ (6.1 m) DISTRIBUTION NOT 18â€™ (5.5 m) 3â€™-6â€ (1.06 m) UNDULY OBSTRUCTED 16â€™ (4.9 m) 3â€™ (.91 m) 14â€™ (4.3 m) A B 12â€™ (3.7 m) 2â€™-6â€ (.76 m) 2â€™ (.61 m) DISTRIBUTION NOTES: For any ceiling slope under 7/12 (30Â°), 1â€™-6â€ (.46 m) OBSTRUCTED Minimum Sprinkler Spacing Used (feet) distribution is considered Not Unduly Obstructed. (A) Minimum Distance to Change in Slope (feet) 1â€™ (305 mm) 30 35 40 45 (B) Slope of Ceiling (degrees) 12/12 (inches) MAXIMUM DISTANCE DOWN SLOPE TO AVOID OBSTRUCTION TO SPRINKLER DISCHARGE A B 12â€™ (3.7 m) 10â€™ (3.05 m) 20â€™ (6.1 m) NOT UNDULY OBSTRUCTED 18â€™ (5.5 m) 8â€™ (2.4 m) 16â€™ (4.9 m) 6â€™ (1.8 m) 14â€™ (4.3 m) 12â€™ (3.7 m) 4â€™ (1.2 m) (A) Distance Down Slope (feet) 2â€™ (.61 m) OBSTRUCTED Maximum Sprinkler Spacing Used (feet) 0â€™ 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 (B) Slope of Ceiling (degrees) Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES12 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com AVOIDING OBSTRUCTIONS TO SPRINKLER DISCHARGE (Obstruction rules for residential sprinklers are found in section 8.10 of the 2010 edition of NFPA 13.) Positioning Residential Pendent Sprinklers - Obstructions at the Ceiling Maximum Distance from Distance from Sprinkler Deflector to Bottom of Ceiling to Side of Ceiling Obstruction (Dimension B) Obstruction (Dimension A) B Inches mm Less than 1 ft. 6 in. 0 0 (Less than 457 mm) A 1 ft. 6 in. to less than 3 ft. 1 25.4 (457 mm to less than .94 m) 3 ft. to less than 4 ft. 3 76 (.91 m to less than 1.2 m) 4 ft. to less than 4 ft. 6 in. A 5 127 (1.2 m to less than 1.37 m) 4 ft. 6 in. to less than 6 ft. 7 178 (1.37 m to less than 1.8 m) B 6 ft. to less than 6 ft. 6 in. 9 229 (1.8 m to less than 2 m) 6 ft. 6 in. to less than 7 ft. 11 279 (2 m to less than 2.1 m) 7 ft. or greater 14 356 (2.1 m or greater) Residential pendent sprinklers may be located on opposite sides of continuous obstructions up to 4 ft. (1.2 m) wide at the 4â€™ Max. ceiling, as long as the distance from the centerline of the obstruction to the sprinklers (A) does not exceed one-half the maximum A A spacing allowed between sprinklers. Positioning Residential Pendent Sprinklers - Obstructions Along Walls (A) Distance from centerline of sprinkler to side of obstruction. (B) Distance from deflector to bottom of obstruction. (C) Width of the obstruction. B Obstructions up to 30 in. (.8 m) wide (C) located against the wall are permitted to be protected when (A) is greater than C or equal to (C) minus 8 in. (.2 m) plus (B). A C < 30 in. for metric C < .8 m A > (C - 8 in.) + B A > (C - .2 m) + B Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES13 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com AVOIDING OBSTRUCTIONS TO SPRINKLER DISCHARGE (Obstruction rules for residential sprinklers are found in section 8.10 of the 2010 edition of NFPA 13.) Positioning Residential Horizontal Maximum Distance from Deflector Distance from Sprinkler to Sidewall Sprinklers - Obstructions to Bottom of Ceiling Obstruction at the Ceiling Side of Ceiling Obstruction (Dimension B) (Dimension A) Inches mm Less than 8 ft. No Obstructions Allowed (Less than 2.4 m) 8 ft. to less than 10 ft. 1 25.4 Ceiling or Roof. (2.4 m to less than 3.05 m) 10 ft. to less than 11 ft. 2 50.8 (3.05 m to less than 3.35 m) B 11 ft. to less than 12 ft. 3 76 (3.35 m to less than 3.7 m) Obstruction 12 ft. to less than 13 ft. 4 102 A (3.7 m to less than 4 m) 13 ft. to less than 14 ft. 6 152 (4 m to less than 4.3 m) Wall 14 ft. to less than 15 ft. 7 178 (4.3 m to less than 4.6 m) 15 ft. to less than 16 ft. 9 229 (A) Distance from sprinkler to side of obstruction. (4.6 m to less than 4.9 m) (B) Distance from deflector to bottom of obstruction. 16 ft. to less than 17 ft. 11 279 (4.9 m to less than 5.2 m) 17 ft. or greater 14 356 (5.2 m or greater) Maximum Distance from Positioning Residential Horizontal Sidewall Distance from Sprinkler to Sprinklers - Obstructions Along Walls Deflector to Bottom of Side of Obstruction Along Obstruction (Dimension B) Wall (Dimension A) Inches mm Less than 1 ft. 6 in. B 0 0 (Less than 457 mm) 1 ft. 6 in. to less than 3 ft. 1 25.4 (457 mm to less than .94 m) 3 ft. to less than 4 ft. A 3 76 (.91 m to less than 1.2 m) 4 ft. to less than 4 ft. 6 in. 5 127 (1.2 m to less than 1.37 m) 4 ft. 6 in. to less than 6 ft. A 7 178 (1.37 m to less than 1.8 m) 6 ft. to less than 6 ft. 6 in. 9 229 (1.8 m to less than 2 m) B 6 ft. 6 in. to less than 7 ft. 11 279 (2 m to less than 2.1 m) 7 ft. or greater 14 356 (2.1 m or greater) (A) Distance from sprinkler to side of obstruction. (B) Distance from deflector to bottom of obstruction. Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES14 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com LOCATING RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS NEAR HEAT SOURCES Ordinary temperature rated residential sprinklers (135 Â°F to 170 Â°F rated) are only to be installed where the maximum ambient ceiling temperature will not exceed 100 Â°F. Where the maximum ambient ceiling temperature will be from 101 Â°F to 150 Â°F, use intermediate temperature rated residential sprinklers (175 Â°F to 225 Â°F rated). Residential sprinklers must be positioned a sufficient distance away from heat sources that include fireplaces, stoves, kitchen ranges, wall ovens, hot water pipes, water heaters, furnaces and associated flues and ducts, and light fixtures. The following minimum distances must be maintained for both ordinary and intermediate temperature rated residential sprinklers as indicated. Minimum Distance from Minimum Distance from Edge of Source to Ordinary Edge of Source to Intermediate Heat Source Temperature Rated Sprinkler Temperature Rated Sprinkler Inches metric Inches metric Side of open or recessed fireplace 36 .91 m 12 305 mm Front of recessed fire place 60 1.5 m 36 .91 m Coal- or wood-burning stove 42 1.1 m 12 305 mm Kitchen range 18 457 mm 9 229 mm Wall oven 18 457 mm 9 229 mm Hot air flues 18 457 mm 9 229 mm Uninsulated heat ducts 18 457 mm 9 229 mm Uninsulated hot water pipes 12 305 mm 6 152 mm Side of ceiling- or 24 .61 m 12 305 mm wall-mounted hot air diffusers Front of wall-mounted hot air diffusers 36 .91 m 18 457 mm Hot water heater or furnace 6 152 mm 3 76 mm Light fixture less than 250W 6 152 mm 3 76 mm Light fixture 250W to 499W 12 305 mm 6 152 mm Where residential sprinklers will be exposed to the rays of the sun passing through glass or plastic skylights, use inter- mediate temperature rated sprinklers. When locating residential sprinklers in an unventilated concealed compartment, under an unventilated attic or unin- sulated roof, where the maximum ambient temperature does not exceed 150 Â°F, use intermediate temperature rated sprinklers. Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES15 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com NOTE: The dimensions shown are intended to apply to residential sprinklers installed in ceilings above fireplaces used to burn products that cause elevated temperatures at or near the ceiling in areas surrounding the fireplace. The recommendations should not be construed to apply to decorative non-opening fireplaces such as gas fire units that will not cause elevated temperatures at the ceiling. Top View 3â€™-0â€ (.91 m) 3â€™-0â€ (.91 m) Front View Sprinklers near an open hearth fireplace must be located outside of the shaded area or be intermediate degree rated. Top View Side of fireplace 3â€™-0â€ (.91 m) Front of fireplace 5â€™-0â€ (1.5 m) Front View Sprinklers near a recessed hearth fireplace must be located outside of the shaded area [at least 3â€™-0â€ (.91 m)] from the side of a recessed fireplace and at least 5â€™-0â€ (1.5 m) from the front) or be intermediate degree rated. Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES16 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1â€™-6â€ (457 mm) TYP Top View 2â€™-6â€ (.8 m) TYP 1â€™-6â€ (457 mm) TYP Front View Sprinklers near a furnace or water heater must be located outside of the shaded area or be intermediate degree rated. Top View Edge of coal- or wood-burning stove 3â€™-6â€ (1.1 m) 3â€™-6â€ (1.1 m) Edge of coal- or wood-burning stove 3â€™-6â€ (1.1 m) Front View Sprinklers near a coal- or wood-burning stove must be located outside of shaded area or be intermediate degree rated. Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Sprinkler RES17 FREEDOMÂ® RESIDENTIAL TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER INSTALLATION GUIDE The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1â€™-6â€ (457 mm) Top View 1â€™-6â€ (457 mm) TYP Front View Sprinklers near a range or wall oven must be located outside of shaded areas or be intermediate degree rated. Replaces pages 1-17, dated December 1, 2016. (Added P65 Warning.) Form No. F_080190 18.10.25 Rev 16.1.P65 Page 1 of 4 CARE AND HANDLING BULLETIN OF SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPRINKLERS ARE FRAGILE - HANDLE WITH CARE! General Handling and Storage: â€¢ Store sprinklers in a cool, dry place. â€¢ Protect sprinklers during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. â€¢ Use the original shipping containers. DO NOT place sprinklers loose in boxes, bins, or buckets. â€¢ Keep sprinklers separated at all times. DO NOT allow metal parts to contact sprinkler operating elements. CORRECT INCORRECT For Pre-Assembled Drops: (Original container used) (Placed loose in box) â€¢ Protect sprinklers during handling and after installation. â€¢ For recessed assemblies, use the protective sprinkler cap (Viking Part Number 10364). Sprinklers with Protective Shields or Caps: â€¢ DO NOT remove shields or caps until after sprinkler installation and there no longer is potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating elements. â€¢ Sprinkler shields or caps MUST be removed BEFORE placing the system in service! CORRECT INCORRECT (Protected with caps) (Protective caps not used) â€¢ Remove the sprinkler shield by carefully pulling it apart where it is snapped together. â€¢ Remove the cap by turning it slightly and pulling it off the sprinkler. Sprinkler Installation: â€¢ DO NOT use the sprinkler deflector or operating element to start or thread the sprinkler into a fitting. â€¢ Use only the designated sprinkler head wrench! Refer to the current sprinkler tech- nical data page to determine the correct wrench for the model of sprinkler used. CORRECT INCORRECT â€¢ DO NOT install sprinklers onto piping at the floor level. (Piping is in place at the (Sprinkler at floor level) â€¢ Install sprinklers after the piping is in place to prevent mechanical damage. ceiling) â€¢ DO NOT allow impacts such as hammer blows directly to sprinklers or to fittings, pipe, or couplings in close proximity to sprinklers. Sprinklers can be damaged from direct or indirect impacts. â€¢ DO NOT attempt to remove drywall, paint, etc., from sprinklers. â€¢ Take care not to over-tighten the sprinkler and/or damage its operating parts! Maximum Torque: 1/2â€ NPT: 14 ft-lbs. (19.0 N-m) CORRECT INCORRECT 3/4â€ NPT: 20 ft-lbs. (27.1 N-m) (Special installation (Designated wrench not 1â€ NPT: 30 ft-lbs. (40.7 N-m) wrenches) used) WARNING Any sprinkler with a loss of liquid from the glass bulb or damage to the fusible element should be destroyed. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures exceeding the maximum ambient temperature allowed. Sprinklers that have been painted in the field must be replaced per NFPA 13. Protect sprinklers from paint and paint overspray in accordance with the installation standards. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia, or any other cleaning fluid. Do not use adhesives or solvents on sprinklers or their operating elements. Refer to the appropriate technical data page and NFPA standards for complete care, handling, installation, and maintenance instructions. For additional product and system information Viking data pages and installation instructions are available on the Viking Web site at www.vikinggroupinc.com. Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_091699 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning) Page 2 of 4 CARE AND HANDLING BULLETIN OF SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com PROTECTIVE SPRINKLER SHIELDS AND CAPS General Handling and Storage: Many Viking sprinklers are available with a plastic protective cap or shield temporarily covering the operating elements. The snap- on shields and caps are factory installed and are intended to help protect the operating elements from mechanical damage during shipping, storage, and installation. NOTE: It is still necessary to follow the care and handling instructions on the appropriate sprin- kler technical data sheets* when installing sprinklers with bulb shields or caps. WHEN TO REMOVE THE SHIELDS AND CAPS: NOTE: SHIELDS AND CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Remove the shield or cap from the sprinkler only after checking all of the following: â€¢ The sprinkler has been installed*. â€¢ The wall or ceiling finish work is completed where the sprinkler is installed and there no longer is a potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating elements. SHIELDS AND CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Figure 1: Sprinkler shield being Figure 2: Sprinkler cap being Figure 3: Sprinkler cap being re- removed from a pendent sprinkler. removed from a pendent sprinkler. moved from and upright sprinkler. HOW TO REMOVE SHIELDS AND CAPS: No tools are necessary to remove the shields or caps from sprinklers. DO NOT use any sharp objects to remove them! Take care not to cause mechanical damage to sprinklers when removing the shields or caps. When removing caps from fusible ele- ment sprinklers, use care to prevent dislodging ejector springs or damaging fusible elements. NOTE: Squeezing the sprinkler cap excessively could damage sprinkler fusible elements. â€¢ To remove the shield, simply pull the ends of the shield apart where it is snapped together. Refer to Figure 1. â€¢ To remove the cap, turn it slightly and pull it off the sprinkler. Refer to Figures 2 and 3. Refer to the current sprinkler technical data page to determine the correct sprinkler wrench for the model of sprinkler used. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures in excess of the maximum ambient temperature allowed. * Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Page 3 of 4 CARE AND HANDLING BULLETIN OF SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com CAUTION: CONCEALED COVER ASSEMBLIES ARE FRAGILE! TO ASSURE SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCT, HANDLE WITH CARE. Concealed Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly (Protective Cap Removed) Concealed Sprinkler and Adapter Cover Plate Assembly Assembly with Protective Cap (Pendent Cover 12381 shown) GENERAL HANDLING AND STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS: â€¢ Do not store in temperatures exceeding 100 Â°F (38 Â°C). Avoid direct sunlight and confined areas subject to heat. â€¢ Protect sprinklers and cover assemblies during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. -- Use original shipping containers. -- Do not place sprinklers or cover assemblies loose in boxes, bins, or buckets. â€¢ Keep the sprinkler bodies covered with the protective sprinkler cap any time the sprinklers are shipped or handled, during testing of the system, and while ceiling finish work is being completed. â€¢ Use only the designated Viking recessed sprinkler wrench (refer to the appropriate sprinkler data page) to install these sprinklers. NOTE: The protective cap is temporarily removed during installation and then placed back on the sprinkler for protection until finish work is completed. â€¢ Do not over-tighten the sprinklers into fittings during installation. â€¢ Do not use the sprinkler deflector to start or thread the sprinklers into fittings during installation. â€¢ Do not attempt to remove drywall, paint, etc., from the sprinklers. â€¢ Remove the plastic protective cap from the sprinkler before attaching the cover plate assembly. PROTECTIVE CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Page 4 of 4 CARE AND HANDLING BULLETIN OF SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com USE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WHEN HANDLING WAX-COATED SPRINKLERS Many of Vikingâ€™s sprinklers are available with factory-applied wax coating for corrosion resistance. These sprinklers MUST receive appropriate care and handling to avoid damaging the wax coating and to assure satisfactory performance of the product. General Handling and Storage of Wax-Coated Sprinklers: â€¢ Store the sprinklers in a cool, dry place (in temperatures below the maximum ambient temperature allowed for the sprinkler temperature rating. Refer to Table 1 below.) â€¢ Store containers of wax-coated sprinklers separate from other sprinklers. â€¢ Protect the sprinklers during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. â€¢ Use original shipping containers. â€¢ Do not place sprinklers in loose boxes, bins, or buckets. Installation of Wax-Coated Sprinklers: Use only the special sprinkler head wrench designed for installing wax-coated Viking sprinklers (any other wrench may damage the unit). â€¢ Take care not to crack the wax coating on the units. â€¢ For touching up the wax coating after installation, wax is available from Viking in bar form. Refer to Table 1 below. The coating MUST be repaired after sprinkler installation to protect the corrosion-resistant properties of the sprinkler. â€¢ Use care when locating sprinklers near fixtures that can generate heat. Do not install sprinklers where they would be exposed to temperatures exceed- ing the maximum recommended ambient temperature for the temperature rating used. â€¢ Inspect the coated sprinklers frequently soon after installation to verify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereafter, inspect representative samples of the coated sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 25. Close up visual inspections are necessary to determine whether the sprinklers are being affected by corrosive conditions. TABLE 1 Sprinkler Temperature Rating Wax Part Maximum Ambient Wax Melting Point 1 Wax Color (Fusing Point) Number Ceiling Temperature 155 Â°F (68 Â°C) / 165 Â°F (74 Â°C) 02568A 148 Â°F (64 Â°C) 100 Â°F (38 Â°C) Light Brown 175 Â°F (79 Â°C) 04146A 161 Â°F (71 Â°C) 150 Â°F (65 Â°C) Brown 200 Â°F (93 Â°C) 04146A 161 Â°F (71 Â°C) 150 Â°F (65 Â°C) Brown 220 Â°F (104 Â°C) 02569A 170 Â°F (76 Â°C) 150 Â°F (65 Â°C) Dark Brown 286 Â°F (141 Â°C) 02569A 170 Â°F (76 Â°C) 150 Â°F (65 Â°C) Dark Brown 1 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures in excess of the maximum ambi- ent temperature allowed. Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_091699 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning) Page 1 of 3 TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER OVERVIEW The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking fire sprinklers consist of a threaded frame with a specific waterway or orifice size and a deflector for distributing water in a specified pattern. A closed or sealed sprinkler refers to a complete assembly, including the thermosensitive operating element. An open sprinkler does not use an operating element and is open at all times. The distribution of water is intended to extinguish a fire or to control its spread. Viking sprinklers are available in several models and styles. Refer to specific sprinkler technical data pages for available styles, finishes, temperature ratings, thread sizes, and nominal K-Factors for the particular model selected. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Refer to the Approval Charts on the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s) and/or approval agency listings. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Pressure Ratings: Maximum allowable water working pressure is 175 psig (12 Bar) unless rated and specified for high water working pressure [250 psig (17.2 bar)]. Sprinkler Identification: Viking sprinklers are identified and marked with the word â€œVikingâ€, the sprinkler identification number (SIN) consisting of â€œVKâ€ plus a three digit number*, the model letter, and the year of manufacture. Available Finishes: Viking sprinklers are available in several decorative finishes. Some models are available with corrosion-resistant coatings or are fabricated from non-corrosive material. Refer to the sprinkler technical data page for additional information. Available Temperature Ratings: Viking sprinklers are available in several temperature ratings that relate to a specific temperature classification. Applicable installa- tion rules mandate the use and limitations of each temperature classification. In selecting the appropriate temperature classifica- tion, the maximum expected ceiling temperature must be known. When there is doubt as to the maximum temperature at the sprinkler location, a maximum-reading thermometer should be used to determine the temperature under conditions that would show the highest readings to be expected. In addition, recognized installation rules may require a higher temperature classifica- tion, depending upon sprinkler location, occupancy classification, commodity classification, storage height, and other hazards. In all cases, the maximum expected ceiling temperature dictates the lowest allowable temperature classification. Sprinklers located immediately adjacent to a heat source may require a higher temperature rating. K-Factors: Viking sprinklers are available in several orifice sizes with related K-Factors. The orifice is a tapered waterway and, therefore, the K-Factor given is nominal. Nominal U.S. K-Factors are provided in accordance with the 1999 edition of NFPA 13, Section 3-2.3. Refer to the specific data page for appropriate K-Factor information. Available Styles: Viking sprinklers are available for installation in several positions as indicated by a stamping on the deflector. The deflector style dictates the appropriate installation position of the sprinkler; it breaks the solid stream of water issuing from the sprinkler orifice to form a specific spray pattern. The following list indicates the various styles and identification of Viking sprinklers. UPRIGHT SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to be installed with the deflector above the frame so water flows upward through the orifice, striking the deflector and forming an umbrella-shaped spray pat- tern downward. Marked â€œSSUâ€ (Standard Sprinkler Upright) or â€œUPRIGHTâ€ Viking Technical Data may be found on on the deflector. The Viking Corporationâ€™s Web site at PENDENT SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to be oriented with the deflec- tor below the frame so water flows downward through the orifice, striking http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. the deflector and forming an umbrella-shaped spray pattern downward. The Web site may include a more recent Marked â€œSSPâ€ (Standard Sprinkler Pendent) or â€œPENDENTâ€ on the de- edition of this Technical Data Page. flector. CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLER: An â€œold styleâ€ sprinkler intended to be installed with the deflector in either the upright or pendent position. The deflector provides a spherical type pattern with 40 to 60 percent of the water initially directed downward and a proportion directed upward. Must be installed in accordance with installation rules for conventional or old style sprinklers. DO NOT USE AS A REPLACEMENT FOR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS. Marked â€œC U/Pâ€ (Conventional Upright/Pendent) on the deflector. Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_080814 Rev 14.1 (Added P65 Warning.) Page 2 of 3 TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER OVERVIEW The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com VERTICAL SIDEWALL (VSW) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for installation near the wall and ceiling. The deflector provides a water spray pattern outward in a quarter-spherical pattern and can be installed in the upright or pendent position with the flow arrow in the direction of discharge. Marked â€œSIDEWALLâ€ on the deflector with an arrow and the word â€œFLOWâ€. (Note: Some vertical sidewall sprinklers can only be installed in the upright or pendent positionâ€”in this case, the sprinkler will also be marked â€œUPRIGHTâ€ or â€œPENDENTâ€.) HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (HSW) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for installation near the wall and ceiling. The special deflector provides a water spray pattern outward in a quarter-spherical pattern. Most of the water is directed away from the nearby wall with a small portion directed at the wall behind the sprinkler. The top of the deflector is oriented parallel with the ceiling or roof. The flow arrows point in the direction of discharge. Marked â€œSIDEWALLâ€ and â€œTOPâ€ with an arrow and the word â€œFLOWâ€. EXTENDED COVERAGE (EC) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler designed to discharge water over an area having the maximum dimensions indicated in the individual listings. Maximum area of coverage, minimum flow rate, orifice size, and nominal K-Factor are specified in the individual listings. EC sprinklers are intended for Light-Hazard occupancies with smooth, flat, horizontal ceil- ings unless otherwise specified. In addition to the above markings, the sprinkler is marked â€œECâ€. QUICK RESPONSE (QR) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler with a fast- actuating operating element. The use of quick response sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) prior to installing. QUICK RESPONSE EXTENDED COVERAGE (QREC) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler designed to discharge water over an area having the maximum dimensions indicated in the individual listing. This is a sprinkler with an operating element that meets the criteria for quick response. QREC sprinklers are only intended for Light Hazard occupancies. The sprinkler is marked â€œQRECâ€. FLUSH SPRINKLER: A decorative spray sprinkler intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The unit is mounted flush with the ceiling or wall, with the fusible link exposed. Upon actuation, the deflector extends beyond the ceiling or wall to distribute water discharge. The sprinkler is marked â€œSSPâ€, â€œPENDâ€, or â€œSIDEWALLâ€ and â€œTOPâ€. CONCEALED SPRINKLER: A decorative spray sprinkler intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The sprinkler is hidden from view by a cover plate installed flush with the ceiling or wall. During fire conditions, the cover plate detaches, and upon sprinkler actuation, the deflector extends beyond the ceiling or wall to distribute water discharge. The sprinkler is marked â€œSSPâ€, â€œPENDâ€, or â€œSIDEWALLâ€ and â€œTOPâ€. RECESSED SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler assembly intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The assembly con- sists of a sprinkler installed in a decorative adjustable recessed escutcheon that minimizes the protrusion of the sprinkler beyond the ceiling or wall without adversely affecting the sprinkler distribution or sensitivity. Refer to the appropriate technical data page for allowable sprinkler models, temperature ratings, and occupancy classifications. DO NOT RECESS ANY SPRINKLER NOT LISTED FOR USE WITH THE ESCUTCHEON. CORROSION-RESISTANT SPRINKLER: A special service sprinkler with non-corrosive protective coatings, or that is fabricated from non-corrosive material, for use in atmospheres that would normally corrode sprinklers. DRY SPRINKLER: A special-service sprinkler intended for installation on dry pipe systems or wet pipe systems where the sprinkler is subject to freezing temperatures. The unit consists of a sprinkler permanently secured to an extension nipple with a sealed inlet end to prevent water from entering the nipple until the sprinkler operates. The unit MUST be installed in a tee fitting. Dry upright sprinklers are marked with the â€œBâ€ dimension [distance from the face of the fitting (tee) to the top of the deflector]. Dry pendent and sidewall sprinklers are marked with the â€œAâ€ dimension [the distance from the face of fitting (tee) to the finished surface of the ceiling or wall]. LARGE DROP SPRINKLER: A type of special application sprinkler used to provide fire control of specific high-challenge fire haz- ards. Large drop sprinklers are designed to produce an umbrella-shaped spray pattern downward with a higher percentage of â€œlargeâ€ water droplets than standard spray sprinklers. The sprinkler has an extra-large orifice with a nominal K-Factor of 11.2. Marked â€œHIGH CHALLENGEâ€ and â€œUPRIGHTâ€. EARLY SUPPRESSION FAST-RESPONSE (ESFR) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to provide fire suppression of specific high- challenge fire hazards through the use of a fast response fusible link, 14.0, 16.8, or 25.2 nominal K-Factor, and special deflector. ESFR sprinklers are designed to produce high-momentum water droplets in a hemispherical pattern below the deflector. This permits penetration of the fire plume and direct wetting of the burning fuel surface while cooling the atmosphere early in the development of a high-challenge fire. Marked â€œESFRâ€ and â€œUPRIGHTâ€ or â€œPENDâ€. INTERMEDIATE LEVEL/RACK STORAGE SPRINKLER: A standard spray sprinkler assembly designed to protect its operating element from the spray of sprinklers installed at higher elevations. The assembly consists of a standard or large orifice upright or pendent sprinkler with an integral upright or pendent water shield and guard assembly. Use only those sprinklers that have been tested and listed for use with the assembly. Refer to the technical data page for allowable sprinkler models. RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for use in the following occupancies: one- and two-family dwellings with the fire protection sprinkler system installed in accordance with NFPA 13D; residential occupancies up to four stories in height with the fire protection system installed in accordance with NFPA 13R; and where allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in resi- dential portions of any occupancy with the fire protection system installed in accordance with NFPA 13. Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 Page 3 of 3 TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER OVERVIEW The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Residential sprinklers have a unique distribution pattern and utilize a â€œfast responseâ€ heat sensitive operating element. They en- hance survivability in the room of fire origin and are designed to provide a life safety environment for a minimum of ten minutes. For this reason, residential sprinklers must not be used to replace standard sprinklers unless tested for and approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. In addition to standard markings, the unit is identified as â€œRESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERâ€ or â€œRESâ€. 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s). 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Vikingâ€™s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers and the appropriate sprin- kler general care, installation, and maintenance guide. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. The sprinkler technical data page may contain installation requirements specific for the sprinkler model selected. The use of certain types of sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction prior to installation. Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_080814 Rev 14.1 (Added P65 Warning.) Page 1 of 1 BEST PRACTICES FOR BULLETIN RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER HANDLING & INSTALLATION The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page. SPRINKLERS ARE FRAGILE - HANDLE WITH CARE! â€¢ Always keep sprinklers in a cool dry place. â€¢ Protect sprinklers during storage, transport and handling as well as before, during and after installation. Refer to Vikingâ€™s Care and Handling of Sprinklers Bulletin Form No. F_0916992. â€¢ Proper transit, storage and installation of sprinklers in a high-heat environment is a must. Care should be taken to prevent sprinklers from being exposed to ambient heat conditions in excess of those referenced in installation standards. â€¢ Do not stage or store sprinklers on the job site in advance in a non-conditioned space prior to installation. INCORRECT â€¢ Keep sprinklers in the original packaging and check temperature indicators on box label prior to installation. (Heat exposure) If the indicator has turned black, DO NOT install any product contained in the box. Refer to Viking product return policies. â€¢ Temperatures exceeding the maximum ambient temperature of the sprinkler temperature-rating during storage, transport, handling and installation must be avoided. â€¢ Per NFPA standards 13, 13R, and 13D, sprinklers installed where maximum ambient temperatures are at or over 101 Â°F (38 Â°C ) through 150 Â°F (66 Â°C) shall be intermediate temperature-rated sprinklers. Additionally, if sprinklers are installed in an unventilated concealed space under an uninsulated roof or in an unventilated attic, they shall be of intermediate temperature classification. â€¢ Sprinklers installed where ambient temperatures are at or below 100 Â°F (38 Â°C) may be either ordinary or INCORRECT (Unconditioned at rough-in) intermediate temperature-rated sprinklers. Refer to NFPA standards 13R 6.2.3.1 and 13D 7.5.6.1. â€¢ Rough-in of sprinkler piping during hot weather conditions should not include the installation of sprinklers unless reasonable ambient temperatures can be maintained. Ambient temperatures that are considered when choosing the temperature rating for a sprinkler should take into account the range of ambient temperatures that are expected from installation through establishment and maintenance of temperature in a conditioned space. Appropriate insulation may be considered. Example: An ordinary temperature sprinkler should not be exposed to maximum ambient temperature higher than 100 Â°F (38 Â°C) or more. Refer to NFPA 13, Table 6.2.5.1, NFPA 13R, 6.2.3.1 and NFPA 13D, 7.5.6.1. â€¢ CPVC fire sprinkler products exposed to high ambient temperatures (e.g. installed in unventilated, concealed spaces such as attics) should be insulated to maintain a cooler environment. Refer to Viking Plastics INCORRECT Installation and Design Manual, Form No. F_0807122, for care and handling procedures. (Exposed piping) â€¢ Protect all sprinklers and connecting CPVC piping in attic spaces and unvented concealed spaces from excessive heat exposure above 100 Â°F (38 Â°C). To separate excessive attic heat, properly tent and fully insulate all pipe in unconditioned spaces. â€¢ Pressure relief valves should be installed on wet sprinkler systems where there is a risk of over-pressurization of a checked water supply, due to thermal expansion. Refer to NFPA 13, 7.1.2.1 and NFPA 13D, A.5.2.2.2. â€¢ Fire sprinkler systems should be installed per current referenced editions of building codes and installation standards adopted in the jurisdiction where work is being performed. INCORRECT (No pressure relief valve) 1Hot weather condition is defined as temperatures that can reach the maximum ambient temperature-rating of the sprinkler. 2Clicking on blue hyperlink will open referenced document. WARNING Any sprinkler with a loss of liquid from the glass bulb or damage to the fusible element should be destroyed. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures exceeding the maximum ambient temperature allowed. Sprinklers that have been painted in the field must be replaced per NFPA 13. Protect sprinklers from paint and paint overspray in accordance with the installation standards. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia, or any other cleaning fluid. Do not use adhesives or solvents on sprinklers or their operating elements. Refer to the appropriate technical data page and NFPA standards for complete care, handling, installation, and maintenance instructions. For additional product and system information Viking data pages and installation instructions are available on the Viking Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. Form No. F_080415 18.10.11 Rev 16.3.P65 Page 1 of 1 REGULATORY AND HEALTH BULLETIN WARNINGS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION Regulatory and Health Warnings applying to materials used in the manufacture and construction of fire protection products are provided herin as they relate to legally mandated jurisdictional regions. WARNING STATE OF CALIFORNIA, USA Installing or servicing fire protection products such as sprinklers, valves, piping etc. can expose you to chemicals including, but not li- mited to, lead, nickel, butadiene, titaninum dioxide, chromium, carbon black, and acrylonitrile which are known to the State of California to cause cancer or birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information, go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 2. WARRANTY TERMS AND CONDITIONS For details of warranty, refer to Vikingâ€™s current list price schedule at www.vikinggroupinc.com or contact Viking directly. Form No. F_111218 18.11.15 Rev 18.1 New Bulletin Spare Sprinkler Head Storage Cabinet Description Fire Protection Products, Inc. Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinets are designed to allow for spare sprinkler head storage as required by NFPA guidelines. The Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinets are available in six configurations. Three head, six head, six head ESFR, twelve head, twenty-four head and thirty-six head. All six styles are manufactured with â€œknockoutsâ€ to accommodate the most common size sprinklers. The shelf is located to allow for the storage of a typical sprinkler head wrench. Each cabinet is finished with a red enamel finish. Each spare head cabinet comes with a hinged door which remains closed to protect the spare sprinklers from the elements and features two holes on the back panel to allow for attachment to most surfaces utilizing the appropriate fasteners. Not intended for exposed or harsh environments. Installation Specifications Select the correct Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinet in accordance with the Material: Automatic Sprinkler Systems Handbook. As per the 1989 Edition the correct Painted Plain Steel number of spare sprinkler is as follows: Finish: Red enamel 0-300 sprinklers, not less than 6; 300-1000, not less than 12; 1000 or more, not less than 24. Stock of spare sprinklers shall include all types and ratings Styles: installed.* 3 Spare sprinklers, 1/2 or 3/4 6 Spare sprinklers, 1/2 or 3/4 6 Spare, ESFR, 1/2, 3/4 or 1â€ Once the correct Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinet has been selected, installation 12 Spare sprinklers 1/2 or 3/4 is accomplished by inserting the correct fastener in each of the two holes inside 24 Spare sprinklers the cabinet, securing the cabinet securely to the wall. The insert the correct 36 Spare sprinklers number and type of sprinklers in accordance with the â€œhandbookâ€. *Final determination is subject to approval by the AHJ. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 TEL + 1 760 599-1168 + 1 800 344-1822 FAX + 1 800 344-3775 Â© 2012 Fire Protection Products, Inc. WWW.FPPI.COM Technical Services: Tel: (800) 381-9312 / Fax: (800) 791-5500 BlazeMaster Â® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe & Fittings Submittal Sheet General Description Technical TycoÂ® CPVC Pipe and Fittings pro- Data duced by Tyco Fire & Building Prod- ucts (TFBP) are designed exclusively Sizes for use in wet pipe automatic fire sprin- 3/4" to 3" kler systems. The Tyco CPVC Pipe Maximum Working Pressure and Fittings are produced from Blaze- 175 psi MasterÂ® CPVC compound that is a specially developed thermoplastic Approvals compound composed of post chlorin- UL, FM, C-UL, NSF, LPCB, MEA, and ated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) resin the City of Los Angeles. (Refer to In- and state of the art additives. Tyco stallation Handbook IH-1900 dated CPVC Pipe and Fittings are easier to June 2008 for exact listing/approval install than traditional steel pipe sys- information.) tems, and at the same time, provide Manufacture Source superior heat resistance and strength U.S.A. as compared to traditional CPVC and PVC piping materials used in the Material plumbing trade. Various adapters are â€¢ Pipe: ASTM F442, SDR 13.5 available to connect CPVC pipe to me- tallic piping. All female pipe thread â€¢ Fittings: ASTM F438 (Sch. 40) and adapters have brass inserts for dura- ASTM F439 (Sch. 80), ASTM F1970 bility. Grooved adapters connect di- Color rectly to grooved end valves and me- Orange tallic pipe, with flexible grooved end couplings. NOTICE TycoÂ® CPVC Pipe and Fittings pro- duced with BlazeMasterÂ® CPVC com- pound described herein must be in- stalled and maintained in compliance with this document and with the appli- cable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may im- pair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and de- vices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. BlazeMasterÂ® is a registered trademark of The Lubrizol Corporation Page 1 of 2 JUNE, 2008 TFP1915 Page2of 2 TFP1915 Installation Limited TycoÂ® CPVC Pipe and Fittings pro- Warranty duced by Tyco Fire & Building Prod- ucts (TFBP) are to be installed in Products manufactured by Tyco Fire & accordance with Installation Hand- Building Products (TFBP) are war- book IH-1900 dated June 2008. ranted solely to the original Buyer for ten (10) years against defects in mate- Care and rial and workmanship when paid for and properly installed and maintained Maintenance under normal use and service. This warranty will expire ten (10) years from date of shipment by TFBP. No The owner is responsible for the in- warranty is given for products or com- spection, testing, and maintenance of ponents manufactured by companies their fire protection system and de- not affiliated by ownership with TFBP vices in compliance with this docu- or for products and components which ment, as well as with the applicable have been subject to misuse, improper standards of the National Fire Protec- installation, corrosion, or which have tion Association (e.g., NFPA 25), in not been installed, maintained, modi- addition to the standards of any fied or repaired in accordance with ap- authority having jurisdiction. The in- plicable Standards of the National Fire stalling contractor or product manufac- Protection Association, and/or the turer should be contacted relative to standards of any other Authorities any questions. Having Jurisdiction. Materials found Automatic sprinkler systems should be by TFBP to be defective shall be either inspected, tested, and maintained by a repaired or replaced, at TFBPâ€™s sole qualified Inspection Service in accord- option. TFBP neither assumes, nor ance with local requirements and/or authorizes any person to assume for it, national codes. any other obligation in connection with the sale of products or parts of prod- ucts. TFBP shall not be responsible for NOTICE sprinkler system design errors or inac- curate or incomplete information sup- Before closing a fire protection system plied by Buyer or Buyerâ€™s repre- control valve for inspection or mainte- sentatives. nance work on the fire protection sys- tem that it controls, permission to shut In no event shall TFBP be liable, in down the affected fire protection sys- contract, tort, strict liability or under tem must first be obtained from the any other legal theory, for incidental, proper authorities and all personnel indirect, special or consequential dam- who may be affected by this action ages, including but not limited to labor must be notified. charges, regardless of whether TFBP was informed about the possibility of After placing a fire protection system such damages, and in no event shall in service, notify the proper authorities TFBPâ€™s liability exceed an amount and advise those responsible for moni- equal to the sales price. toring proprietary and/or central sta- Theforegoingwarranty ismadein lieu tion alarms. of any and all other warranties, ex- press or implied, including warranties of merchantability and fitness for a par- ticular purpose. This limited warranty sets forth the ex- clusive remedy for claims based on failure of or defect in products, materi- als or components, whether the claim is made in contract, tort, strict liability or any other legal theory. This warranty will apply to the full ex- tent permitted by law. The invalidity, in whole or part, of any portion of this warranty will not affect the remainder. Â© 2008 TYCO FIRE & BUILDING PRODUCTS,451 North Cannon Avenue, Lansdale, Pennsylvania 19446 www.tolco.com Revision 3/10/2010 Fig. 25 - Surge Restrainer Size Range â€” One size fits 3/4" thru 2" pipe. Material â€” Pre-Galvanized Steel Function â€” Designed to be used in conjunction with TOLCOÂ® Band Hangers to restrict the upward movement of piping as it occurs during sprinkler head activation or earthquake type activity. The surge restrainer is easily and efficient- ly installed by snapping into a locking position on the band hanger. This product is intended to satisfy the requirements as indicated in the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 13, 2010 edition, 9.2.3.4.4.1 and 9.2.3.4.4.4 Can be used to restrain either steel pipe or CPVC plastic Pipe. Approvals â€” Underwritersâ€™ Laboratories Listed only when used with TOLCO band hangers Fig. 2, 2NFPA and 200, in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Finish â€” Pre-Galvanized Order By â€” Figure number and TOLCO band hanger, size from 3/4" thru 2". Patent #5,344,108 OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY â€¢ 1375 SAMPSON AVE. â€¢ CORONA, CA 92879 â€¢ PH: 951.737.5599 â€¢ FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE â€¢ 800.786.5266 40 www.tolco.com Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 FM Approved and UL Listed Sprinkler Pipe Bull Moose Tube Company is a recognized producer Bull Moose Tubeâ€™s Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 pipes are of quality pipe products. Our Schedule 10 and made to ASTM A135 and ASTM A795. These Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. products are typically supplied with our protective and Canada), even though these products do not coating but can be supplied without the coating so require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose they can be hot-dip galvanized to meet FM Tube made the decision to have them approved and requirements for use in dry systems in accordance listed for your peace of mind. Our Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or have been through the same rigorous testing as our ASTM A53. All Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 pipe other fine pipe products. has a pressure rating of 300 PSI. Schedule 10 Pipe Nominal Pipe Size (in) Nominal O.D. (in) Nominal I.D. (in) Weight/Ft Bundle Size 1 1.315 1.097 1.41 lbs/ft 91 1 1/4 1.660 1.442 1.81 lbs/ft 61 1 1/2 1.900 1.682 2.09 lbs/ft 61 2 2.375 2.157 2.64 lbs/ft 37 2 1/2 2.875 2.635 3.53 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.260 4.34 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.260 5.62 lbs/ft 19 Schedule 40 Pipe Nominal Pipe Size (in) Nominal O.D. (in) Nominal I.D. (in) Weight/Ft Bundle Size 1 1.315 1.049 1.68 lbs/ft 70 1 1/4 1.660 1.380 2.27 lbs/ft 51 1 1/2 1.900 1.610 2.72 lbs/ft 44 2 2.375 2.067 3.66 lbs/ft 30 2 1/2 2.875 2.468 5.80 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.068 7.58 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.026 10.80 lbs/ft 19 PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturerâ€™s instructions for the specific fitting used. 1819 Clarkson Road For additional information, Chesterfield, MO 63017 contact your salesperson (800) 325-4467 today at (800) 325-4467 or FAX: (636) 537-2645 (636) 537-2600 in the USA, www.bullmoosetube.com or from Canada A company e-mail: sales@bullmoosetube.com call (800) 882-4666 All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 12/09 EDDY FLOW SPRINKLER PIPE SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET APPROVALS AND SPECIFICATIONS FINISHES AND COATINGS â€¢ ASTM A135, Grade A â€¢ Eddy Flow Sprinkler Pipe receives an OD mill coating of water-based â€¢ ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A paint which has corrosion protection expected with a painted carbon â€¢ Pressure rated to 300 psi steel product, i.e. it would be expected to resist corrosion for an â€¢ Underwriters Laboratoriesâ€” extended and indefinite period in a clean and dry environment and, United States of America as environmental conditions deteriorate, the corrosion protection â€¢ Underwriters Laboratoriesâ€”Canada would also diminish. â€¢ Factory Mutual â€¢ Eddy Flow Sprinkler Pipe (black) receives an ID mill coating of Eddy â€¢ NFPA-13 Guard II MIC preventative coating. EG2 has been tested at â€¢ NFPA-13R independent laboratories to resist bacterial growth and maintain minimal bacterial count after multiple flushes (25) of the pipe. â€¢ NFPA-14 â€¢ CIVIL DEFENSE APPROVALâ€” â€¢ Eddy Flow Sprinkler Pipe when Hot Dip Galvanized by ASTM A123 United Arab Emirates and supplied by Bull Moose Tube is UL listed and FM approved. â€¢ Made in the United States of America PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION â€¢ UL, ULC & FM listed for roll-groove, plain-end and welded joints for wet, dry, â€¢ Every length of Bull Moose fire sprinkler pipe features large, easy-to- preaction and deluge sprinkler systems. read, continuous stenciling, clearly identifying the manufacturer, type â€¢ LEED v4 Certified of pipe, size, and length. Nominal Pipe Size (inches) 1-1/4â€ 1-1/2â€ 2â€ 2-1/2â€ 3â€ 4â€ O.D. (in) 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 I.D. (in) 1.530 1.728 2.203 2.705 3.334 4.310 Empty Weight (lb/ft) 1.222 1.844 2.330 2.809 3.361 4.968 Water Filled Weight (lb/ft) 2.019 2.860 3.982 5.299 7.144 11.290 C.R.R.* 1.98 3.44 2.78 1.66 1.00 1.00 Pieces per Lift 61 61 37 30 19 19 *Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY SUBMITTAL INFORMATION Project Contractor Engineer Specification Reference Date System Type Locations Comments Eddy Flow - Black Eddy Flow - Hot Dip Galvanized 1819 Clarkson Road, Chesterfield, MO 63017 US: 800.325.4467 | Canada: 800.882.4666 | sales@BullMooseIndustries.com itwbuildex.com National Headquarters Customer Service 700 High Grove Blvd. 1349 W Bryn Mawr Ave Glendale Heights, IL 60139 Itasca, IL 60143 P: 630.825.7900 P: 800.848.5611 E: orders@itwccna.com Technical Support P: 800.848.5611 E: technical@itwccna.com Made in U.S.A. Sammys, Sammy X-Press, Sammy X-Press It, Sidewinder, Sammy X-Press Swivel, Sammy 2018-2019 X-Press Sidewinder, Tapcon, Sammy Saddle, Speedy Pole Tool, Spot-Rite Level, Dekite, Swivel Head, Sammys Toggle, and Teks are trademarks of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. Dektite is a registered trademark of Deks Industries Pty Ltd. Â© 2018 Illinois Tool Works, Inc. Product Catalog TABLE OF CONTENTS SammysÂ® for Wood .......................................................................................................................... 4 SidewinderÂ® for Wood ....................................................................................................................... 5 Sammys Swivel Headâ„¢ for Wood ......................................................................................................5 SammysÂ® for Steel ............................................................................................................................ 6 SidewinderÂ® for Steel ........................................................................................................................ 7 Sammys Swivel Headâ„¢ for Steel .......................................................................................................7 Sammy X-PressÂ® ...............................................................................................................................8 Sammy X-Press Sidewinderâ„¢ ............................................................................................................8 Sammy X-Press Swivelâ„¢ ...................................................................................................................9 Sammy X-Press ItÂ® Installation Tool ..................................................................................................9 SammysÂ® for Concrete ................................................................................................................... 10 SidewinderÂ® for Concrete ................................................................................................................10 Sammys Swivel Headâ„¢ for Concrete ................................................................................................11 Concrete/Wood Installation Kit ........................................................................................................ 11 Sammys Toggleâ„¢ ............................................................................................................................ 12 DektiteÂ® Pipe Flashing .....................................................................................................................12 Sammys X-PressÂ® Pole Tool Kit ......................................................................................................13 Sammys Pole Toolâ„¢ .........................................................................................................................13 Approvals and Listings ....................................................................................................................14 Special Notes ..................................................................................................................................15 Warranty â€¢ Disclaimer of Warranty Proper fastener connection design takes in to account where and how fasteners are used. Allowance for special characteristics in materials, differences in materials, differences in types of materials being joined, unique or unusual environmental service or installation conditions and the safety factors required by anticipating normal or short term loading conditions must be considered. Due to possible differences in specifications, applications, and interpretation of results, purchasers and specifiers must make their own evaluation of the products, to determine the suitability of these products for intended use. All warranties of Buildex products, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantabilty and fitness for particular purposes are specifically excluded except for the following: Buildex will repair or replace any product which, within twelve months after sale by Buildex or its distributors, is found by Buildex to be defective in material or workmanship - normal wear and tear accepted. This is the sole warranty of Buildex and the sole remedy available to distributor or buyer. Buildex shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage, direct, indirect, or consequential, arising out of the use of, or the inability to use, any Buildex product. For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR WOOD & STEEL INSTALLATION STEPS - VERTICAL INTO WOOD & STEEL: INSTALLATION STEPS - HORIZONTAL INTO WOOD & STEEL: 1. Insert the appropriate nut driver into a 3/8â€ or 1/2â€ portable drill. 1. Insert the appropriate nut driver into a 3/8â€ or 1/2â€ portable drill. 2. Insert the SAMMYSÂ® into the #14 (black) nut driver (p/n 8113910). Drill 2. Insert the SAMMYS into the #14SW (red) nut driver (p/n 8114910). With drill should be in a vertical position. unit in a horizontal position and at a right angle to the structural member, begin installation. 3. Push the face of the nut driver tight to the member. Begin installation when the nut driver spins freely on the SAMMYS, stop drill and remove. 3. When the nut driver spins freely on the SAMMYS, stop the drill and remove. 4. The SAMMYS is now ready to receive 1/4â€, 3/8â€, 1/2â€ or metric all thread rod, bolt stock. (The 1/2â€ requires the #14SW red nut driver) 4. The unit is now ready to receive 1/4â€, 3/8â€, M10, M8 or metric all thread rod or bolt stock. Note: When installing DSTR, follow the above instructions, then add retainer nut and torque to 20 inch lbs. for maximumpullout in purlin steel. Note: When installing SWDR, follow the above instructions, then add retainer nut and torque to 20 inch lbs. for maximum pullout in purlin steel. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONCRETE INSTALLATION STEPS - VERTICAL INTO CONCRETE: INSTALLATION STEPS - HORIZONTAL INTO CONCRETE: 1. Using an SDS 250 carbide tip bit or a HEX RECEIVER with a #250 1. Using an SDS 250 carbide tip bit or a HEX RECEIVER with a #250 carbide tip bit, pre-drill the concrete member to a depth of 2â€ with a carbide tip bit, pre-drill the concrete member to a depth of 2â€ with a hammer/ hammer/rotary hammer drill set on impact mode. rotary hammer drill set on impact mode. 2. After pre-drilling has been completed, install the SLEEVE TOOL over 2. After pre-drilling has been completed, install the SLEEVE TOOL the bit (the bit should remain in the drill), and insert the #14 (black) over the bit (the bit should remain in the drill), and insert the #14SW (red) nut driver (p/n 8113910) into the opposite end (see Vertical Installation nut driver (p/n 8114910) into the opposite end. note above). 3. Insert the SWC screw into the nut driver. 3. Insert the CST screw into the nut driver. 4. Place tip of screw into the pre-drilled hole, turn impact/drill unit to 4. Place tip of screw into the pre-drilled hole, turn impact/drill unit to drill drill mode and begin insertion. When the nut driver spins free on the mode and begin insertion. When the nut driver spins freely on the SWC screw, installation is complete. Stop and remove drill. CST screw, installation is complete. Stop and remove drill. 5. The SWC screw is ready to receive 1/4â€, 3/8â€ or metric all thread rod 5. The concrete screw is ready to receive 1/4â€, 3/8â€, 1/2â€, or metric all or bolt stock. thread rod or bolt stock. (#14SW red nut driver used with 1/2â€ screw) Note: Use a 1200 maximum RPM drill for installation. Note: Use a 1200 maximum RPM drill for installation. Note: Do not install concrete screws while the drill unit is in impact mode â€” Note: Do not install concrete screws while the drill unit is in impact mode â€” doing so will destroy the pullout factor of the fastener. doing so will destroy the pullout factor of the screw. SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. 3 To find a distributor near you, call 800-848-5611 SAMMYSÂ® FOR WOOD SAMMYSÂ® FOR WOOD - Vertical Application Application Product Features Not less than 2â€ nominal width Wood Flooring â€¢ No pre-drilling required. (1-1/2â€) â€¢ Quick to install using the Sammy Not less than Nut Driver with an 18V cordless 3â€ nominal drill. thickness (2-1/2â€) (depth or side Wood Joist â€¢ Saves time from traditional of vertical member) methods. Double Sheetrock For vertical use - Ceiling â€¢ Reduces installation costs. install in center of lower face. â€¢ Assembled in the U.S.A. Minimum 2â€ embedment into base material for NFPA 13 compliance. Composite / Truss Consult truss manufacturer for recommended installation point. *Pre-drilling may be required for GST 25-380 . Tool available on page 11. View our installation videos! Rod Part Screw Ultimate UL Test FM Test Box Case Approvals Model Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Load (lbs) Qty Qty VERTICAL MOUNT 210 (7/16â€ OSB) 1/4" 8002957 GST 100 1/4 x 1" 25 125 670 (3/4â€ Ply) 1/4" 8003957 GST 200 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 25 125 210 (7/16â€ OSB) 3/8" 8007957 GST 10 1/4 x 1" 300 25 125 670 (3/4â€ Ply) 3/8" 8008957 GST 20 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 850 1475 25 125 #14 Black 3/8" 8068925 GST 20-SS 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 850 25 125 Nut Driver 3/8" 8009925 GST 25-380 3/8 x 2-1/2" 2113 (Fir) 1500 25 125 Part # 8113910 3/8" 8010957 GST 30 1/4 x 3" 2060 (Fir) 1500 1475 25 125 1/2" 8013925 GST 2 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 25 125 1/2" 8015925 GST 3 1/4 x 3" 2275 (Fir) 25 125 #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 ASSEMBLED U.S.A. SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com 4 SIDEWINDERÂ® FOR WOOD - Horizontal Application WOOD Application Product Features Not less than 2â€ nominal width â€¢ No pre-drilling required. (1-1/2â€) up to 3-1/2â€ pipe; not less than 3â€ (2-1/2â€) nominal width 4â€ & 5â€ pipe â€¢ Quick to install using the Sammy Floor Joist Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. Minimum 2-1/2â€ from bottom for branch lines. Minimum 3â€ from bot- tom for main lines. Exception: This â€¢ Saves time from traditional requirement shall not apply to 2â€ or methods. thicker nailing strips resting on top of steel beams. â€¢ Reduces installation costs. STEEL â€¢ Assembled in the U.S.A. Composite / Truss Consult truss manufacturer for recommended installation point. *Pre-drilling may be required for Model SWG 25-380. Tool available on page 11. View our installation videos! Rod Part Screw Ultimate UL Test Box Case Approvals Model STEEL Size Number Descriptions Shear (lbs) Load (lbs) Qty Qty HORIZONTAL MOUNT 3/8" 8020957 SWG 10 1/4 x 1" 622 (Fir) 300 25 125 3/8" 8021957 SWG 20 1/4 x 2" 1725 (Fir) 1050 25 125 3/8" 8022925 SWG 25-380 3/8 x 2-1/2" 2249 (Fir) 1500 25 125 3/8"* 8023925 SWG 30 1/4 x 3" 1884 (Fir) 25 125 #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 SAMMYS SWIVEL HEADâ„¢ FOR WOOD - Swivel Application Application Product Features CONCRETE â€¢ Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. â€¢ Accommodates up to 3 Â½â€ x 12 pitch roof. â€¢ Allows 17Â° deflection from vertical. â€¢ Saves time from traditional methods. â€¢ Reduces installation costs. â€¢ Assembled in the U.S.A. Rod Part Screw Ultimate UL Test Load FM Test Min Box Case Approvals Model Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs) (lbs) Load (lbs) Thickness Qty Qty SWIVEL MOUNT #14 Black Nut Driver 3/8" 8139957 SH-GST 20 1/4 x 2" 1257 (Fir) 1050 1475 25 125 ACCESSORIES Part # 8113910 1903 Dim. Lumber 1500 3/8"* 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 5/16 x 1-3/4â€ 1406 @ 45Â°off vertical 25 125 850 @ 45Â° Dim. Lumber * May require pre-drilling; consult joist manufacturer. #14 SH Orange ** Will not swivel until installed with black nut driver. Nut Driver Part # 8273910 APPROVALS 5 To find a distributor near you, call 800-848-5611 SAMMYSÂ® FOR STEEL SAMMYSÂ® FOR STEEL - Vertical Application Application Product Features â€¢ Made with TeksÂ® self-drilling fasteners - no pre-drilling required. â€¢ Installs into steel range from 20 gauge â€“ 1/2â€ thicknesses. â€¢ Saves time from traditional methods. â€¢ Reduces installation costs. â€¢ Quick to install using the Sammys Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. â€¢ A standard screwgun with a depth sensitive nosepiece should be used to install Teks. For optimal fastener performance, the screwgun should be a minimum of 6 amps and have an RPM range of 0-2500. â€¢ Assembled in the U.S.A. View our installation videos! Rod Part Screw Ultimate UL Test FM Test Min Max Box Case Approvals Model Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Load (lbs) Thick Thick Qty Qty VERTICAL MOUNT 1/4" 8024957 DSTR 100 * 1/4-20 x 1" TEKS 3 1510 (20 ga.) .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 1/4" 8025957 DST 100 1/4-14 x 1" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga.) .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 1/4" 8026957 DST 150 1/4-14 x 1-1/2" TEKS 3 970 (16 ga.) .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 1/4" 8027957 DST 200 1/4-14 x 2" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga.) .036â€-20 ga 3/16â€ 25 125 3/8" 8038957 DSTR 1 * 1/4-20 x 1" TEKS 3 1510 (20 ga.) 1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 3/8" 8037957 DSTR 1-1/2 * 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 1510 (3/16") 1500 1475 .060â€-16 ga. 1/2" 25 125 3/8" 8039957 DSTR 516 * 5/16-18 x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 2200 (20 ga.) 1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 446 (20 ga.) 3/8" 8040957 DST 10 1/4-14 x 1" TEKS 3 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 970 (16 ga.) 446 (20 ga.) 3/8" 8041957 DST 15 1/4-14 x 1-1/2" TEKS 3 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 970 (16 ga.) 446 (20 ga.) 3/8" 8044957 DST 30 1/4-14 x 3" TEKS 3 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 970 (16 ga.) #14 Black 3/8" 8045957 DST 516 5/16-18 x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 1500 (3/16") 1500 1475 .125"-1/8" 3/16" 25 125 Nut Driver 3/8" 8046957 TEK 50 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 3125 (3/16") 1500 1475 .250â€-1/4â€ 1/2" 25 125 Part # 8113910 446 (20 ga.) 1/2" 8031925 DST 2.0 1/4-14 x 2" TEKS 3 .188"-3/16" 1/4" 25 125 970 (16 ga.) 1/2" 8036925 TEK 5.0 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 3125 (3/16") .188"-3/16" 1/2" 25 125 *Includes retaining nut #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 ASSEMBLED U.S.A. SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com 6 SIDEWINDERÂ® FOR STEEL - Horizontal Application WOOD Application Product Features â€¢ Made with TeksÂ® self-drilling fasteners - no pre-drilling required. â€¢ Installs into steel range from 20 gauge â€“ 1/2â€ thicknesses. â€¢ A standard screwgun with a depth sensitive nosepiece should be used to install Teks. For optimal fastener performance, the screwgun should be a minimum of 6 amps and have an RPM range of 0-2500. â€¢ Saves time from traditional methods. â€¢ Reduces installation costs. â€¢ Quick to install using the Sammys Nut Driver with an View our 18V cordless drill/driver. installation videos! â€¢ Asembled in the U.S.A. STEEL Rod Part Screw Ultimate UL Test FM Test Min Max Box Case Approvals Model Size Number Descriptions Shear (lbs) Load (lbs) Load (lbs) Thickness Thickness Qty Qty HORIZONTAL MOUNT 3/8" 8050957 SWD 10 1/4-14 x 1" TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060"-16 ga 3/16" 25 125 3/8â€ 8052957 SWD 20 1/4-14 x 2â€ TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060"-16 ga 3/16" 25 125 3/8" 8055957 SWDR 1 * 1/4-20 x 1" TEKS 3 1900 (20 ga.) 1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 3/8" 8054957 SWDR 1-1/2 * 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 2375 (3/16") 1500 1475 .188"-3/16" 1/2" 25 125 3/8" 8056957 SWDR 516 * 5/16-18 x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 2480 (20 ga.) 1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 *Includes retaining nut #14 SW Red Nut Driver STEEL Part # 8114910 SAMMYS SWIVEL HEADâ„¢ FOR STEEL - Swivel Application Application Product Features â€¢ Eliminates distortion of threaded rod in sloped roof applications. â€¢ Accommodates 3-1/2 x 12 pitch. CONCRETE â€¢ Installs into angled z-purlin; allows threaded rod to hang plumb. â€¢ Allows 17Â° deflection from vertical. â€¢ Asembled in the U.S.A. View our installation videos! Rod Part Screw Ultimate UL Test FM Test Min Max Box Case Approvals Model Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Load (lbs) Thick Thick Qty Qty SWIVEL MOUNT #14 Black 1/4-20 X 1â€ Nut Driver 3/8" 8137957 SH-DSTR 1* 3220 (3/16â€) 1500 1475 .035â€ 3/16â€ 25 125 TEKS 3 ACCESSORIES Part # 8113910 2368 (1/2" steel Vertical) 12-24 x 1-5/8" 1306 (45Â° off Vertical) 1500 (Vertical) 4" 3/8" 8268957 SH-TEK 50 3/16" 1/2" 25 125 TEKS 5 2281 (3/16â€ HSS) 850 (45Â° off Vertical) 2-1/2â€ 1585 (3/16â€ HSS 45Â° off Vertical) *Does not comply with ROHS requirements / Includes retaining nut #14 SH Orange Nut Driver Part # 8273910 APPROVALS 7 To find a distributor near you, call 800-848-5611 SAMMY X-PRESSÂ® Installs into Metal Deck, Purlin, or Tubular Steel SAMMY X-PRESSÂ® - Vertical Application Application Product Features â€¢ The Sammy X-Press expands to provide â€¢ Less jobsite material needed. direct vertical attachment in: (XP) - light gauge steel deck or purlin â€¢ No retaining nut required. (22 ga. - 1/8â€). â€¢ Provides design flexibility. â€¢ Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press ItÂ® Tool, saving time & installation costs. â€¢ Assembledin the U.S.A. â€¢ Use in applications where access to the back of View our the installed fastener is prohibited. ie. metal roof installation videos! deck, tubular steel, or vapor barrier fabric. Rod Part Ultimate UL Test UL Min FM Test FM Min Max Box Case Approvals Model Description Application Size Number Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Thick Load (lbs) Thick Thick Qty Qty VERTICAL MOUNT Sammy 185 (Luminaire) .027" 1/4" 8181922 XP 200 1146 (22 ga) .125â€ 25 125 Metal Deck X-Press 200 250 (Luminaire) .056â€ 850 (2Â½" Pipe) .027" 940 (2" Pipe) .029â€ Sammy 185 (Luminaire) .027â€ 3/8" 8150922 XP 20 1146 (22 ga) 1475 (4â€ Pipe) .104â€ .125â€ 25 125 Metal Deck X-Press 20 250 (Luminaire) .056â€ 283 (Conduit & Cable) .029â€ 1500 (4" Pipe) .060â€ Sammy 185 (Luminaire) .029â€ 940 (2" Pipe) .029â€ 3/8" 8153922 XP 35 1783 (16 ga) .125â€ 25 125 Purlin X-Press 35 250 (Luminaire) .056â€ 1475 (4â€ Pipe) .104â€ 416 (Conduit & Cable) .059â€ Metal Deck Pre-Pour Structural Concrete@ 3000 psi Sammy (Pre-Pour) 3/8" 8150922 XP 20 1146 (22 ga) 850 (2Â½ Pipe) 25 125 X-Press 20 Metal Deck Post-Pour Range II LWCâ‰¤ 35 PCF (lbs/ftÂ³) (Post-Pour) Pre-Pour Structural Concrete @ 3000 psi Post-Pour Range II LWCâ‰¤ 35 PCF (lbs/ ftÂ³) SAMMY X-PRESS SIDEWINDERâ„¢ - Horizontal Application Application Product Features â€¢ The Sammy X-Press Sidewinder expands to â€¢ Less jobsite material needed. provide horizontal attachment in: - 16 ga - 3/16â€ steel - purlin, tubular steel. â€¢ No retaining nut required. â€¢ Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press ItÂ® Tool, â€¢ Provides design flexibility. saving time & installation costs. â€¢ Assembled in U.S.A. of â€¢ Use in applications where access to the back of Canadian Steel the installed fastener is prohibited; ie. metal roof View our deck, tubular steel, or vapor barrier fabric. installation videos! Rod Part Ultimate UL Test UL Min FM Test Max Box Case Approvals Model Description Application Size Number Shear (lbs) Load (lbs) Thick Load (lbs) Thick Qty Qty HORIZONTAL MOUNT 1250 (3Â½" Pipe) Sidewinder Metal Deck/ 3/8" 8293957 SWXP 35 1798 (16 ga) 80 (Luminaire) .059â€ .125â€ 25 125 X-Press 35 Purlin 416 (Conduit & Cable) ASSEMBLED U.S.A. For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com 8 Installs into Metal Deck, Purlin, or Tubular Steel WOOD SAMMY X-PRESS SWIVELâ„¢ - Swivel Application Application Product Features â€¢ Less jobsite material needed. â€¢ The Sammy X-Press Swivel allows you â€¢ Less jobsite material needed. to hang plumb in extreme roof pitches: â€¢ No retaining nut required. - 89Â° in z-purlin â€¢ No retaining nut required. - 45Â° in metal deck for 12/12 pitch â€¢ Provides design flexibility. â€¢ Provides design flexibility. â€¢ Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press ItÂ® Tool, â€¢ Assembledin the U.S.A. saving time & installation costs. â€¢ Assembled in the U.S.A. â€¢ Use in applications where access to the back of View our View our STEEL the installed fastener is prohibited. ie. metal roof installation videos! installation videos! deck, tubular steel, or vapor barrier fabric. Rod Part Ultimate UL Test UL Min FM Test FM Min Max Box Case Approvals Model Description Application Size Number Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Thick Load (lbs) Thick Thick Qty Qty SWIVEL MOUNT 750 (2â€ Pipe) 170 Vertical (Luminaire) Swivel 1061 (22 ga Vert) Metal Deck/ 3/8â€ 8294922 SXP 20 80 @ 45Â° (Luminaire) .029â€ 635 (2â€ Pipe) .029â€ .125â€ 25 125 X-Press 20 829 (45Â° Off Vert) Purlin 283 Vertical (Conduit & Cable) 233 @ 45Â° (Conduit & Cable) 1250 (3-1/2" Pipe) 250 Vertical (Luminaire) Swivel 1675 (16 ga Vert) Metal Deck/ STEEL 3/8" 8295922 SXP 35 80 @ 90Â° (Luminaire) .059â€ .029â€ .125â€ 25 125 X-Press 35 1558 (89Â° Off Vert) 635 (2" Pipe) Purlin 500 Vertical (Conduit & Cable) 333 @ 89Â° (Conduit & Cable) Swivel 1061 (22 ga Vert) Metal Deck/ 1/2â€ 8272957 SXP 2.0 .027â€ .125â€ 25 125 X-Press 2.0 829 (45Â° Off Vert) Purlin Swivel 1675 (16 ga Vert) Metal Deck/ 1/2" 8271957 SXP 3.5 .125â€ 25 125 X-Press 3.5 1558 (89Â° Off Vert) .060" Purlin SAMMY X-PRESS ITÂ® Installation Tool CONCRETE Application Product Features Metal Deck - XPress â€¢ Less jobsite material needed. â€¢ The Sammy X-Press expands to provide direct vertical attachment in: â€¢ No retaining nut required. - metal deck (22-16 gauge) - z-purlin (18-16 gauge) â€¢ Provides design flexibility. Vertical â€¢ Assembled in the U.S.A. â€¢ Assembled in U.S.A. of View our Canadian Steel installation videos! View our installation videos! ACCESSORIES Part Number Model Description Qty 8194910 UXPIT* Universal X-Press It Tool 1 8152910 XPDB 25/64" Drill Bit 1 *Tool Includes: Sleeve, Bit Receiver, Hex Wrench, and 25/64â€ Drill Bit. Horizontal APPROVALS 9 To find a distributor near you, call 800-848-5611 Swivel SAMMYSÂ® FOR CONCRETE SAMMYSÂ® FOR CONCRETE - Vertical Application Application Product Features â€¢ Easy two step process (Drill hole & drive Sammys concrete anchor). â€¢ Â¼â€ pre-drilled pilot hole required. â€¢ Concrete Installation Tool available for a one tool installation process. â€¢ Assembled in the U.S.A. View our installation videos! Rod Part Screw Ultimate FM Test Box Case Approvals Model Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs)* Load (lbs) Qty Qty VERTICAL MOUNT #14 Black 1/4" 8058957 CST 200 5/16 x 1-3/4" 2400 25 125 Nut Driver 3/8" 8059957 CST 20 5/16 x 1-3/4" 2400 1475 25 125 Part # 8113910 1/2" 8060925 CST 2 5/16 x 1-3/4" 2400 25 125 #14SW Red Nut Driver ICC-ESR 3/8â€ 8306957 CCST 516 5/16-14 x 2-1/2â€ 857** 25 125 Part # 8114910 3699+FM For complete performance data see ICC Report ESR-3699 * Tested in 3000 PSI concrete ** Pullout strength for Cracked Concrete and Seismic Zones A-F SIDEWINDERÂ® FOR CONCRETE - Horizontal Application Application Product Features â€¢ Easy two step process (Drill hole & drive Sammys concrete anchor). â€¢ Â¼â€ pre-drilled pilot hole required. â€¢ Concrete Installation Tool available for a one tool installation process. â€¢ Assembleded in the U.S.A. View our installation videos! Rod Part Screw Ultimate FM Test Box Case Approvals Model Size Number Descriptions Shear (lbs)* Load (lbs) Qty Qty HORIZONTAL MOUNT 3/8" 8061957 SWC 20 5/16 x 1-3/4" 2450 1475 25 125 ICC-ESR 3699+FM 3/8â€ 8307957 SW-CCST 516 5/16-14 x 2-1/2â€ 857** 25 125 #14SW Red * Tested in 3000 PSI concrete ** Pullout strength for cracked concrete and Seismic Zones A-F Nut Driver Part # 8114910 SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins ASSEMBLED U.S.A. free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com 10 SAMMYS SWIVEL HEADâ„¢ FOR CONCRETE - Swivel Application WOOD Application Product Features â€¢ Installs vertically and swivels up to 89Â° in wood & concrete structures. â€¢ Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. â€¢ 1/4â€ pre-drilled pilot hole required. â€¢ Concrete installation tool available for a one piece installation process. STEEL â€¢ Assembled in the U.S.A. Rod Part Screw Ultimate Box Case Approvals Model Size Number Descriptions Shear (lbs)* Qty Qty SWIVEL MOUNT 2537 in 3000 psi concrete 3/8" 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 5/16 x 1-3/4" 1459 @ 45Â°off vertical in 3000 psi concrete 25 125 2852 in 6000 psi concrete 1636 @ 45Â°off vertical in 6000 psi concrete 3/8â€ 8308957 SH-CCST 516 5/16-14 x 2-1/2â€ 857** 25 125 STEEL Note: UL Listed for wood - see page 5 #14 SH Orange Nut Driver Part # 8273910 * Tested in 3000 PSI concrete ** Pullout strength for cracked concrete and Seismic Zones A-F CONCRETE / WOOD INSTALLATION KIT Application Rotary Hammer Drill into concrete Hammer Drill into concrete CONCRETE (b) (b) (g) (d) (h) (e) (h) or or (c) (c) (a) Part Number Description Each Qty 8122910 Concrete Installation Kit (a) 1 Kit includes the following items: 8113910 #14 Black Nut Driver (b) 1 8114910 #14 SW Red Nut Driver (c) 1 8116910c #250 Bit (1/4") (d) 1 ACCESSORIES 8117910 SDS Bit (1/4") (e) 1 8118910 7/32 Wood Bit (f) 1 8120910 HEX 250 Bit Receiver (1/4") (g) 1 8098910 SL 250 Sleeve (h) 1 APPROVALS 11 To find a distributor near you, call 800-848-5611 ACCESSORIES SAMMYS TOGGLEâ„¢ Application Installation Steps 1. Pre-drill a 5/8â€ hole with a regular drill or hole saw. 2. Insert SST screw into #14 black nut driver. With wing nut and washer on bolt, insert wing nut through surface, and begin installation. 3. When bolt is secure and nut driver spins free, stop drill motor and remove. Pre-Cast Hollow Core 4. SST screw is now ready to receive 1/4â€, 3/8â€, or Metric all Concrete thread rod or bolt stock. Rod Size Part Number Model Screw Descriptions Ultimate Pullout (lbs) Box Qty Case Qty 450 (Lath & Plaster) 3/8" 8064925 SST 30 1/4 x 3" 25 125 404 (2 Layers 5/8 Rock) #14 Black Nut Driver Part # 8113910 DEKTITEÂ® PIPE FLASHING ApplicationApplication Product FeaturesProduct Features â€¢ Complies with NFPA 13 Code Changes. â€¢ Flashing for dry pendant sprinklers subject to extreme temperature changes. â€¢ One piece construction is easy to install. â€¢ Pipe diameter markings ensure accurate fit. â€¢ EPDM temperature range of -65Â°F to +250Â°F. Part Number Description Pipe Outside Diameter Dektite Base Diameter Dektite Height Box Qty 4003910 1 1/4â€ - 2â€ 4-3/4â€ 3â€ 10 4004910 2 1-3/4â€ - 3-1/4â€ 6-1/4â€ 4â€ 10 For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com 12 SAMMY X-PRESS POLE TOOL KITâ„¢ WOOD Application Product Features â€¢ Speed your labor by 25% â€¢ Work from the ground up â€¢ No scaffolding, ladders, or lifts â€¢ Perfect for working in tight spaces, through ceiling grid, and high vaulted ceilings â€¢ Works with any Sammy X-Press product For use installing Sammy X-Press anchors from the ground up! View our installation videos! STEEL Part Number Model Description Box Qty XPKIT* XPKIT Sammy X-Press Pole Tool Kit 1 * 3/4â€ electrical conduit needed for pole tool assembly STEEL SAMMYS POLE TOOLâ„¢ Installation Instructions Product Features â€¢ Speed your labor by 25% 1 2 3 â€¢ Work from the ground up Insert adjusting pin here â€¢ No scaffolding, ladders, or lifts â€¢ Perfect for working in tight spaces, through ceiling grid, and high vaulted ceilings Adjust the Pole Tool to length. Load rod and Sammys into The socket will spin free The adjusting pin must be 18â€ Pole Tool. when the screw is completely below the base or the pin may installed. Pull down to remove â€¢ Works with any Vertical SAMMYS: Wood, Steel, or interfere with the rod. the Pole Tool. Concrete CONCRETE Part Number Description Box Qty SP6 Speedy Pole 6â€™-18â€™ 1 ACCESSORIES APPROVALS 13 To find a distributor near you, call 800-848-5611 APPROVALS Part Mount UL Max UL Test UL Min Wood FM Max FM Test FM Min Wood Model Rod Size Number Direction Pipe Size Load (lbs) Thickness Pipe Size Load (lbs) Thickness SAMMYS FOR WOOD - PIPE HANGER 8007957 GST 10 3/8â€ Vertical CPVC 1-1/2â€ 300 1-1/2â€ 8020957 SWG 10 3/8â€ Horizontal CPVC 1-1/2â€ 300 1-1/2â€ 8008957 GST 20 3/8â€ Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 1-1/2â€ 4â€ 1475 1-1/2â€ 8068925 GST 20-SS 3/8â€ Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 1-1/2â€ 8010957 GST 30 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 1-1/2â€ 4â€ 1475 1-1/2â€ 8009925 GST 25-380 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 1-1/2â€ 8022925 SWG 25-380 3/8â€ Horizontal 3-1/2â€ - 4â€* 1500 1-1/2â€ 8021957 SWG 20 3/8â€ Horizontal 2-1/2â€ - 3â€** 1050 1-1/2â€ 8073925 SWG 20-SS 3/8â€ Horizontal 2-1/2â€ 850 1-1/2â€ 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 3/8â€ 45Â° Angle off Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 1-1/2â€ 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 3/8â€ 45Â° Angle off Vertical 4â€ 1500 1-1/2â€ 8139957 SH-GST 20 3/8â€ 17Â° Angle off Vertical 3â€ 1050 1-1/2â€ 4â€ 1475 1-1/2â€ SAMMYS FOR STEEL - PIPE HANGER Min Steel Thick Max Steel Thick 8038957 DSTR 1 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 .035â€ 4â€ 1475 .105â€ 8037957 DSTR 1-1/2 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 .035â€ 4â€ 1475 .105â€ 8039957 DSTR 516 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 .037â€ 4â€ 1475 .105â€ 8045957 DST 516 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 .188â€ 4â€ 1475 .188â€ 8046957 TEK 50 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 .250â€ 4â€ 1475 .188â€ 8055957 SWDR 1 3/8â€ Horizontal 4â€ 1500 .037â€ 4â€ 1475 .060â€ 8056957 SWDR 516 3/8â€ Horizontal 4â€ 1500 .037â€ 4â€ 1475 .060â€ 8054957 SWDR 1-1/2 3/8â€ Horizontal 4â€ 1500 .037â€ 4â€ 1475 .060â€ 8137957 SH-DSTR 1 3/8â€ 17Â° Angle off Vertical 4â€ 1500 .035â€ 4â€ 1475 .105â€ Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 8268957 SH-TEK 50 3/8â€ 70Â° Angle off Vertical 4â€ 1500 2â€ 940 .029â€ 8150922 XP 20 3/8â€ Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 .027â€ 4â€ 1475 .105â€ 2â€ 940 .029â€ 8153922 XP 35 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 .060â€ 4â€ 1475 .125â€ 8294922 SXP 20 3/8â€ Vertical or up to 45Â° 2â€ 750 .027â€ 2â€ 635 .029â€ 8295922 SXP 35 3/8â€ Vertical or up to 89Â° 3-1/2â€ 1250 .060â€ 2â€ 635 .029â€ 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8â€ Horizontal 3-1/2â€ 1250 .060â€ SAMMYS FOR CONCRETE - PIPE HANGER 8059957 CST 20 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1475 3000 8061957 SWC 20 3/8â€ Horizontal 4â€ 1475 3000 8150922 XP 20 3/8â€ Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 Pre-Pour Structural @ 3000psi 8150922 XP 20 3/8â€ Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 Post-Pour Range II LWC â‰¤ 35 PCF (lbs/ft3) Part Rod Mount UL Load UL Min Steel Model Number Size Direction Rating (lbs) Thickness SAMMYS FOR STEEL - LUMINAIRE FITTING 185 .027â€ 8150922 XP 20 3/8â€ Vertical 250 .035â€ 185 .027â€ 8153922 XP 35 3/8â€ Vertical 250 .035â€ 185 .027â€ 8181922 XP 200 1/4â€ Vertical 250 .035â€ Vertical 170 .027â€ 8294922 SXP 20 3/8â€ 45Â° 80 .027â€ Vertical 250 .060â€ 8295922 SXP 35 3/8â€ 90Â° 80 .060â€ 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8â€ Horizontal 80 .060â€ Part Rod Mount UL Load UL Min. Steel Model Listed Application Number Size Direction Rating (lbs) Thickness SAMMYS FOR STEEL - CONDUIT, TUBING, AND CABLE 8150922 XP 20 3/8â€ Vertical 283 .027â€ Max 4 trade size EMT, RMC, and IMC & 5 trade size rigid PVC conduit 8153922 XP 35 3/8â€ Vertical 500 .060â€ Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8294922 SXP 20 3/8â€ Vertical 283 .027â€ Max 4 trade size EMT, RMC, and IMC & 5 trade size rigid PVC conduit 8295922 SXP 35 3/8â€ Vertical 500 .060â€ Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8â€ Horizontal 500 .060â€ Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit UL Listed 4S16 - Cable Hanger, Cat. No. C-Z2000 Plenum Rated, 8149957 CZ2000 1/4â€ or 3/8â€ Onto Vertical Rod Complies w/ NEC Standards Sheet Steel Gauges Gauge No. 22 ga. 20 ga. 18 ga. 16 ga. 14 ga. 12 ga. 1/8â€ 3/16â€ 1/4â€ Nominal Decimal Equivalent .030â€ .036â€ .048â€ .060â€ .075â€ .105â€ .125â€ .188â€ .250â€ *SWG 25-380 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joist allowed by UL is 3-1/2â€ UL compliance with NEC Standards. *SWG 25-380 Maximum pipe size in wood timber or joist allowed by UL is 4â€ UL and FM tests were performed in compliance with NFPA 13 Standards. **SWG 20 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joist allowed by UL is 2-1/2â€ Fastening requirement: 5 times weight of water-filled schedule 40 pipe plus 250 pounds. **SWG 20 Maximum pipe size in wood timber or joist allowed by UL is 3â€ For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com 14 SPECIAL NOTES Part Mount UL Max UL Test UL Min Wood FM Max FM Test FM Min Wood Engineering Note Model Rod Size Number Direction Pipe Size Load (lbs) Thickness Pipe Size Load (lbs) Thickness In 1996, the anchors listed by UL were tested in plate steel that measured .188â€ and .118â€. Subsequent testing was done for z-purlin applications in May 1997 using (.037â€) or 20 SAMMYS FOR WOOD - PIPE HANGER gauge steel. Most recently in 2008, testing with the new Sammy X-PressÂ® was completed using (.030â€) or 22 gauge steel metal deck. WOOD 8007957 GST 10 3/8â€ Vertical CPVC 1-1/2â€ 300 1-1/2â€ 8020957 SWG 10 3/8â€ Horizontal CPVC 1-1/2â€ 300 1-1/2â€ SammysÂ® Nut Drivers Special nut drivers were designed to be used with Sammys. When the appropriate nut drivers are used for installation, the driver spins freely on the screw after installation is 8008957 GST 20 3/8â€ Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 1-1/2â€ 4â€ 1475 1-1/2â€ complete and eliminates the expected wrist snap, reduces over-torque, and prevents screw failure. 8068925 GST 20-SS 3/8â€ Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 1-1/2â€ 8010957 GST 30 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 1-1/2â€ 4â€ 1475 1-1/2â€ Steel Screws 8009925 GST 25-380 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 1-1/2â€ Due to variations in hardness of certain metals, it should be noted that our self-drilling screws for steel will experience different drill speeds. 500-1500 RPM drill speed should be 8022925 SWG 25-380 3/8â€ Horizontal 3-1/2â€ - 4â€* 1500 1-1/2â€ used. 8021957 SWG 20 3/8â€ Horizontal 2-1/2â€ - 3â€** 1050 1-1/2â€ 8073925 SWG 20-SS 3/8â€ Horizontal 2-1/2â€ 850 1-1/2â€ Metric Products 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 3/8â€ 45Â° Angle off Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 1-1/2â€ Metric versions of the Sammy anchors are available at www.itwbuildex.com 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 3/8â€ 45Â° Angle off Vertical 4â€ 1500 1-1/2â€ Sammys for Seismic 8139957 SH-GST 20 3/8â€ 17Â° Angle off Vertical 3â€ 1050 1-1/2â€ 4â€ 1475 1-1/2â€ Please visit www.itwbuildex.com for our current Seismic product offerring. STEEL SAMMYS FOR STEEL - PIPE HANGER Min Steel Thick Max Steel Thick 8038957 DSTR 1 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 .035â€ 4â€ 1475 .105â€ Vibratory Environments For attaching or anchoring in high vibratory environments, special care should be taken not just for building attachments but also for the hangers or assemblies being supported. 8037957 DSTR 1-1/2 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 .035â€ 4â€ 1475 .105â€ Consult local code authorities for accepted anchoring devices. 8039957 DSTR 516 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 .037â€ 4â€ 1475 .105â€ 8045957 DST 516 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 .188â€ 4â€ 1475 .188â€ Composite Joist/Truss 8046957 TEK 50 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 .250â€ 4â€ 1475 .188â€ Truss manufacturers vary installation recommendations for composite joist. UL testing was completed to validate that Sammys and Sidewinders SWG 20 and SWG 25-380 can 8055957 SWDR 1 3/8â€ Horizontal 4â€ 1500 .037â€ 4â€ 1475 .060â€ be installed into the top cord of a truss. Sammy GST 20 can be installed into the center of the lower cord of a composite joist. Penetration of the upright center web is permitted by 8056957 SWDR 516 3/8â€ Horizontal 4â€ 1500 .037â€ 4â€ 1475 .060â€ some joist manufacturers. Consult truss manufacturer for recommended installation point. 8054957 SWDR 1-1/2 3/8â€ Horizontal 4â€ 1500 .037â€ 4â€ 1475 .060â€ 8137957 SH-DSTR 1 3/8â€ 17Â° Angle off Vertical 4â€ 1500 .035â€ 4â€ 1475 .105â€ Pre-drilling may be required by joist manufacturers. If so, pre-drill pilot hole 1/8â€ smaller than root diameter of fastener. Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 8268957 SH-TEK 50 3/8â€ 70Â° Angle off Vertical 4â€ 1500 Consult the table below: 2â€ 940 .029â€ Model Root Diameter Hole Size 8150922 XP 20 3/8â€ Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 .027â€ STEEL 4â€ 1475 .105â€ GST 20 .182â€ 1/8â€ 2â€ 940 .029â€ 8153922 XP 35 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1500 .060â€ GST 25-380 .280â€ 7/32â€ 4â€ 1475 .125â€ SWG 20 .182â€ 1/8â€ 8294922 SXP 20 3/8â€ Vertical or up to 45Â° 2â€ 750 .027â€ 2â€ 635 .029â€ 8295922 SXP 35 3/8â€ Vertical or up to 89Â° 3-1/2â€ 1250 .060â€ 2â€ 635 .029â€ SWG 25-380 .280â€ 7/32â€ 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8â€ Horizontal 3-1/2â€ 1250 .060â€ SAMMYS FOR CONCRETE - PIPE HANGER To increase efficiency of the installation process, sleeve tools, bit receivers, and wood bits are available for pre-drilling. 8059957 CST 20 3/8â€ Vertical 4â€ 1475 3000 NFPA/NEC Standards 8061957 SWC 20 3/8â€ Horizontal 4â€ 1475 3000 All UL and FM testing complies with NFPA 13 and NEC standards. Check with your local (AHJ) Authority Having Jurisdiction to confirm application and usage. 8150922 XP 20 3/8â€ Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 Pre-Pour Structural @ 3000psi 8150922 XP 20 3/8â€ Vertical 2-1/2â€ 850 Post-Pour Range II LWC â‰¤ 35 PCF (lbs/ft3) UL Listings / FM Approvals UL and FM reports are available at www.itwbuildex.com CONCRETE Technical Drawings Technical drawings are available and can be downloaded at www.itwbuildex.com in the following formats: .dwg, .dxf, and .igs. Assembled in the U.S.A. Products Contact Information Assembled U.S.A. Technical Assistance: (800) 848-5611 Option #6 (x 3259) Customer Service: (800) 848-5611 Option #1 ACCESSORIES APPROVALS 15 To find a distributor near you, call 800-848-5611 www.tolco.com Revision 9/1/2006 Component of State of Fig. 4A - Pipe Clamp for Sway Bracing California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System Size Range â€” 4" thru 8" pipe. For sizes smaller than 4" use TOLCOÂ® Fig. 4. Material â€” Carbon Steel Function â€” For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals â€” Underwritersâ€™ Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 4" thru 8". Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). Installation Instructions â€” The Fig. 4A is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal, lateral or riser brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO transitional and structural attachment component(s) to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install â€” Place the Fig. 4A over the pipe to be braced. Attach TOLCO transitional fitting, either Fig. 980, 910 or 909, to the clamp ears. Tighten bolts and nuts; torque requirement is a minimum of 50 ft. lbs. Transitional fit- ting attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish â€” Plain Note â€” Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By â€” Figure number, pipe size and finish Fig. 4A - Longitudinal Brace TOLCOÂ® brand bracing components are desgined to be compatible ONLY with other TOLCOÂ® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. DISCLAIMER â€” NIBCO does NOT warrant against the failure of TOLCOÂ® brand bracing components, in the instance that such TOLCOÂ® brand brac- ing components are used in combination with products, parts or systems which are not manufactured or sold under the TOLCOÂ® brand. NIBCO shall NOT be liable under any circumstance for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, where non-TOLCO brand bracing components have been, or are used. Dimensions â€¢ Weights Pipe Max. Horizontal Approx. B C D Bolt Size Sizes A Design Load Wt./100 4 81â„2 9/16 33â„8 311â„16 1/2 2015 221 5 93â„4 9/16 37â„8 43â„8 1/2 2015 253 6 111â„2 5/8 5 51â„8 1/2 2015 513 8 131â„4 3/4 611â„16 61â„8 1/2 2015 601 OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY â€¢ 1375 SAMPSON AVE. â€¢ CORONA, CA 92879 â€¢ PH: 951.737.5599 â€¢ FAX: 951.737.0330 26 CUSTOMER SERVICE â€¢ 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com www.tolco.com Revision 1/21/2011 Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment Size Range â€” One size fits bracing pipe 1" thru 2", TOLCO 12 gauge channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" thick. Material â€” Carbon Steel Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Function â€” Multi-functional attachment to structure or Seismic Restraints System braced pipe fitting. Features â€” This productâ€™s design incorporates a concen- tric attachment opening which is critical to the performance H of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 (2010) 9.3.5.8.4 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Installation â€” The Fig.980 is the structural or transitional A attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the B "bracing pipe" and TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 2002, 4L, 4A or 4B to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install â€” Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe". Tighten the set bolt until set bolt head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals â€” Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Note â€” The Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and the Fig. 1001, Fig. 1000, Fig. 2002, Fig. 4A, Fig. 4B or Fig. 4L Pipe Clamp make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the require- ments of Underwritersâ€™ Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish â€” Plain Note â€” Available in Electro-Galvanized finish. Order By â€” Figure number and finish. Pat. #6,273,372, Pat. #6,517,030, Pat. #6,953,174, Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat. #7,441,730, Pat. #7,669,806 Lateral Brace Dimensions â€¢ Weights Max. Design Max. Design Approx. A B H* Load Lbs. Load Lbs.** Wt./100 (cULus) (FM) 51â„4 17â„8 17/32 2765 2800 132 * Available with hole sizes to accommodate up to 3/4" fastener. Consult factory. ** The loads listed are axial loads on the brace. The horizontal load capacity, H, of the brace is: H = F x sin Î¸, where Î¸ is the installation angle measured from the vertical. TOLCOÂ® brand bracing components are desgined to be compatible ONLY with other TOLCOÂ® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. DISCLAIMER â€” NIBCO does NOT warrant against the failure of TOLCOÂ® brand bracing components, in the instance that such TOLCOÂ® brand bracing components are used in combination with products, parts or systems which are not manufactured or sold under the TOLCOÂ® brand. NIBCO shall NOT be liable under any circumstance for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, where non-TOLCO brand bracing components have been, or are used. OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY â€¢ 1375 SAMPSON AVE. â€¢ CORONA, CA 92879 â€¢ PH: 951.737.5599 â€¢ FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE â€¢ 800.786.5266 150 www.tolco.com www.tolco.com Revision 5/27/2008 Component of State of Fig. 1000 - â€œFast Clampâ€ Sway Brace Attachment California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System Size Range â€” Pipe size to be braced: 1" thru 6" Schedule 10 thru 40 IPS.* Pipe size used for bracing: 1" and 11â„4" Schedule 40 IPS. * Additionally (UL) approved for use to brace Schedule 7 sprinkler pipe up to 4" (maximum horizontal design load 655 lbs.) Torque requirement 6 â€” 8 ft. lbs. Material â€” Carbon Steel Function â€” For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace sys- tem: Fig. 1000 is used in conjunction with a TOLCO Fig. 900 Series Fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13* or TOLCO OSHPD Approved Seismic Manual, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features â€” Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Can be used as a component of a 4-way riser brace. Can be used as longitudinal brace with Fig. 907. Comes assembled and individually packaged with illustrated installation instructions â€” sizes are clearly marked. Steel leaf spring insert provided to assure installer and inspector necessary minimum torque has been achieved. Installation â€” The Fig. 1000 is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be Maximum Design Load combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attach- 1" thru 4" pipe size â€” 2015 lbs. ment component, Fig. 980, 910 or 909 to form a complete bracing 6" size â€” 1265 lbs. assembly. Follow NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines. To Install â€” Place the Fig. 1000 over the pipe to be braced, insert bracing pipe through opening leaving a minimum of 1" extension. FM Approved Design Loads* Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. 1" - 2Â½ " - 600 lbs. Tighten hex nuts until leaf spring is flat. It is recommended that the 3" - 4" - 700 lbs. brace angle be adjusted before hex nuts are fully tightened. Approvals â€” Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement informa- tion relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Application Note â€” Position Fast Clamp and tighten two hex nuts until leaf spring flattens. A minimum of 1" pipe extension beyond the Fig. 1000 is recommended. Finish â€” Plain Note â€” Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By â€” Order first by pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing, figure number and finish. Lateral Brace TOLCOÂ® brand bracing components are desgined to be compatible ONLY with other TOLCOÂ® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. DISCLAIMER â€” NIBCO does NOT warrant against the failure of TOLCOÂ® brand bracing components, in the instance that such TOLCOÂ® brand bracing components are used in combination with products, parts or systems which are not manufactured or sold under the TOLCOÂ® brand. NIBCO shall NOT be liable under any circumstance for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, where non-TOLCO brand bracing components have been, or are used. OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY â€¢ 1375 SAMPSON AVE. â€¢ CORONA, CA 92879 â€¢ PH: 951.737.5599 â€¢ FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE â€¢ 800.786.5266 155 www.tolco.com IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE â€“ FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.61 FireLock EZÂ® Rigid Coupling SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 009H The FireLock EZ Style 009H coupling is a rigid, installation-ready coupling for fire protection pipe joining. The couplingâ€™s unique design eliminates loose parts, insures consistent installation and provides substantial gains in productivity. IMPORTANT FireLock EZ Style 009H couplings are recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. PATENTED LISTINGS/APPROVALS * The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Standard Pipe Size cULus/FM VdS LPCB Nominal Size Inches/ Sch. 5 Sch.10 Sch. 40 mm psi/KPa psi/kPa psi/KPa psi/kPa psi/kPa 1Â¼ 175 365 365 365 365 32 1206 2517 2517 2517 2517 1Â½ 175 365 365 365 365 40 1206 2517 2517 2517 2517 2 175 365 365 365 365 50 1206 2517 2517 2517 2517 2Â½ 365 365 365 365 N/A 65 2517 2517 2517 2517 365** 365 365 76.1mm N/A N/A 2517** 2517 2517 3 365 365 365 365 N/A 80 2517 2517 2517 2517 4 365 365 365 365 N/A 100 2517 2517 2517 2517 290** 232 300 165.1mm N/A N/A 1999** 1600 2068 6# 290 365 232 365 N/A 150# 1999 2517 1600 2517 * Listed/Approved for wet and dry pipe systems (> â€“40Â°F/â€“40Â°C). Please refer to the Victaulic Installation Manual (I-009H_009_009V.pdf) for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. ** EN-10219(L) for 76.1mm size; EN-10255(M) for 165.1mm size # Regional availability only Speciality Pipe Pressure Rating Pressure Rating â€“ Pressure Rating â€“ Pipe Size â€“ psi/kPa Pa Pipe Size psi/kPakPa Pipe Size psi/kPa/kPa Sch. Inches cULus FM Sch. Inches cULus FM Sch. Inches cULus FM 300 300 300 300 300 300 BLT 1 1/4 â€“ 2 EZT 1 1/4 â€“ 2 MT 1 1/4 â€“ 2 2068 2068 2068 2068 2068 2068 300 300 300 300 300 DF 1 1/4 â€“ 4 FF 1 1/4 â€“ 4 MLT 1 1/4 â€“ 2 N/A 2068 2068 2068 2068 2068 300 300 300 300 DT 1 1/4 â€“ 2 FLF 1 1/4 â€“ 4 N/A ST 1 1/4 â€“ 2 N/A 2068 2068 2068 2068 175 175 300 300 EF 1 1/4 â€“ 4 FLT 1 1/4 â€“ 2 N/A STF 1 1/4 â€“ 4 N/A 1206 1206 2068 2068 300 300 300 300 EL 1 1/4 â€“ 2 FLTL 1 1/4 â€“ 2 N/A TF 2 1/4 â€“ 4 N/A 2068 2068 2068 2068 300 300 300 300 300 300 ET40 1 1/4 â€“ 2 GL 1 1/4 â€“ 2 WLS 1 1/4 â€“ 2 2068 2068 2068 2068 2068 2068 300 300 300 300 175 EZF 3 â€“ 4 MF 1 1/4 â€“ 4 WST 1 1/4 â€“ 2 N/A 2068 2068 2068 2068 1206 300 300 XL 1 1/4 â€“ 2 2068 2068 JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. __________________________ Submitted By ________________________ Spec Sect ____________ Para __________ Location ____________________________ Date ________________________________ Approved ___________________________ Date ________________________________ www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_F 10.61_1 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE â€“ FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.61 FireLock EZÂ® Rigid Coupling STYLE 009H STYLE 009H DIMENSIONS Max. Max. Allow. Work. End Pipe End @ Bolt/Nut Aprx. Size Press. * Load * Sep. â€ No. â€“ Size Dimensions â€“ Inches/mm Wgt. Ea. Actual Pre-assembled Y Z Nominal Outside (Stab in Size Dia. condition) Joint Assembled Inches Inches psi Lbs. Inches Lbs. mm mm kPa N mm Inches X Y X Y Z kg X 1 1/4 1.660 365 790 0.10 2 - 3/8 x 2 2.95 4.77 2.70 4.63 1.93 1.4 32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 - M10 x 2 75 121 69 118 49 0.7 1 1/2 1.900 365 1035 0.10 2 - 3/8 x 2 3.19 4.97 2.94 4.79 1.93 1.5 40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 - M10 x 2 81 126 75 122 49 0.7 STYLE 009H PRE-ASSEMBLED 2 2.375 365 1616 0.12 2 - 3/8 x 2 3.79 5.53 3.45 5.42 1.93 1.9 (PUSH ON CONDITION) 50 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 - M10 x 2 96 140 88 138 49 0.9 2 1/2 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 - 3/8 x 2 1/2 4.29 6.09 3.92 5.85 1.93 2.1 Y Z 65 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 - M10 x 2 1/2 109 155 100 149 49 1.0 3.000 365 2580 0.12 2 - 3/8 x 2 1/2 4.40 6.31 4.05 5.90 1.93 2.1 76.1 mm 76.1 2517 11476 3.05 - M10 x 2 1/2 112 160 103 150 49 1.0 X 3 3.500 365 3512 0.12 2 - 3/8 x 2 1/2 4.91 6.70 4.55 6.46 1.93 2.3 80 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 - M10 x 2 1/2 125 170 116 164 49 1.0 4 4.500 365 5805 0.17 2 - 3/8 x 2 1/2 5.95 7.82 5.54 7.47 2.14 2.9 100 114.3 2517 25822 4.32 - M10 x 2 1/2 151 199 141 190 55 1.3 STYLE 009H JOINT ASSEMBLED 165.1 mm 6.500 290 9623 0.17 2 - 5/8 x 3 1/4 7.84 10.93 7.55 10.85 2.11 5.69 165.1 1999 42805 4.32 - M16 x 3 1/4 199 278 192 276 54 2.6 6 6.625 290 9997 0.17 2 - 5/8 x 3 1/4 7.96 11.08 7.67 11.99 2.11 5.92 150 168.3 1999 44469 4.32 - M16 x 3 1/4 202 281 195 305 54 2.69 * Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See page 1 of this document for Listed/Approved ratings on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 Â½ times the figures shown in the chart on page 1, specific to pipe schedule and size. â€ The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. FireLock EZ couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: â€¢ Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific) â€¢ Red enamel (Europe) Optional Coatings: â€¢ Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: â€¢ Grade â€œEâ€ EPDM (Type A) FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited, and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.61_2 REV_F IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE â€“ FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.61 FireLock EZÂ® Rigid Coupling STYLE 009H GENERAL NOTES NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009H couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the â€œEZâ€ marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps con- taining the â€œQV EZâ€ marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009H couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009H coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. USE OF FLUSHSEAL GASKETS FireLock EZ couplings are supplied with FireLock EZ Grade â€œEâ€ Type A gaskets. These gaskets FOR DRY PIPE SYSTEMS include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the same benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard FlushSeal gaskets are not compatible and cannot be used with the FireLock EZ couplings. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.61 5731 REV F UPDATED 10/2011 VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.61 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE â€“ FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 Â® FireLock Fittings VNIIPO See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details FireLockÂ® products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full-flow elbows and tees feature CAD-developed, hydrodynamic design, affording a shorter center-to-end dimension than standard fittings. A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic IPS-sized couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Victaulic FireLock fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic FireLock Style 005 couplings. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: â€¢ Orange enamel. â€¢ Red Enamel in EMEA-I. â€¢ Optional: Hot dipped galvanized. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. __________________________ Submitted By ________________________ Spec Sect ____________ Para __________ Location ____________________________ Date ________________________________ Approved ___________________________ Date ________________________________ www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2010 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_I 10.03_1 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE â€“ FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 FireLockÂ® Fittings DIMENSIONS C to E C to E C to E T C C to to E E NO. 001 NO. 003 NO. 002 NO. 006 No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006 Size 90Â° Elbow 45Â° Elbow Straight Tee Cap Nominal Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Size Outside Diameter C to E Weight Each C to E Weight Each C to E Weight Each Thickness â€œTâ€ Weight Each Inches Inches Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. mm mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 1 1/4 1.660 0.8 0.3 â€” â€” â€” â€” â€” â€” 32 42.4 21 0.1 1 1/2 1.900 â€” â€” â€” â€” â€” â€” 0.82 0.4 40 48.3 â€” â€” â€” â€” â€” â€” 21 0.2 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3 2 1/2 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0 65 73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 0.5 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 76.1 mm â€” â€” â€” â€” 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2 80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7.5 108 mm â€” â€” 108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1 125 141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1.9 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 5.50 17.9 159 mm â€” â€” 158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9 150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7 8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4.25 20.4 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 200 219.1 173 11.6 108 9.3 176 17.6 29 5.8 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2010 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.03_2 REV_I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE â€“ FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 FireLockÂ® Fittings FLOW DATA Frictional Resistance Size Equivalent Feet/meters of Straight Pipe â€ Actual No. 002 Nominal Outside Elbows Straight Tee Size Diameter Inches Inches No. 001 No. 003 mm mm 90Â° Elbow 45Â° Elbow Branch Run 1 1/4 1.660 1.5 0.8 3.7 1.5 32 42.4 0.5 0.2 1.1 0.5 1 1/2 1.900 2.2 1.1 5.5 2.2 40 48.3 0.7 0.3 1.7 0.7 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5 50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1 2 1/2 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3 65 73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5 76.1 mm 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0 80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108 mm 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 125 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 159 mm 158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0 150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7.6 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0 200 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0 â€ The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2010 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_I 10.03_3 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE â€“ FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 FireLockÂ® Fittings GENERAL NOTES NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009/009V/009H couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the â€œEZâ€ marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the â€œQV EZâ€ marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H couplings. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.03 1539 REV I UPDATED 2/2010 VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2010 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.03 CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Â® Mechanical-T Bolted Branch Outlets VNIIPO SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLES 920 AND 920N Victaulic Mechanical-TÂ® Outlet provides a direct branch connection at any location a hole can be cut in pipe. The hole is cut oversize to receive a â€œholefinderâ€ locating collar which secures the outlet in position permanently. A pressure responsive gasket seals on the pipe O.D. Cross-type connections can be achieved by utilizing two upper housings of the same style and size, with the same or differing branch size connections. NOTE: Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to each other to achieve a cross connection. Style 920 and Style 920N Mechanical-T outlets are available with grooved or female threaded STYLES 920 AND 920N STYLE 920 CROSS outlet. Specify choice on order. Units are supplied painted with plated bolts. Galvanized hous- PATENTED ings are available, supplied with plated bolts. All sizes of Style 920 and 920N are rated at 500 psi/3450 kPa working pressure on Schedule 10 and 40 carbon steel pipe. They may also be used on high density polyethylene or poly- butylene (HDPE) pipe. Pressure ratings on HDPE are dependent on the pipe rating. Contact Victaulic for ratings on other pipe. Style 920 and 920N are not recommended for use on PVC plastic pipe. Standard piping practices dictate that the Mechanical-T Styles 920 and 920N must be installed so that the main and branch connections are a true 90Â° angle when permanently attached to the pipeline surface. Additionally, the Vic-Tap IIÂ® hole cutting tool, which allows for hole cutting capabilities on pressurized systems, utilizes the Style 920 Mechanical-T in conjunction with the Series 726 Vic-Ball Valve to create the Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit. See page 8 for further information. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing/Coating: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12, with orange enamel coating. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. â€¢ Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: (Specify choice*) â€¢ Grade â€œEâ€ EPDM EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range â€“30Â°F to +230Â°F/â€“34Â°C to +110Â°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86Â°F/+30Â°C and hot +180Â°F/+82Â°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. â€¢ Grade â€œTâ€ nitrile Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range â€“20Â°F to +180Â°F/â€“29Â°C to +82Â°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over +150Â°F/+66Â°C or for hot dry air over +140Â°F/+60Â°C. *Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are s ervices for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a l isting of services which are not recommended. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. __________________________ Submitted By ________________________ Spec Sect ____________ Para __________ Location ____________________________ Date ________________________________ Approved ___________________________ Date ________________________________ www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2018 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_O 11.02_1 CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-TÂ® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS Style Max. Work Approx. Size No. Pressure@ Dimensions Weight Each Run Ã— Branch Hole V â€¡ # V â€¡ Female Nominal Size 920 Diameter T** Thd. Grv. W Y Z Thd. Grv. Inches or psi +0.13 Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Lbs. Lbs. Y Z mm 920N kPa -0.00 mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 2 1/2 (a) Â¤ 500 1.50 2.00 2.53 1.61 5.35 2.75 3.1 Ã— 920N â€” â€” 50 15 3450 38.1 51 64 41 136 70 1.5 V 3/4 (a) Â¤ 500 1.50 1.97 2.53 1.61 5.35 2.75 3.1 920N â€” â€” 20 3450 38.1 50 64 41 136 70 1.5 1 (a) Â¤ 500 1.50 1.85 2.53 1.61 5.35 2.75 3.0 920N â€” â€” W 25 3450 38.1 47 64 41 136 70 1.4 1 1/4 (a) â€ Â¤ 500 1.75 2.05 2.75 3.00 1.61 5.35 3.00 3.5 3.2 920N GROOVED OUTLET 32 3450 44.5 52 70 76 41 136 76 1.7 1.5 1 1/2 (a) â€ Â¤ 500 1.75 2.03 2.75 3.12 1.61 5.35 3.25 3.6 3.2 920N 40 3450 44.5 52 70 79 41 136 83 1.7 1.5 2 1/2 1/2 (a) Â§Â¤ 500 1.50 2.21 2.74 1.82 5.64 2.75 3.0 Y Z Ã— 920N â€” â€” 65 15 3450 38.1 56 70 46 143 70 1.4 3/4 (a) Â§Â¤ 500 1.50 2.18 2.74 1.82 5.64 2.75 3.0 920N â€” â€” V 20 3450 38.1 55 70 46 143 70 1.4 T 1 (a) Â§Â¤ 500 1.50 2.06 2.74 1.82 5.64 2.75 2.9 920N â€” â€” 25 3450 38.1 52 70 46 143 70 1.4 W 1 1/4 â€ (a) Â¤ 500 1.75 2.30 3.00 3.25 1.82 6.29 3.00 3.5 3.2 920N 32 3450 44.5 58 76 83 46 160 76 1.7 1.5 1 1/2 â€ (a) Â¤ 500 2.00 2.28 3.00 3.25 1.82 6.26 3.25 3.6 3.3 FEMALE THREADED OUTLET 920N 40 3450 50.8 58 76 83 46 159 83 1.7 1.6 1/2 (a) 300 1.50 2.22 2.75 2.25 6.46 3.18 3.9 76.1 Ã— 920N â€” â€” 15 2065 38.1 56 70 57 164 81 1.8 â€¢ Provides a direct branch connection at 3/4 (a) 300 1.50 2.19 2.75 2.25 6.46 3.18 3.9 920N â€” â€” any location where a hole can be cut 20 2065 38.1 56 70 57 164 81 1.8 in the pipe 1 (a) 920N 300 1.50 2.07 2.75 â€” 2.25 6.46 3.18 3.8 â€” 25 2065 38.1 53 70 57 164 81 1.7 â€¢ A pressure responsive gasket provides 1 1/4 (a) Â¤ 500 1.75 2.30 3.00 3.31 1.92 6.29 3.00 3.5 3.2 920N the seal 32 3450 44.5 58 76 84 49 160 76 1.6 1.5 1 1/2 (a) Â¤ 500 2.00 2.28 3.00 3.31 1.92 6.29 3.25 3.5 3.3 920N â€¢ Request Publication 11.03 for 40 3450 50.8 58 76 84 49 160 83 1.6 1.5 Mechanical-T cross assemblies 3 1/2 (a) Â¤ 500 1.50 2.52 3.05 2.28 6.15 2.75 3.4 Ã— 920N â€” â€” 80 15 3450 38.1 64 78 58 156 70 1.6 â€¢ Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa 3/4 (a) Â¤ 500 1.50 2.49 3.05 2.28 6.15 2.75 3.4 920N â€” â€” on steel pipe; also available for use 20 3450 38.1 63 78 58 156 70 1.6 with HDPE pipe 1 (a) 920N 500 1.50 2.38 3.06 â€” 2.28 6.15 2.75 3.3 â€” 25 3450 38.1 61 78 58 156 70 1.6 â€¢ Sizes from 2 Ã— Â½"/50 Ã— 15 mm 1 1/4 (a) â€ Â¤ 920N 500 1.75 2.55 3.25 3.56 2.28 6.15 3.00 3.8 3.7 through 8 Ã— 4"/200 Ã— 100 mm 32 (b) 3450 44.5 65 83 90 58 156 76 1.8 1.8 1 1/2 (a) â€ Â¤ 500 2.00 2.78 3.50 3.56 2.28 6.15 3.25 4.1 3.8 920N 40 (b) 3450 50.8 71 89 90 58 156 83 1.9 1.8 2 (a) Â¤ 500 2.50 2.75 3.50 3.56 2.28 6.75 3.88 4.9 4.6 920N 50 3450 63.5 70 89 90 58 172 99 2.3 2.1 3 1/2 2 500 2.50 3.00 3.75 2.44 6.72 3.88 3.8 Ã— 920N â€” â€” 90 50 3450 63.5 76 95 62 171 99 1.8 IMPORTANT NOTES: TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 3 Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be ** Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). mated to one another â€ Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. to achieve cross connections. â€¡ Center of run to end of fitting. # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings. (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify â€œBSPTâ€ clearly on order. (b) For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2" BSPT clearly on order. Â§ Vds approved for fire protection services Â¤ LPCB approved for fire protection services Ã˜ Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2018 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 11.02_2 REV_O CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-TÂ® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS Style Max. Work Approx. Size No. Pressure@ Dimensions Weight Each Run Ã— Branch Hole V â€¡ # V â€¡ Female Nominal Size 920 Diameter T** Thd. Grv. W Y Z Thd. Grv. Inches or psi +0.13 Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Lbs. Lbs. Y Z mm 920N kPa -0.00 mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 2 4 1/2 (a) Â¤ 500 1.50 3.03 3.56 2.69 7.01 2.75 3.7 V 100 Ã— 15 920N 3450 38.1 77 90 â€” 68 178 70 1.8 â€” 3/4 (a) Â¤ 500 1.50 3.00 3.56 2.69 7.01 2.75 3.7 920N â€” â€” 20 3450 38.1 76 90 68 178 70 1.8 W 1 (a) Â¤ 500 1.50 2.88 3.56 2.69 7.01 2.75 3.6 920N â€” â€” 25 3450 38.1 73 90 68 178 70 1.8 GROOVED OUTLET 1 1/4 (a) â€ Â¤ 500 1.75 3.08 3.78 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.00 4.0 3.6 920N 32 (b) 3450 44.5 78 96 102 68 178 76 1.9 1.8 1 1/2 (a) â€ Â¤ 500 2.00 3.28 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.25 4.2 3.9 920N 40 (b) 3450 50.8 83 102 102 68 178 83 2.0 1.9 Y Z 2 (a) â€ Â¤ 500 2.50 3.25 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.88 5.0 4.6 920N 50 3450 63.5 83 102 102 68 178 99 2.3 2.1 V 2 1/2 (a) â€ 500 2.75 2.88 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.34 4.63 5.8 5.0 920 T 65 3450 69.9 73 102 102 68 186 118 2.6 2.3 500 2.75 2.88 4.00 2.69 7.34 4.63 6.4 76.1 mm 920 â€” â€” W 3450 69.9 73 102 68 186 118 2.9 3 (a) â€ 500 3.50 3.31 4.50 4.12 2.69 7.73 5.12 8.4 6.4 920 80 3450 88.9 84 114 105 68 196 130 3.8 2.9 FEMALE THREADED OUTLET 1 1/4 (a)Â¤ 500 1.75 3.08 3.78 2.63 7.64 3.05 5.0 108.0 Ã— 920N â€” â€” 32 3450 44.5 78 96 67 194 78 2.3 1 1/2 (a)Â¤ 500 2.00 3.28 4.00 2.63 7.64 3.25 5.0 â€¢ Provides a direct branch connection at 920N â€” â€” 40 3450 50.8 83 102 67 194 83 2.3 any location where a hole can be cut 2 (a) 500 2.50 3.25 4.00 2.63 7.64 4.00 4.0 920N â€” â€” in the pipe 50 3450 63.5 83 102 67 194 102 1.9 500 2.75 2.88 4.00 4.00 2.63 7.64 4.29 8.0 7.8 76.1 mm 920 â€¢ A pressure responsive gasket provides 3450 69.9 73 102 102 67 194 109 3.6 3.5 the seal 3 (a) 500 3.50 3.31 4.50 4.50 2.63 7.63 4.88 6.8 6.5 920 80 3450 88.9 84 114 114 67 194 124 3.1 3.0 â€¢ Request Publication 11.03 for 5 1 1/2 (a) â€ 500 2.00 4.03 4.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 3.69 7.4 7.6 Ã— 920 Mechanical-T cross assemblies 125 40 3450 50.8 102 121 121 80 246 94 3.4 3.4 2 (a) â€ 500 2.50 4.00 4.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 4.38 8.2 8.0 920 â€¢ Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa 50 3450 63.5 102 121 121 80 246 111 3.7 3.6 on steel pipe; also available for use 2 1/2 (a) â€ 500 2.75 3.63 4.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 4.63 8.3 7.9 920 with HDPE pipe 65 3450 69.9 92 121 121 80 246 118 3.8 3.6 500 2.75 3.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 4.63 8.0 76.1 mm Â¤ 920 â€” â€” â€¢ Sizes from 2 Ã— Â½"/50 Ã— 15 mm 3450 69.9 95 121 80 246 118 3.6 through 8 Ã— 4"/200 Ã— 100 mm 3 (a) â€ 920 500 3.50 3.81 5.00 4.63 3.16 9.70 5.31 8.4 8.8 80 3450 88.9 97 127 118 80 246 135 3.8 4.0 2 500 2.50 3.75 4.50 3.17 8.00 3.88 8.0 133.0 Ã— 920N â€” â€” 50 3450 63.5 95 114 81 203 99 3.6 3 500 3.50 3.81 5.00 3.00 9.46 5.31 8.0 920 â€” â€” 80 3450 88.9 97 127 76 240 135 3.6 TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 4 IMPORTANT NOTES: ** Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be â€ Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. mated to one another â€¡ Center of run to end of fitting. to achieve cross connections. # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings. (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify â€œBSPTâ€ clearly on order. (b) For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2" BSPT clearly on order. Â§ Vds approved for fire protection services Â¤ LPCB approved for fire protection services Ã˜ Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2018 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_O 11.02_3 CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-TÂ® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS Style Max. Work Approx. Size No. Pressure@ Dimensions Weight Each Run Ã— Branch Hole V â€¡ # V â€¡ Female Nominal Size 920 Diameter T** Thd. Grv. W Y Z Thd. Grv. Inches or psi +0.13 Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Lbs. Lbs. Y Z mm 920N kPa -0.00 mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3 1 1/2 â€ 500 2.00 3.78 4.50 3.30 8.23 3.25 7.0 V 139.7 Ã— 40 920N 3450 50.8 96 114 â€” 84 209 83 3.2 â€” 2 â€ 500 2.50 3.75 4.50 3.30 8.23 3.88 9.0 920N â€” â€” 50 3450 63.5 95 114 84 209 99 4.1 W 6 1 1/4 (a) 500 1.75 4.43 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.15 3.25 5.1 4.8 Ã— 920N 150 32 (b) 3450 44.5 112 130 130 96 232 83 2.3 2.2 GROOVED OUTLET 1 1/2 (a) â€ Â¤ 500 2.00 4.40 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.15 3.25 5.4 5.1 920N 40 (b) 3450 50.8 112 130 130 96 232 83 2.4 2.3 2 (a) â€ Â¤ 500 2.50 4.38 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.15 3.88 6.0 5.6 920N 50 3450 63.5 111 130 130 96 232 99 2.7 2.5 Y Z 2 1/2 500 2.75 4.01 5.13 5.12 3.69 10.51 4.63 8.3 7.6 920 65 3450 69.9 110 130 130 94 267 118 3.8 3.4 V 500 2.75 4.15 5.21 3.69 10.51 4.63 8.4 76.1 mm Â¤ 920 â€” â€” T 3450 69.9 105 132 94 267 118 3.8 3 (a) â€ 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 5.13 3.69 10.51 5.31 9.9 8.4 920 80 3450 88.9 110 140 130 94 267 135 4.5 3.8 W 4 (a) â€ Â¤ 500 4.50 3.81 5.75 5.38 3.69 10.51 6.25 10.1 10.1 920 100 3450 114.3 97 146 137 94 267 159 4.6 4.6 FEMALE THREADED OUTLET 1 1/2 (a) 500 2.00 4.41 5.13 3.63 9.40 3.25 7.8 159.0 Ã— 920N â€” â€” 40 3450 50.8 112 130 92 239 83 3.5 2 (a) 500 2.50 4.38 5.13 3.63 9.40 3.88 8.0 920N â€” â€” â€¢ Provides a direct branch connection at 50 3450 63.5 111 130 92 239 99 3.6 any location where a hole can be cut 500 2.75 4.38 5.50 5.13 3.63 9.40 4.63 9.5 9.5 76.1 mm 920 in the pipe 3450 69.9 111 140 130 92 239 118 4.3 4.3 3 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 5.13 3.63 9.40 5.31 8.1 14.0 920 â€¢ A pressure responsive gasket provides 80 3450 88.9 110 140 130 92 239 135 3.7 6.4 the seal 500 4.50 4.45 5.38 3.63 9.40 6.12 10.0 108.0 mm 920 â€” â€” 3450 114.3 113 137 92 239 155 4.5 â€¢ Request Publication 11.03 for 4 500 4.50 3.81 5.75 3.63 9.40 6.25 18.0 920 â€” â€” Mechanical-T cross assemblies 100 3450 114.3 96.80 146 92 239 159 8.2 TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 5 â€¢ Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa ** Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). on steel pipe; also available for use â€ Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. with HDPE pipe â€¡ Center of run to end of fitting. â€¢ Sizes from 2 Ã— Â½"/50 Ã— 15 mm # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. through 8 Ã— 4"/200 Ã— 100 mm @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings. (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify â€œBSPTâ€ clearly on order. (b) For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2" BSPT clearly on order. Â§ Vds approved for fire protection services Â¤ LPCB approved for fire protection services IMPORTANT NOTES: Ã˜ Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to one another to achieve cross connections. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2018 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 11.02_4 REV_O CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-TÂ® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS Style Max. Work Approx. Size No. Pressure@ Dimensions Weight Each Run Ã— Branch Hole V â€¡ # V â€¡ Female Nominal Size 920 Diameter T** Thd. Grv. W Y Z Thd. Grv. Inches or psi +0.13 Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Lbs. Lbs. Y Z mm 920N kPa -0.00 mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 4 1 500 1.50 3.88 4.56 3.79 9.34 2.75 8.0 V 165.1 Ã— 25 920N 3450 38.1 99 116 â€” 96 237 70 3.6 â€” 1 1/4 Â¤ 500 1.75 4.43 5.13 3.79 9.34 3.25 8.4 920N â€” â€” 32 3450 44.5 113 130 96 237 83 3.8 W 1 1/2 (a) â€ Â¤ 500 2.00 4.41 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.34 3.25 8.4 5.4 920N 40 3450 50.8 112 130 130 96 237 83 3.8 2.4 GROOVED OUTLET 2 (a) â€ 500 2.50 4.38 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.34 3.88 8.5 6.0 920N 50 3450 63.5 111 130 130 96 237 99 3.9 2.7 500 2.75 4.01 5.13 5.21 3.63 10.51 4.63 8.6 7.6 76.1 mm 920 3450 69.9 110 130 132 92 267 118 3.9 3.4 Y Z 3 (a) â€ Ã˜ 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 5.13 3.63 10.51 5.31 10.2 8.4 920 80 3450 88.9 110 140 130 92 267 135 4.6 3.8 V 4 (a) â€ Â¤ 500 4.50 3.81 5.75 5.38 3.63 10.51 6.25 10.5 8.4 920 T 100 3450 114.3 97 146 137 92 267 159 4.8 3.8 8 2 (a) â€ 500 2.75 5.44 6.19 6.25 4.81 12.42 4.50 11.6 11.6 Ã— 920 200 50 3450 69.9 138 157 159 122 316 114 5.3 5.3 W 2 1/2 (a) â€ 500 2.75 5.07 6.19 6.19 4.81 12.42 4.50 11.6 11.6 920 65 3450 69.9 129 157 157 122 316 114 5.3 5.3 FEMALE THREADED OUTLET 500 2.75 5.25 6.25 4.81 12.42 4.56 11.6 76.1 mm Â¤ 920 â€” â€” 3450 69.9 133 159 122 316 116 5.3 3 (a) â€ Â¤ 500 3.50 5.31 6.50 6.50 4.81 12.42 5.31 12.6 11.6 920 â€¢ Provides a direct branch connection at 80 3450 88.9 135 165 165 122 316 135 5.7 5.3 any location where a hole can be cut 4 (a) â€ Â¤ 500 4.50 4.81 6.75 6.38 4.81 12.42 6.25 15.3 12.5 920 in the pipe 100 3450 114.3 122 171 162 122 316 159 6.9 5.7 ** Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). â€¢ A pressure responsive gasket provides â€ Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. the seal â€¡ Center of run to end of fitting. â€¢ Request Publication 11.03 for # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. Mechanical-T cross assemblies @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings.` (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify â€œBSPTâ€ clearly on order. â€¢ Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa on steel pipe; also available for use (b) For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2" BSPT clearly on order. with HDPE pipe Â§ Vds approved for fire protection services Â¤ LPCB approved for fire protection services â€¢ Sizes from 2 Ã— Â½"/50 Ã— 15 mm Ã˜ Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. through 8 Ã— 4"/200 Ã— 100 mm IMPORTANT NOTES: Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to each other to achieve cross connections. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2018 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_O 11.02_5 CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-TÂ® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N FLOW DATA Flow test data has shown that the total head loss between point (1) and (2) for the Style 920, 920N and 929 Mechanical-TÂ® fittings can best be expressed in terms of the pressure difference across the inlet and branch. The pressure difference can be obtained from the relationship below. 2 CV and Kv Values Values for flow of water at +60Â°F/+16Â°C are shown in the table below. Formulas for CV /Kv Values: âˆ†P = Q2 Where: Where:Where: 1 C 2 Q = Flow (GPM) Q = Flow (mQ = Fl3/hr)ow (m3/hr) v âˆ†P = Pressure Drop (psi) âˆ†P = Pressure Drop (Bar) âˆ†P = Pressure Drop (Bar) Q = C x âˆ†P C = Flow Coefficient v v Kv = Flow Coeï¬ƒcientK = Flow Coeï¬ƒcient v Exaggerated for clarity Equivalent Length of Outlet Size Schedule 40 Carbon Steel Pipe (per UL 213, Sec. 16) OUTLET SIZE (C = 120)Å§ FT CV/KV Values NOMINAL ACTUAL DIAMETER O.D. In/mm In/mm GROOVED THREADED GROOVED THREADED 1/2 0.840 11 - 2 - 15 21.3 9.4 3/4 1.050 16 - 4 - 20 26.7 13.7 1 1.315 21 25 33.7 3** 8 - 1.8 1 1/4 1.660 50 48 5 1/2 6 32 42.7 42.9 41.1 1 1/2 1.900 53 53 11 11 40 48.3 45.4 45.4 2 2.375 112 104 9 10 1/2 50 60.3 96 89.1 2 1/2 2.875 119 150 20 12 1/2 65 73.0 102 128.5 3.000 161 76.1 mm 16* - - 76.1 138.1 3 3.500 249 237 14 15 1/2 80 88.9 213.4 203.1 4 4.500 421 401 20 22 100 114.3 360.8 343.6 Å§ Hazen-Williams coefficient of friction is 120. * Pipe with a wall thickness of 0.165in./4.2mm. ** 1" FireLockâ„¢ Innovative Groove System (IGS) outlet www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2018 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 11.02_6 REV_O CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-TÂ® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N FIRE PROTECTION APPROVALS AND PRESSURE RATINGS The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Approval Agency Run Size Outlet Size Pipe Rated Working Pressures â€“ psi/kPa Actual Nominal Outside Vds Size Diameter Inches/mm Inches/mm Inches/mm Schedule UL ULC FM LPCB (Style 920) (Style 920N) 21/2 - 6 2.875 - 6.625 400 400 400 290 232 362 All 10, 40 65 - 150 73.0 - 168.3 2755 2755 2755 1999 1599 2496 21/2 - 4 2.875 - 4.500 300 300 300 290 232 362 All DF 65 - 100 73.0 - 114.3 2065 2065 2065 1999 1599 2496 21/2 - 4 2.875 - 4.500 300 300 300 290 232 362 All SF 65 - 100 73.0 - 114.3 2065 2065 2065 1999 1599 2496 6 6.625 300 300 250 290 232 362 3, 4 10 150 168.3 2065 2065 1724 1999 1599 2496 6 6.625 300 300 300 290 232 362 3,4 30, 40 150 168.3 2065 2065 2065 1999 1599 2496 8 8.625 400 145 21/2 10, 40 â€” â€” â€” â€” 200 219.1 2755 1000 8 8.625 300 250 145 3,4 10 â€” â€” â€” 200 219.1 2065 1724 1000 8 8.625 300 300 145 3,4 30, 40 â€” â€” â€” 200 219.1 2065 2065 1000 NOTES: 10 refers to Listed/Approved Schedule 10 steel sprinkler pipe. 40 refers to Listed/Approved Schedule 40 steel sprinkler pipe. DF refers to Listed/Approved Dyna-Flow steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by American Tube Company. SF refers to Listed/Approved Super-Flo steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation. VIC-TAP II HOLE CUTTING TOOL FOR The Vic-Tap II hole cutting tool is designed for use with the Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit, 4 - 8"/100 - 200 MM CARBON STEEL PIPE which is a combination of the Style 920 Mechanical-T and Series 726 Vic-Ball Valve. The Vic-Tap II is capable of tapping into carbon steel pipe systems under pressures up to 500 psi/3450 kPa. The Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit is a full port ball valve which can be mounted on 4"/100 mm, 5"/125 mm, 6"/150 mm and 8"/200 mm diameter pipe. The Style 931 comes with a 2 Â½"/65 mm grooved outlet. The drill motor is an electric motor with ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in accordance with safety codes. For more information, refer to publication 24.01. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2018 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_O 11.02_7 CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-TÂ® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 11.02 1480 REV O UPDATED 11/2018 VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Â© 2018 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 11.02_L Threaded Fittings I-01 For Fire Protection pressure rating, listing, and approval THREADED FITTINGS information, visit Shurjoint website, www.shurjoint.com for details or contact your SHURJOINT Representative. Shurjoint offers a complete range of ductile iron Class 300 threaded fittings in sizes from Â½â€ to 2Â½â€. Material: Ductile iron ASTM A536 Gr. 65-45-12 and or Shurjoint ductile iron threaded fittings are 100% air ASTM A395 Gr. 65-45-15. tested underwater to ensure leak-free performance. Dimensions: ANSI B16.3 Class 150 except bushings and The Shurjoint ductile iron fitting series is UL listed plugs (B16.14), unions (B16.39) and companion flanges and FM approved, making them the right choice for (B16.42). Please note wall thickness dimensions are fire protection and other general application services. subordinate to Shurjoint UL and FM pressure rating listings and approvals Threads: ANSI B1.20.1 NPT or ISO-7 (BSPT) Finish: Black or electro-zinc plated General Dimensions These dimensions apply to all standard fittings, both straight and reducing. For center-to-face dimensions(*), see fitting tables. Ductile Iron Class 300 threaded fittings are designed to the same dimensions as that of Class 150 malleable iron fittings. Though due to the superior strength characteristics, ductile Iron fittings carry a much higher pressure rating. Laboratory tests confirm Shurjoint ductile iron fittings have passed hydrostatic test pressures exceeding 6,000 psi / 414 Bar, which is equal to four times the 1,500 psi /103 Bar Pipe H E B as specified by ANSI B16.3 for 1Â½â€ â€“ 2â€ sizes. Size Band O.D. Band Width Thread Length (min) in in in in Â½ 1.02 0.25 0.43 Â¾ 1.46 0.27 0.50 1 1.77 0.30 0.58 1Â¼ 2.15 0.34 0.67 1Â½ 2.43 0.37 0.70 2 2.96 0.42 0.75 2Â½ 3.59 0.48 0.92 Installers who have not used DI threaded fittings before Burst pressure testing of DI threaded fittings (2") should be instructed that the fittings are stronger than the pipe in most cases. In general DI threaded fittings require about a one-half turn less than cast iron fittings. Refer to the installation instructions for further detail. Pressure-Temperature Rating (ANSI B16.3 & B16.14) Nom. Working Pressure (W.O.G.) Working Pressure Rating @150Â°F / @65Â°C Saturated Steam Â½â€ â€“ 1â€ : 2000 psi / 140 Bar Class 1Â¼â€ â€“ 2â€ : 1500 psi / 105 Bar 300 psi (20 Bar) 300 2Â½â€: 1000 psi / 70 Bar *Proof test pressure: 1.5 times the working pressure, non-shock cold water. I-01-1/6 Rev. G 20120315 Threaded Fittings I-01 o MODEL 811 ELBOW 90 Model 811 Elbow 90o Size A Wt. Box Q'ty in in Lbs Pcs Â½ 1.12 0.25 240 Â¾ 1.31 0.35 120 1 1.50 0.57 70 1Â¼ 1.75 0.97 40 1Â½ 1.94 1.17 30 2 2.25 1.83 20 2Â½ 2.70 3.34 10 MODEL 812 REDUCING ELBOW 90o Model 812 Reducing Elbow 90o Size A B Wt. Box Q'ty in in in Lbs Pcs Â¾ x Â½ 1.20 1.22 0.35 160 1 x Â½ 1.26 1.36 0.46 110 1 x Â¾ 1.18 1.45 0.57 90 1Â¼ x Â½ 1.34 1.53 0.64 75 1Â¼ x Â¾ 1.45 1.62 0.68 60 1Â¼ x 1 1.58 1.67 0.81 55 1Â½ x Â½ 1.41 1.66 0.84 45 1Â½ x Â¾ 1.52 1.75 0.90 45 1Â½ x 1 1.65 1.80 0.95 40 1Â½ x 1Â¼ 1.82 1.88 1.10 35 2 x Â¾ 1.60 1.97 1.19 30 2 x 1 1.73 2.02 1.47 25 2 x 1Â½ 2.02 2.16 1.61 20 2Â½ x 2 2.39 2.60 2.93 15 MODEL 813 ELBOW 45o Model 813 Elbow 45o Size A Wt. Box Q'ty in in Lbs Pcs Â½ 0.88 0.22 250 Â¾ 0.98 0.33 150 1 1.12 0.55 90 1Â¼ 1.29 0.84 50 1Â½ 1.43 0.92 35 2 1.68 1.63 18 2Â½ 1.95 2.42 12 I-01-2/6 Rev. G 20120315 Threaded Fittings I-01 MODEL 814 TEE Model 814 Tee Size A Wt. Box Q'ty in in Lbs Pcs Â½ 1.12 0.31 150 Â¾ 1.31 0.48 90 1 1.50 0.81 60 1Â¼ 1.75 1.28 35 1Â½ 1.94 1.72 24 2 2.25 2.57 12 2Â½ 2.70 4.44 8 MODEL 815 REDUCING TEE Model 815 Reducing Tee Size A B C Wt. Box in in in in Lbs Pcs Â¾ Â¾ Â½ 1.20 1.20 1.22 0.46 95 Â½ 1 1.50 1.36 1.50 0.71 55 Â½ 1.26 1.20 1.36 0.59 80 Â¾ Â¾ 1.37 1.31 1.45 0.66 65 1 1 1.50 1.45 1.50 0.77 55 Â½ 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.64 65 1 Â¾ 1.37 1.37 1.45 0.75 60 Â½ 1.34 1.26 1.53 0.79 50 Â¾ 1.45 1.37 1.62 0.88 50 1 1 1.58 1.50 1.67 1.01 45 1Â¼ 1Â¼ 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.25 40 Â½ 1.34 1.34 1.53 0.84 45 1Â¼ Â¾ 1.45 1.45 1.62 0.99 45 1 1.58 1.58 1.67 1.12 40 Â½ 1.44 1.31 1.69 0.92 40 Â¾ 1.50 1.37 1.75 1.01 40 1 1 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.19 30 1Â¼ 1.82 1.67 1.88 1.54 30 1Â½ 1.94 1.80 1.94 1.54 30 Â½ 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.08 40 1Â½ 1Â¼ Â¾ 1.52 1.45 1.75 1.14 40 1 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.39 30 Â½ 1.41 1.41 1.66 1.10 35 Â¾ 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.17 35 1Â½ 1 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.36 30 1Â¼ 1.82 1.82 1.88 1.56 30 1 2 2.25 2.02 2.25 2.13 15 1Â¼ 2 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.22 15 Â½ 1.49 1.41 1.88 1.52 30 Â¾ 1.60 1.52 1.97 1.47 25 1Â½ 1 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.63 20 1Â½ 2.02 1.94 2.16 2.09 20 2 2 2.25 2.16 2.25 2.33 15 Â½ 1.49 1.49 1.88 1.56 20 Â¾ 1.60 1.60 1.97 1.61 20 2 1 1.73 1.73 2.02 1.80 20 1Â¼ 1.90 1.90 2.10 2.09 20 1Â½ 2.02 2.02 2.16 2.24 15 2Â½ 2 Â¾ 1.74 1.60 2.32 2.35 15 I-01-3/6 Rev. G 20120315 Threaded Fittings I-01 MODEL 815 BULLHEAD TEE Model 815 Bullhead Tee Size A B C Wt. Box in in in in Lbs Pcs Â¾ Â¾ 1 1.45 1.45 1.37 0.66 65 1Â¼ 1.67 1.67 1.58 0.97 45 1 1 1Â½ 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.15 35 1 1Â½ 1.88 1.80 1.82 1.43 30 1Â¼ 1Â½ 1.88 1.88 1.82 1.52 30 1Â¼ 2 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.80 24 1Â¼ 2 2.16 2.10 2.02 1.94 20 1Â½ 1Â½ 2 2.16 2.16 2.02 2.00 20 2 2 2Â½ 2.60 2.60 2.39 3.61 10 MODEL 816 REDUCING COUPLING Model 816 Reducing Coupling Size A Wrench Size Wt. Box in in in Lbs Pcs Â¾ x Â½ 1.63 1-Â¼ 0.37 150 1 x Â½ 1.69 1-Â¼ 0.37 140 1 x Â¾ 1.37 1-Â½ 0.48 120 1Â¼ x Â¾ 2.06 1-Â½ 0.59 80 1Â¼ x 1 2.06 - 0.66 60 1Â½ x 1 2.31 - 0.84 50 1Â½ x 1Â¼ 2.31 - 0.92 45 2 x 1 2.81 - 1.23 35 2 x 1Â¼ 2.81 - 1.28 30 2 x 1Â½ 2.81 - 1.66 30 2Â½ x 2 3.25 - 2.24 18 MODEL 817 CROSS Model 817 Cross Size A B Wt. Box Q'ty in in in Lbs Pcs 1/2 1.12 1.12 0.48 90 3/4 1.31 1.31 0.77 60 1 1.50 1.50 0.95 45 1Â¼ 1.75 1.75 1.43 25 1Â½ 1.94 1.94 1.87 20 2 2.25 2.25 2.86 10 Model 817 Reducing Cross Size A B Wt. Box Q'ty in in in Lbs Pcs 1Â¼x1Â¼x1x1 1.67 1.58 1.25 30 1Â½x1Â½x1x1 1.80 1.65 1.47 24 2 x 2 x 1 x 1 2.02 1.73 1.94 16 I-01-4/6 Rev. G 20120315 Threaded Fittings I-01 MODEL 818 STRAIGHT COUPLING Model 818 Straight Coupling Size A Wrench Size Wt. Box Q'ty in in in Lbs Pcs Â½ 1.38 1â…›â€ 0.18 360 Â¾ 1.61 1â…œâ€ 0.26 200 1 1.77 111/16â€ 0.42 110 1Â¼ 2.00 2â€ 0.57 75 1Â½ 2.20 2Â¼â€ 0.77 60 2 2.60 2Â¾â€ 1.17 30 2Â½ 3.00 3â…œâ€ 2.11 18 MODEL 820 CAP Model 820 Cap Size A Wt. Box Q'ty in in in Lbs Â½ 0.89 0.14 500 Â¾ 1.00 0.20 300 1 1.18 0.33 180 1Â¼ 1.32 0.46 110 1Â½ 1.38 0.57 80 2 1.48 0.88 45 2Â½ 1.77 1.54 25 MODEL 825 EXTENSION PIECE Model 825 Extension Piece Size A Wt. Box Q'ty in in Lbs Pcs Â½ x 1Â½L 1.50 0.18 300 Â½ x 2L 2.00 0.22 250 Â¾ x 1Â½L 1.50 0.22 250 Â¾ x 2L 2.00 0.26 200 o MODEL 831 LONG STREET ELBOW 90 Model 831 Long Street Elbow 90o Size A B Wt. Box Qâ€™ty in in in Lbs Pcs 1 x Â½M 1.50 3.00 0.66 80 1 x 1M 1.50 3.00 0.81 60 I-01-5/6 Rev. G 20120315 Threaded Fittings I-01 MODEL 832 LONG STREET TEE Model 832 Long Street Tee Size A B C Wt Box Qâ€™ty in in in in Lbs Pcs 1 x Â½x1M 1.50 1.40 3.00 0.91 50 1 x 1 x 1M 1.50 1.50 3.00 1.03 45 MODEL 827 HEX BUSHING Model 827 Hex Bushing Size A Wt. Box Q'ty in in Lbs Pcs 1 x Â½ 1.06 0.20 280 1 x Â¾ 1.06 0.18 280 1Â¼ x 1 1.18 0.29 150 1Â½ x 1 1.26 0.53 100 1Â½ x 1Â¼ 1.26 0.37 100 2 x 1 1.34 0.75 80 2 x 1Â¼ 1.34 0.75 80 2 x 1Â½ 1.34 0.64 80 MODEL 819 PLUG Model 819 Plug Size A Wt. Box Q'ty in in Lbs Pcs Â½ 0.93 0.09 500 Â¾ 1.13 0.18 300 1 1.25 0.25 200 1Â¼ 1.36 0.42 110 1Â½ 1.45 0.59 80 2 1.50 0.95 45 General Notes: ï¬ Pressure ratings listed are CWP (cold water pressure) or maximum working pressure within the service temperature range of the gasket used in the coupling. This rating may occasionally differ from maximum working pressures listed and/or approved by UL, ULC, and/or FM as testing conditions and test pipes differ. For additional information contact Shurjoint.. ï¬ Maximum working pressures and end loads listed are total of internal and external pressures and loads based on Sch. 10 steel pipe with roll grooves to ANSI/AWWA C606-07 specifications. For information on other pipe schedules contact Shurjoint.. ï¬ For one time field test only the maximum joint working pressure may be increased 1Â½ times the figures shown. ï¬ Warning: Piping systems must always be depressurized and drained before attempting disassembly and or removal of any components. ï¬ Shurjoint reserves the right to change specifications, designs and or standard equipment without notice and without incurring any obligations. Job Name: System No. Location: Contractor: Approved: Date: Engineer: Approved: Date: Shurjoint product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are approximate and are provided for reference only. For precise measurements, please contact Shurjoint Technical Service. Shurjoint reserves the right to change or modify product design, construction, specifications, or materials without prior notice and without incurring any obligations to make such changes and modifications on Shurjoint products previously subsequently sold. I-01-6/6 Rev. G 20120315 *F *F 1332 5 253 252 *F *F *F 1328 W1 Source Information Date of Flow Test / Info : Location of flow test data : CITY OF ARLINGTON Source of flow test data : MODEL Source Data Points Pump Data Points Pressure Flow Pressure Flow 79 0.00 66 5000 RISER DETAIL 2/FP1 0 1' 2' 3' 4' 1/2"=1'0" 0145 1330 SYSTEM RISER/SUPPLY COMPONENTS 1 4" SUPPLY 2 1/2" BALL DRIP DRAIN- PIPE OUTSIDE 3 4x3" REDUCER 4 3" AMES DERINGER 30 DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 5 2" BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVE (4.63" T.O.) 6 2" RISER MANIFOLD WITH MAIN DRAIN/TEST VALVE, SIGNS, SITE PLAN FLOW SWITCH, GAUGE AND PRESSURE RELIEF (12" T.O.) 1 N 0' 10' 20' 40' 1"=40'-0" 7 (2) 2 1/2" HOSE VALVES FOR FORWARD FLOW TEST OF BACKFLOW PREVENTOR 8 2 1/2" CV-1 CHECK VALVE (8" T.O.) 9 2 1/2" TYCO DPV-1 DRY VALVE WITH STANDARD TRIM 10 4" SUPPLY TO REMOTE FDC BY OTHERS 11 10" ELECTRIC BELL 12 12 HEAD SPARE HEAD BOX 13 RISER MOUNT AIR COMPRESSOR WITH AIR MAINT. DEVICE -51.9 GALLON SYSTEM 14 2 1/2" BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVE (4.63" T.O.) SCOPE OR WORK BY BURNS FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS, INC. IS TO EXTEND SPRINKLER PROTECTION TO ALL AREAS REQUIRED BY NFPA #13 R, AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. Calculation results for Design Area 1 - DRY SYSTEM This system as shown on company print no dated for Ironwood Apartments Building 2 at 18620 Woodlands Way contract no is designed to discharge at a rate of 0.15 gpm/ftÂ² (L/min/mÂ²) of floor area over a maximum area of 1950 ftÂ² when supplied with water at a rate of 407.4 gpm at 69.9 psi at the base of the riser. Hose stream allowance of is included in the above. Occupancy classification: OH1 Number of heads flowing: 18 Commodity classification: System Type: Dry Maximum storage height: Maximum velocity: 22.74 ft/s Storage arrangement: Flow from In-Rack sprinklers: 0 gpm Pressure Required at Source: 69.9 psi Flow from Overhead sprinklers: 407.4 gpm Pressure Available at Source: 78.4 psi Flow from Inside Hoses: 0 gpm Surplus Pressure at Source: 8.6 psi Flow from Outside Hoses: 0 gpm Other fixed flows: 0 gpm Total flow in system piping: 407.4 gpm Additional flow at/beyond source: 500 gpm Total of all flows: 907.4 gpm Calculation results for Design Area 2 - Level 3 Residential This system as shown on company print no dated for Ironwood Apartments Building 2 at 18620 Woodlands Way ROOM OCCUPANCY DESIGNATIONS contract no is designed to discharge at a rate of 0.05 gpm/ftÂ² (L/min/mÂ²) of floor area over a maximum area of 3 ftÂ² when supplied with water at a rate of 40.2 gpm at 43.7 psi at the base of the riser. Hose stream allowance of is included in the above. LH LIGHT HAZARD Occupancy classification: RES Number of heads flowing: 3 Commodity classification: System Type: Wet Maximum storage height: Maximum velocity: 14.92 ft/s OH1 ORDINARY HAZARD Storage arrangement: Flow from In-Rack sprinklers: 0 gpm Pressure Required at Source: 43.7 psi Flow from Overhead sprinklers: 40.2 gpm Pressure Available at Source: 79 psi Flow from Inside Hoses: 0 gpm Surplus Pressure at Source: 35.3 psi Flow from Outside Hoses: 0 gpm OH2 ORDINARY HAZARD Other fixed flows: 0 gpm Total flow in system piping: 40.2 gpm Additional flow at/beyond source: 100 gpm Total of all flows: 140.2 gpm Calculation results for Design Area 3 - Level 2 Residential This system as shown on company print no dated for Ironwood Apartments Building 2 at 18620 Woodlands Way contract no is designed to discharge at a rate of 0.05 gpm/ftÂ² (L/min/mÂ²) of floor area over a maximum area of 3 ftÂ² when supplied with water at a rate of 52.7 gpm at 60.8 psi at the base of the riser. Hose stream allowance of is included in the above. Occupancy classification: RES Number of heads flowing: 3 Commodity classification: System Type: Wet Maximum storage height: Maximum velocity: 19.56 ft/s Storage arrangement: Flow from In-Rack sprinklers: 0 gpm Pressure Required at Source: 60.8 psi Flow from Overhead sprinklers: 52.7 gpm Pressure Available at Source: 79 psi Flow from Inside Hoses: 0 gpm Surplus Pressure at Source: 18.2 psi Flow from Outside Hoses: 0 gpm Other fixed flows: 0 gpm Total flow in system piping: 52.7 gpm Additional flow at/beyond source: 100 gpm Total of all flows: 152.7 gpm 1 3" x 6" x 12" plywood each side of I-JOIST web 4 2. No. 6 x 2" long (minimum) drywall screw (6 each side) 3. Washer 4. Swivel sway brace fitting (equivalent to AFOCN0-677) 5. 1" diameter bolt THRU BOLT 2 ALLOWABLE HORIZONTAL SEISMIC FORCES (lbs) INSULATION OVER STEEL PIPE IN OPEN ATTIC BY OTHERS UL UL UL C R US C R US C R US LISTED LISTED LISTED * The loads in the table are based on the controlling connection FM FM FM to the joist. APPROVED APPROVED APPROVED * The forces include a 1.33 duration factor adjustment. Buildex Buildex Buildex 11 1"SCHED 40BRACE EARTHQUAKE BRACING NOTES: LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF EARTHQUAKE BRACING TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.F.P.A. #13. SPACING OF LATERAL BRACES NOT TO EXCEED 40 FT. ON CENTER, SPACING OF LONGITUDINAL BRACES NOT TO EXCEED 80 FT. ON CENTER. 4-WAY BRACES TO BE INSTALLED AT ALL CHANGE OF DIRECTION OF FEED AND CROSSMAINS, AND AT TOP OF RISERS. CALCULATED SPACING OF BRACING NOTED ON PIPING PLAN Design Area3 WetSystem Level 2 Residential DemandCalculations usingHazen-WilliamsMethod RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING. RESIDENTIAL Occupancy Classification: RES SPRINKLERS USED IN DWELLING UNITS HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS IN DWELLING UNITS Design Area Density: 0.05 BASED ON 18'x18' SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS, WITH SPRINKLERS LOCATED NOT Additional Outside Hose: 100 MORE THAN 9' FROM ANY WALL. NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS INCLUDED IN CALCULATIONS TO Design Area Size: 3 BE ALL SPRINKLERS IN A COMPARTMENT, UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 4 Notes:Most remote heads in a compartment up to 4 per NFPA #13R 303 453 14" LSL 14" LSL 452 302 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 4x10 14" LSL 4x10 14" LSL 4x10 14" LSL 002 14" LSL 301 003 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 017 9 1" TJI @16" o.c.2 Joists in hall 4x8 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 4x8 3 14" LSL 14" LSL INSTALLATION KEY NOTES 2 1 C.P.V.C. TO STEEL GRV x SLP ADAPTER - NOTE ALL PIPING ON RESIDENTIAL FLOOR LEVEL 2 THROUGH 3 IS C.P.V.C. 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL EXCEPT SPRINKLER/STANDPIPE RISER AND FLOOR CONTROL ASSEMBLIES IN STAIR, 14" LSL 4x10 4x10 ATTIC PIPING AND PIPING SUPPLYING RESIDENTIAL HEADS BELOW COMBUSTIBLE OPEN ATTICS TO BE BLACK STEEL 2 2 2 14" LSL NOTE: IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING C.P.V.C. PIPING IS ALLOWED ABOVE SMALL CPVC ALLOWED OVER ORDINARY HAZARD ROOMS THAT DO NOT EXCEED 400 SQ.FT. 4x10 14" LSL 14" LSL 2 2 2 6.6.3 Except where specified in 6.6.4, sprinklers shall not be required in clothes closets, linen closets, and pantries within 2 2 14" LSL 2 dwelling units that meet all of the following conditions: 2 (1) The area of the space does not exceed 24 ft2 (2.2 m2). (2) The walls and ceilings are surfaced with noncombustible or limited-combustible materials as defined by NFPA 220. 3 6.6.2* Sprinklers shall not be required in bathrooms where the bathroom area does not exceed 55 ft2 (5.1 m2). A.6.6.2 A room is still considered a bathroom if it contains just a toilet. Additionally, two bathrooms that are adjacent to each other are considered separate rooms or compartments. 14" TJI 360 @16" O.C. TYP. 6.6.5* Except as provided for in 6.6.5.1, sprinklers shall not be 4 required in any of the following features that are open and attached: NOTE: ALL PIPING THIS LEVEL CPVC UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 6" ABOVE CEILING (1) Lanais CPVC PIPE TO BE SUPPORTED WITH APPROVED RESTRAINING HANGERS DIRECTLY (2) Porches ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE-ADDITIONAL LATERAL BRACES AND LINE RESTRAINT (3) Balconies NOT REQUIRED (4) Carports (5) Porte cocheres (6) Stairs (7) Corridors that are open to the outside atmosphere and are separated from the exit stairwell FIRE PROTECTION PLAN Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight Summary (8) Other similar features Pipe Pipe Wt / FT 15% for Total Length Total 2 N Size Description (lbs) Fittings Wt / FT (ft) Wt 2ND FLOOR 0' 2' 4' 8' 1/8"=1'-0" 6.6.5.1 Where a roof or deck is provided above, sprinklers shall be installed to protect attached exterior balconies, attached exterior decks, and ground floor patios serving dwelling RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING. RESIDENTIAL units in buildings of Construction Type V. SPRINKLERS USED IN DWELLING UNITS HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS IN DWELLING UNITS BASED ON 18'x18' SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS, WITH SPRINKLERS LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 9' FROM ANY WALL. NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS INCLUDED IN CALCULATIONS TO 5 6.6.6* Sprinklers shall not be required in attics, penthouse Weight of Misc. ZOI Valves & Fittings : equipment rooms, elevator machine rooms, concealed spaces BE ALL SPRINKLERS IN A COMPARTMENT, UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 4 Total Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight (Wp) : dedicated exclusively to and containing only dwelling unit ventilation equipment, crawl spaces, floor/ceiling spaces, elevator shafts where the elevator installation complies with ASME A17.1/CSA B44, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, and other concealed spaces that are not intended for living purposes or storage and do not contain fuel-fired equipment. 6 RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING. RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS USED IN DWELLING UNITS HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS IN DWELLING UNITS BASED ON 18'x18' SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS, WITH SPRINKLERS LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 8' FROM ANY WALL. NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS INCLUDED IN CALCULATIONS TO BE ALL SPRINKLERS IN A COMPARTMENT, UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 4 14" LSL 14" LSL 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 4x10 14" LSL 4x10 14" LSL 4x10 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 4x8 4x8 9 1" TJI @16" o.c.2 023 Joists in 219 hall 024 223 220 4x10 4x10 14" LSL 221 4x10 225 224 4x8 4x8 228 226 230 2 BOD IN FP 1 020 AFF FT 14" LSL 229 REF FT 14" LSL 12" LSL 4x10 4x10 4x10 4x10 14" LSL 4x12 4x10 4x10 12" LSL LOW POINT OF MAIN 14" BLOCKING IN JOIST CHANNELS 14" BLOCKING IN JOIST CHANNELS 113 114 115 014 116 BOD IN 112 117 AFF FT REF FT 14" LSL 14" LSL 118 14" BLOCKING IN JOIST CHANNELS 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL Design Area1 Dry System DRY SYSTEM HIGH POINT OF LINES HIGH POINT OF LINES DemandCalculations usingHazen-WilliamsMethod 101 BOD IN 102 103 104 105 012 106 107 108 109 110 111 BOD IN Occupancy Classification: OH1 AFF FT AFF FT REF FT REF FT Design Area Density: 0.15 Additional Outside Hose: 500 Design Area Size: 1950 Notes:INCREASED 30% FOR DRY SYSTEM PER NFPA #13 HIGH POINT OF MAIN BOD IN AFF FT REF FT DA Name: 1 DA Area: 1977.93 14" TJI 360 @16" O.C. TYP. Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight Summary Pipe Pipe Wt / FT 15% for Total Length Total Size Description (lbs) Fittings Wt / FT (ft) Wt Weight of Misc. ZOI Valves & Fittings : FIRE PROTECTION PLAN Total Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight (Wp) : 1 N 1ST FLOOR 0' 2' 4' 8' 1/8"=1'-0" Design Area2 WetSystem Level 3 Residential DemandCalculations usingHazen-WilliamsMethod Occupancy Classification: RES 6 RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING. RESIDENTIAL Design Area Density: 0.05 Additional Outside Hose: 100 SPRINKLERS USED IN DWELLING UNITS HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS IN DWELLING UNITS Design Area Size: 3 BASED ON 18'x18' SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS, WITH SPRINKLERS LOCATED NOT Notes:Most remote heads in a compartment up to MORE THAN 9' FROM ANY WALL. NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS INCLUDED IN CALCULATIONS TO 4 per NFPA #13R BE ALL SPRINKLERS IN A COMPARTMENT, UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 4 424 201 420 2 417 202 413 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 INSTALLATION KEY NOTES 001 1 C.P.V.C. TO STEEL GRV x SLP ADAPTER - NOTE ALL PIPING ON RESIDENTIAL FLOOR LEVEL 2 THROUGH 3 IS C.P.V.C. 203 016 EXCEPT SPRINKLER/STANDPIPE RISER AND FLOOR CONTROL ASSEMBLIES IN STAIR, ATTIC PIPING AND PIPING SUPPLYING RESIDENTIAL HEADS BELOW COMBUSTIBLE OPEN ATTICS TO BE BLACK STEEL NOTE: IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING C.P.V.C. PIPING IS ALLOWED ABOVE SMALL CPVC ALLOWED OVER ORDINARY HAZARD ROOMS THAT DO NOT EXCEED 400 SQ.FT. 2 6.6.3 Except where specified in 6.6.4, sprinklers shall not be required in clothes closets, linen closets, and pantries within dwelling units that meet all of the following conditions: (1) The area of the space does not exceed 24 ft2 (2.2 m2). (2) The walls and ceilings are surfaced with noncombustible or limited-combustible materials as defined by NFPA 220. 071 3 6.6.2* Sprinklers shall not be required in bathrooms where 3 the bathroom area does not exceed 55 ft2 (5.1 m2). 2 A.6.6.2 A room is still considered a bathroom if it contains just a toilet. Additionally, two bathrooms that are adjacent to each other are considered separate rooms or compartments. 2 2 2 6.6.5* Except as provided for in 6.6.5.1, sprinklers shall not be 4 required in any of the following features that are open and attached: (1) Lanais 2 2 (2) Porches (3) Balconies 2 2 (4) Carports 2 (5) Porte cocheres (6) Stairs (7) Corridors that are open to the outside atmosphere and are separated from the exit stairwell (8) Other similar features 6.6.5.1 Where a roof or deck is provided above, sprinklers shall be installed to protect attached exterior balconies, attached exterior decks, and ground floor patios serving dwelling units in buildings of Construction Type V. 5 6.6.6* Sprinklers shall not be required in attics, penthouse TRUSS CONSTRUCTION @24" O.C. equipment rooms, elevator machine rooms, concealed spaces dedicated exclusively to and containing only dwelling unit ventilation equipment, crawl spaces, floor/ceiling spaces, elevator NOTE: ALL PIPING THIS LEVEL CPVC UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CPVC PIPE TO BE shafts where the elevator installation complies with ASME SUPPORTED WITH APPROVED RESTRAINING HANGERS DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO A17.1/CSA B44, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, and STRUCTURE-ADDITIONAL LATERAL BRACES AND LINE RESTRAINT NOT REQUIRED other concealed spaces that are not intended for living purposes or storage and do not contain fuel-fired equipment. 6 RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING. RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS USED IN DWELLING UNITS HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS IN DWELLING UNITS BASED ON 18'x18' SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS, WITH SPRINKLERS LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 8' FROM ANY WALL. NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS INCLUDED IN CALCULATIONS TO BE ALL SPRINKLERS IN A COMPARTMENT, UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 4 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN 1 N 3RD FLOOR 0' 2' 4' 8' 1/8"=1'-0" CITY OF ARLINGTON 18204 59th Avenue NE, Arlington, WA 98223 INSPECTIONS: 360-403-3417 - Permit Center: 360-403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT 18620 WOODLANDS WAY Permit #: 6001 PERMIT EXPIRES 180 DAYS AFTER Parcel #: 00738500103100 DATE OF ISSUANCE. Scope of Work: New wet & dry system throughout entire bldg #2 Valuation: 47760.00 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR GRANDVIEW NORTH LLC Burns Fire Protection Systems, Inc. GRANDVIEW NORTH LLC 18705 67TH AVE NE PO Box 1110, Granite Falls PO BOX 159 ARLINGTON, WA 98223 Granite Falls ARLINGTON, WA 98223 3606912235 360-435-7171 LIC: 603 467 812 EXP: 05/31/2025 LIC: 601 858 917 EXP: 05/31/2024 LIC: BURNSFP841DU EXP: 04/14/2026 LIC: 86528 EXP: 12/01/2024 LIC: GRANDNL013KP EXP: 07/14/2024 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR LIC #: EXP: LIC #: EXP: JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: FIRE SPRINKLER CODE YEAR: 2021 STORIES: 3 CONST. TYPE: VB DWELLING UNITS: 20 OCC GROUP: R-2; Residential BUILDINGS: 1 OCC LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL The issuance or granting of this permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or approval of, any violation of this Code or any other ordinance or order of the City, of any state or federal law, or of any order, proclamation, guidance advice or decision of the Governor of this State. To the extent the issuance or granting of this permit is interpreted to allow construction activity during any period of time when such construction is prohibited or restricted by any state or federal law, or order, proclamation, guidance advice or decision of the Governor of this State, this permit shall not authorize such work and shall not be valid. The building official is authorized to prevent occupancy or use of a structure where in violation of this Code, any other City ordinances of this jurisdiction or any other ordinance or executive order of the City, or of any state or federal law, or of any order, proclamation, guidance advice or decision of the Governor. The building official is authorized to suspend or revoke this permit if it is determined to be issued in error or on the basis of incorrect, inaccurate or incomplete information, or in violation of any City ordinance, regulation or order, state or federal law, or any order, proclamation, guidance or decision of the Governor. I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY; NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27. THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. IBC110/IRC110. SALES TAX NOTICE: Sales tax relating to construction and construction materials in the City of Arlington must be reported on your sales tax return form and coded City of Arlington #3101. 07/17/2024 Applicant Signature Date Building Official Date CONDITIONS ADHERE TO THE APPROVED PLANS. APPROVED JOB COPY SHALL BE ONSITE FOR INSPECTIONS. CALL FOR INSPECTIONS. The property owner shall ensure that the construction project complies with all applicable zoning codes and regulations. The property owner shall also ensure that the construction project does not cause any adverse impact on the surrounding environment or community. The property owner shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permits and approvals from the relevant authorities before commencing construction. The property owner shall ensure that the construction project complies with all applicable design review requirements. THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZES ONLY THE WORK NOTED. THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY. ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN (CURBS, SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, MARQUEES, ETC.) WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FEES Date Description Fee Amount 07/17/2024 Web Only - Fire System Plan Review $200.00 07/17/2024 Fire System Plan Review $407.49 07/17/2024 Credit Card Service $6.00 07/17/2024 Processing/Technology $25.00 07/17/2024 Fire Sprinkler System $1,200.00 Total Due: $1,838.49 Total Payment: $1,838.49 Balance Due: $0.00 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS Call by 3:30 pm for next day inspection, allow 48 hours for Fire Inspections When calling for an inspection please leave the following information: Permit Number, Type of Inspection being requested, and whether you prefer morning or afternoon INSPECTION INFORMATION Pass/Fail *F *F 1332 5 253 252 *F *F *F 1328 W1 Source Information Date of Flow Test / Info : Location of flow test data : CITY OF ARLINGTON Source of flow test data : MODEL Source Data Points Pump Data Points Pressure Flow Pressure Flow 79 0.00 66 5000 RISER DETAIL 2/FP1 0 1' 2' 3' 4' 1/2"=1'0" 0145 1330 SYSTEM RISER/SUPPLY COMPONENTS 1 4" SUPPLY 2 1/2" BALL DRIP DRAIN- PIPE OUTSIDE 3 4x3" REDUCER 4 3" AMES DERINGER 30 DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 5 2" BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVE (4.63" T.O.) 6 2" RISER MANIFOLD WITH MAIN DRAIN/TEST VALVE, SIGNS, SITE PLAN FLOW SWITCH, GAUGE AND PRESSURE RELIEF (12" T.O.) 1 N 0' 10' 20' 40' 1"=40'-0" 7 (2) 2 1/2" HOSE VALVES FOR FORWARD FLOW TEST OF BACKFLOW PREVENTOR 8 2 1/2" CV-1 CHECK VALVE (8" T.O.) 9 2 1/2" TYCO DPV-1 DRY VALVE WITH STANDARD TRIM 10 4" SUPPLY TO REMOTE FDC BY OTHERS 11 10" ELECTRIC BELL 12 12 HEAD SPARE HEAD BOX 13 RISER MOUNT AIR COMPRESSOR WITH AIR MAINT. DEVICE -51.9 GALLON SYSTEM 14 2 1/2" BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVE (4.63" T.O.) SCOPE OR WORK BY BURNS FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS, INC. IS TO EXTEND SPRINKLER PROTECTION TO ALL AREAS REQUIRED BY NFPA #13 R, AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. Calculation results for Design Area 1 - DRY SYSTEM This system as shown on company print no dated for Ironwood Apartments Building 2 at 18620 Woodlands Way contract no is designed to discharge at a rate of 0.15 gpm/ftÂ² (L/min/mÂ²) of floor area over a maximum area of 1950 ftÂ² when supplied with water at a rate of 407.4 gpm at 69.9 psi at the base of the riser. Hose stream allowance of is included in the above. Occupancy classification: OH1 Number of heads flowing: 18 Commodity classification: System Type: Dry Maximum storage height: Maximum velocity: 22.74 ft/s Storage arrangement: Flow from In-Rack sprinklers: 0 gpm Pressure Required at Source: 69.9 psi Flow from Overhead sprinklers: 407.4 gpm Pressure Available at Source: 78.4 psi Flow from Inside Hoses: 0 gpm Surplus Pressure at Source: 8.6 psi Flow from Outside Hoses: 0 gpm Other fixed flows: 0 gpm Total flow in system piping: 407.4 gpm Additional flow at/beyond source: 500 gpm Total of all flows: 907.4 gpm Calculation results for Design Area 2 - Level 3 Residential This system as shown on company print no dated for Ironwood Apartments Building 2 at 18620 Woodlands Way ROOM OCCUPANCY DESIGNATIONS contract no is designed to discharge at a rate of 0.05 gpm/ftÂ² (L/min/mÂ²) of floor area over a maximum area of 3 ftÂ² when supplied with water at a rate of 40.2 gpm at 43.7 psi at the base of the riser. Hose stream allowance of is included in the above. LH LIGHT HAZARD Occupancy classification: RES Number of heads flowing: 3 Commodity classification: System Type: Wet Maximum storage height: Maximum velocity: 14.92 ft/s OH1 ORDINARY HAZARD Storage arrangement: Flow from In-Rack sprinklers: 0 gpm Pressure Required at Source: 43.7 psi Flow from Overhead sprinklers: 40.2 gpm Pressure Available at Source: 79 psi Flow from Inside Hoses: 0 gpm Surplus Pressure at Source: 35.3 psi Flow from Outside Hoses: 0 gpm OH2 ORDINARY HAZARD Other fixed flows: 0 gpm Total flow in system piping: 40.2 gpm Additional flow at/beyond source: 100 gpm Total of all flows: 140.2 gpm Calculation results for Design Area 3 - Level 2 Residential This system as shown on company print no dated for Ironwood Apartments Building 2 at 18620 Woodlands Way contract no is designed to discharge at a rate of 0.05 gpm/ftÂ² (L/min/mÂ²) of floor area over a maximum area of 3 ftÂ² when supplied with water at a rate of 52.7 gpm at 60.8 psi at the base of the riser. Hose stream allowance of is included in the above. Occupancy classification: RES Number of heads flowing: 3 Commodity classification: System Type: Wet Maximum storage height: Maximum velocity: 19.56 ft/s Storage arrangement: Flow from In-Rack sprinklers: 0 gpm Pressure Required at Source: 60.8 psi Flow from Overhead sprinklers: 52.7 gpm Pressure Available at Source: 79 psi Flow from Inside Hoses: 0 gpm Surplus Pressure at Source: 18.2 psi Flow from Outside Hoses: 0 gpm Other fixed flows: 0 gpm Total flow in system piping: 52.7 gpm Additional flow at/beyond source: 100 gpm Total of all flows: 152.7 gpm 1 3" x 6" x 12" plywood each side of I-JOIST web 4 2. No. 6 x 2" long (minimum) drywall screw (6 each side) 3. Washer 4. Swivel sway brace fitting (equivalent to AFOCN0-677) 5. 1" diameter bolt THRU BOLT 2 ALLOWABLE HORIZONTAL SEISMIC FORCES (lbs) INSULATION OVER STEEL PIPE IN OPEN ATTIC BY OTHERS UL UL UL C R US C R US C R US LISTED LISTED LISTED * The loads in the table are based on the controlling connection FM FM FM to the joist. APPROVED APPROVED APPROVED * The forces include a 1.33 duration factor adjustment. Buildex Buildex Buildex 11 1"SCHED 40BRACE EARTHQUAKE BRACING NOTES: LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF EARTHQUAKE BRACING TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.F.P.A. #13. SPACING OF LATERAL BRACES NOT TO EXCEED 40 FT. ON CENTER, SPACING OF LONGITUDINAL BRACES NOT TO EXCEED 80 FT. ON CENTER. 4-WAY BRACES TO BE INSTALLED AT ALL CHANGE OF DIRECTION OF FEED AND CROSSMAINS, AND AT TOP OF RISERS. CALCULATED SPACING OF BRACING NOTED ON PIPING PLAN Design Area3 WetSystem Level 2 Residential DemandCalculations usingHazen-WilliamsMethod RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING. RESIDENTIAL Occupancy Classification: RES SPRINKLERS USED IN DWELLING UNITS HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS IN DWELLING UNITS Design Area Density: 0.05 BASED ON 18'x18' SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS, WITH SPRINKLERS LOCATED NOT Additional Outside Hose: 100 MORE THAN 9' FROM ANY WALL. NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS INCLUDED IN CALCULATIONS TO Design Area Size: 3 BE ALL SPRINKLERS IN A COMPARTMENT, UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 4 Notes:Most remote heads in a compartment up to 4 per NFPA #13R 303 453 14" LSL 14" LSL 452 302 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 4x10 14" LSL 4x10 14" LSL 4x10 14" LSL 002 14" LSL 301 003 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 017 9 1" TJI @16" o.c.2 Joists in hall 4x8 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 4x8 3 14" LSL 14" LSL INSTALLATION KEY NOTES 2 1 C.P.V.C. TO STEEL GRV x SLP ADAPTER - NOTE ALL PIPING ON RESIDENTIAL FLOOR LEVEL 2 THROUGH 3 IS C.P.V.C. 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL EXCEPT SPRINKLER/STANDPIPE RISER AND FLOOR CONTROL ASSEMBLIES IN STAIR, 14" LSL 4x10 4x10 ATTIC PIPING AND PIPING SUPPLYING RESIDENTIAL HEADS BELOW COMBUSTIBLE OPEN ATTICS TO BE BLACK STEEL 2 2 2 14" LSL NOTE: IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING C.P.V.C. PIPING IS ALLOWED ABOVE SMALL CPVC ALLOWED OVER ORDINARY HAZARD ROOMS THAT DO NOT EXCEED 400 SQ.FT. 4x10 14" LSL 14" LSL 2 2 2 6.6.3 Except where specified in 6.6.4, sprinklers shall not be required in clothes closets, linen closets, and pantries within 2 2 14" LSL 2 dwelling units that meet all of the following conditions: 2 (1) The area of the space does not exceed 24 ft2 (2.2 m2). (2) The walls and ceilings are surfaced with noncombustible or limited-combustible materials as defined by NFPA 220. 3 6.6.2* Sprinklers shall not be required in bathrooms where the bathroom area does not exceed 55 ft2 (5.1 m2). A.6.6.2 A room is still considered a bathroom if it contains just a toilet. Additionally, two bathrooms that are adjacent to each other are considered separate rooms or compartments. 14" TJI 360 @16" O.C. TYP. 6.6.5* Except as provided for in 6.6.5.1, sprinklers shall not be 4 required in any of the following features that are open and attached: NOTE: ALL PIPING THIS LEVEL CPVC UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 6" ABOVE CEILING (1) Lanais CPVC PIPE TO BE SUPPORTED WITH APPROVED RESTRAINING HANGERS DIRECTLY (2) Porches ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE-ADDITIONAL LATERAL BRACES AND LINE RESTRAINT (3) Balconies NOT REQUIRED (4) Carports (5) Porte cocheres (6) Stairs (7) Corridors that are open to the outside atmosphere and are separated from the exit stairwell FIRE PROTECTION PLAN Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight Summary (8) Other similar features Pipe Pipe Wt / FT 15% for Total Length Total 2 N Size Description (lbs) Fittings Wt / FT (ft) Wt 2ND FLOOR 0' 2' 4' 8' 1/8"=1'-0" 6.6.5.1 Where a roof or deck is provided above, sprinklers shall be installed to protect attached exterior balconies, attached exterior decks, and ground floor patios serving dwelling RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING. RESIDENTIAL units in buildings of Construction Type V. SPRINKLERS USED IN DWELLING UNITS HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS IN DWELLING UNITS BASED ON 18'x18' SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS, WITH SPRINKLERS LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 9' FROM ANY WALL. NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS INCLUDED IN CALCULATIONS TO 5 6.6.6* Sprinklers shall not be required in attics, penthouse Weight of Misc. ZOI Valves & Fittings : equipment rooms, elevator machine rooms, concealed spaces BE ALL SPRINKLERS IN A COMPARTMENT, UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 4 Total Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight (Wp) : dedicated exclusively to and containing only dwelling unit ventilation equipment, crawl spaces, floor/ceiling spaces, elevator shafts where the elevator installation complies with ASME A17.1/CSA B44, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, and other concealed spaces that are not intended for living purposes or storage and do not contain fuel-fired equipment. 6 RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING. RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS USED IN DWELLING UNITS HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS IN DWELLING UNITS BASED ON 18'x18' SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS, WITH SPRINKLERS LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 8' FROM ANY WALL. NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS INCLUDED IN CALCULATIONS TO BE ALL SPRINKLERS IN A COMPARTMENT, UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 4 14" LSL 14" LSL 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 4x10 14" LSL 4x10 14" LSL 4x10 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 4x8 4x8 9 1" TJI @16" o.c.2 023 Joists in 219 hall 024 223 220 4x10 4x10 14" LSL 221 4x10 225 224 4x8 4x8 228 226 230 2 BOD IN FP 1 020 AFF FT 14" LSL 229 REF FT 14" LSL 12" LSL 4x10 4x10 4x10 4x10 14" LSL 4x12 4x10 4x10 12" LSL LOW POINT OF MAIN 14" BLOCKING IN JOIST CHANNELS 14" BLOCKING IN JOIST CHANNELS 113 114 115 014 116 BOD IN 112 117 AFF FT REF FT 14" LSL 14" LSL 118 14" BLOCKING IN JOIST CHANNELS 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL 14" LSL Design Area1 Dry System DRY SYSTEM HIGH POINT OF LINES HIGH POINT OF LINES DemandCalculations usingHazen-WilliamsMethod 101 BOD IN 102 103 104 105 012 106 107 108 109 110 111 BOD IN Occupancy Classification: OH1 AFF FT AFF FT REF FT REF FT Design Area Density: 0.15 Additional Outside Hose: 500 Design Area Size: 1950 Notes:INCREASED 30% FOR DRY SYSTEM PER NFPA #13 HIGH POINT OF MAIN BOD IN AFF FT REF FT DA Name: 1 DA Area: 1977.93 14" TJI 360 @16" O.C. TYP. Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight Summary Pipe Pipe Wt / FT 15% for Total Length Total Size Description (lbs) Fittings Wt / FT (ft) Wt Weight of Misc. ZOI Valves & Fittings : FIRE PROTECTION PLAN Total Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight (Wp) : 1 N 1ST FLOOR 0' 2' 4' 8' 1/8"=1'-0" Design Area2 WetSystem Level 3 Residential DemandCalculations usingHazen-WilliamsMethod Occupancy Classification: RES 6 RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING. RESIDENTIAL Design Area Density: 0.05 Additional Outside Hose: 100 SPRINKLERS USED IN DWELLING UNITS HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS IN DWELLING UNITS Design Area Size: 3 BASED ON 18'x18' SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS, WITH SPRINKLERS LOCATED NOT Notes:Most remote heads in a compartment up to MORE THAN 9' FROM ANY WALL. NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS INCLUDED IN CALCULATIONS TO 4 per NFPA #13R BE ALL SPRINKLERS IN A COMPARTMENT, UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 4 424 201 420 2 417 202 413 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 INSTALLATION KEY NOTES 001 1 C.P.V.C. TO STEEL GRV x SLP ADAPTER - NOTE ALL PIPING ON RESIDENTIAL FLOOR LEVEL 2 THROUGH 3 IS C.P.V.C. 203 016 EXCEPT SPRINKLER/STANDPIPE RISER AND FLOOR CONTROL ASSEMBLIES IN STAIR, ATTIC PIPING AND PIPING SUPPLYING RESIDENTIAL HEADS BELOW COMBUSTIBLE OPEN ATTICS TO BE BLACK STEEL NOTE: IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING C.P.V.C. PIPING IS ALLOWED ABOVE SMALL CPVC ALLOWED OVER ORDINARY HAZARD ROOMS THAT DO NOT EXCEED 400 SQ.FT. 2 6.6.3 Except where specified in 6.6.4, sprinklers shall not be required in clothes closets, linen closets, and pantries within dwelling units that meet all of the following conditions: (1) The area of the space does not exceed 24 ft2 (2.2 m2). (2) The walls and ceilings are surfaced with noncombustible or limited-combustible materials as defined by NFPA 220. 071 3 6.6.2* Sprinklers shall not be required in bathrooms where 3 the bathroom area does not exceed 55 ft2 (5.1 m2). 2 A.6.6.2 A room is still considered a bathroom if it contains just a toilet. Additionally, two bathrooms that are adjacent to each other are considered separate rooms or compartments. 2 2 2 6.6.5* Except as provided for in 6.6.5.1, sprinklers shall not be 4 required in any of the following features that are open and attached: (1) Lanais 2 2 (2) Porches (3) Balconies 2 2 (4) Carports 2 (5) Porte cocheres (6) Stairs (7) Corridors that are open to the outside atmosphere and are separated from the exit stairwell (8) Other similar features 6.6.5.1 Where a roof or deck is provided above, sprinklers shall be installed to protect attached exterior balconies, attached exterior decks, and ground floor patios serving dwelling units in buildings of Construction Type V. 5 6.6.6* Sprinklers shall not be required in attics, penthouse TRUSS CONSTRUCTION @24" O.C. equipment rooms, elevator machine rooms, concealed spaces dedicated exclusively to and containing only dwelling unit ventilation equipment, crawl spaces, floor/ceiling spaces, elevator NOTE: ALL PIPING THIS LEVEL CPVC UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CPVC PIPE TO BE shafts where the elevator installation complies with ASME SUPPORTED WITH APPROVED RESTRAINING HANGERS DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO A17.1/CSA B44, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, and STRUCTURE-ADDITIONAL LATERAL BRACES AND LINE RESTRAINT NOT REQUIRED other concealed spaces that are not intended for living purposes or storage and do not contain fuel-fired equipment. 6 RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTING. RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS USED IN DWELLING UNITS HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS IN DWELLING UNITS BASED ON 18'x18' SPACING OF RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLERS, WITH SPRINKLERS LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 8' FROM ANY WALL. NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS INCLUDED IN CALCULATIONS TO BE ALL SPRINKLERS IN A COMPARTMENT, UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 4 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN 1 N 3RD FLOOR 0' 2' 4' 8' 1/8"=1'-0" From: audra To: Hannah Hardwick Subject: RE: BLD6001- Expiration Notice Date: Tuesday, February 25, 2025 9:15:12 AM Attachments: image003.png This message is from an External Sender This message came from outside the City of Arlington Hi Hannah, I am reaching out regarding this permit, to see if we can get an extension on it as we are waiting on the Builder to finish up so we can complete our portion of this. Please let me know what is needed from me and I will gladly get it addressed. Have a great day!! Sincerely, Audra Williams Office Manager Burns Fire Protection Systems, Inc. audra@burnsfire.com Office: (425)388-0124 or (360)691-2235 Office hours: 8am-4:30pm Monday - Friday http://burnsfire.com PO Box 1110 Granite Falls, WA 98252 We appreciate your business! Celebrating Over 25 Years Of Quality Service We accept Credit Card Payments, There is a 3.5% charge for all transactions From: Hannah Hardwick <hhardwick@arlingtonwa.gov> Sent: Tuesday, January 28, 2025 3:37 PM To: audra <audra@burnsfire.com> Subject: BLD6001- Expiration Notice Hello, This email is to inform you of the upcoming expiration date for permit 6001. This permit will expire on 03/26/2025. Please ensure that an inspection has been requested and approved prior to the expiration date. If you are not ready an inspection prior to the expiration date, please reply requesting an extension. The request needs to state cause for the extension and requires approval by the Building Official once received. Additional fees may be required upon extension approval. Please use the link below to view and request an inspection. You can also call in an inspection at 360-403-3417. Permits - Arlington (iworq.net) Sincerely, Hannah Hardwick Arlington Community & Economic Development, Permit Technician I 18204 59th Ave NE, Arlington, WA 98223 O: 360.403.3549 hhardwick@arlingtonwa.gov | www.arlingtonwa.gov Note: Emails and attachments sent to and from the City of Arlington are public records and may be subject to disclosure pursuant to the Public Records Act. Permit #: 6001 Permit Date: 05/20/24 Permit Type: FIRE SPRINKLER Project Name: Ironwood Place Bldg. 2 Applicant Name: Burns Fire Protection Systems, Inc. Applicant Address: PO Box 1110, Granite Falls Applicant, City, State, Zip: Granite Falls Contact: Audra Williams Phone: 3606912235 Email: audra@burnsfire.com Scope of Work: New wet & dry system throughout entire bldg #2 Valuation: 47760.00 Square Feet: 18023 Number of Stories: 3 Construction Type: VB Occupancy Group: R-2; Residential ID Code: Permit Issued: 07/17/2024 Permit Expires: 09/25/2025 Form Permit Type: FIRE SPRINKLER Status: COMPLETE Assigned To: Kristin Foster Property Parcel # Address Legal Description Owner Name Owner Phone Zoning GRANDVIEW 126 MULTI- 00738500103100 18620 WOODLANDS WAY NORTH LLC FAMILY MKT Contractors Contractor Primary Contact Phone Address Contractor Type License License # Burns Fire Protection CONSTRUCTION Audra Williams 360-691-2235 PO Box 1110 COA 603 467 812 Systems CONTRACTOR GRANDVIEW NORTH SCOTT CONSTRUCTION 360-435-7171 PO BOX 159 COA 601 858 917 LLC WAMMACK CONTRACTOR Burns Fire Protection CONSTRUCTION Labor & Audra Williams 360-691-2235 PO Box 1110 BURNSFP841DU Systems CONTRACTOR Industries Burns Fire Protection CONSTRUCTION Audra Williams 360-691-2235 PO Box 1110 NICET 86528 Systems CONTRACTOR GRANDVIEW NORTH SCOTT CONSTRUCTION Labor & 360-435-7171 PO BOX 159 GRANDNL013KP LLC WAMMACK CONTRACTOR Industries Inspections Date Inspection Type Description Scheduled Date Completed Date Inspector Status FS06. 3rd floor tenting inspections 09/27/2024 ABOVEGROUND 09/26/2024 09/27/2024 FIRE Approved ok COVER FS05. 08/08/2024 ABOVEGROUND Hydro and cover. 08/12/2024 08/12/2024 FIRE Approved HYDRO Hydro static and cover 1 dry and 1 wet system. FS05. 220 psi x 2 hours, no leaks, 08/12/2024 ABOVEGROUND 08/12/2024 08/12/2024 FIRE Approved coverage ok. HYDRO restrooms and closets no coverage ok per 13R Plan Reviews Date Review Type Description Assigned To Review Status 05/22/2024 FIRE SPRINKLER Steve Goforth stamped the plans approved FIRE Approved 05/22/2024 FIRE SPRINKLER BUILDING Approved 06/24/2024 FIRE SPRINKLER There are no comments for the fire sprinkler room. JO PW-WAT-REV Approved PERMIT EXTENSION 02/25/2025 BUILDING Approved REQUEST Fees Fee Description Notes Amount Enter 1 if permit is for: fire alarm, or fire Web Only - Fire System Plan Review $200.00 sprinkler Fire System Plan Review Table 4-2 $407.49 Credit Card Service $6.00 Processing/Technology $25.00 Fire Sprinkler System Commercial NFPA 13/13R $1,200.00 Credit Card Service $48.97 Permit Extension $110.00 Credit Card Service $3.30 Total $2,000.76 Attached Letters Date Letter Description 07/17/2024 Building Permit 05/20/2024 Web Form - Building Application Payments Date Paid By Description Payment Type Accepted By Amount XBP Conf: 05/22/2024 $200.00 200563980 05/22/2024 Alan Smith 200563324 Hannah Hardwick $6.00 XBP Conf: 07/17/2024 $1,632.49 205073336 07/17/2024 Alan Smith 205073336 $48.97 02/25/2025 Alan D 224267490 Hannah Hardwick $3.30 XBP Conf: 02/25/2025 $110.00 224267490 Outstanding Balance $0.00 Notes Date Note Created By: 08/28/2025 sent expiration notice Hannah Hardwick 07/25/2025 sent expiration notice Hannah Hardwick 01/28/2025 sent expiration notice Hannah Hardwick The valuation provided on the application is for both buildings. Audra from Burns Fire provided 07/17/2024 Kristin Foster a breakdown of the two buildings. The email is saved in the address folder. Emailed to double check with Steve regarding the approval because of the review status in 06/26/2024 Kristin Foster iWorQ. 06/05/2024 Steve approved and sent the stamped plans. Kristin Foster Uploaded Files Date File Name 02/25/2025 24668081-20250225_BLD6001_Permit Extension Request.pdf 07/17/2024 21649556-20240605_BLD6001_ApprovedPlans.pdf 07/17/2024 21649553-20240717_BLD6001_IssuedPermit.pdf 05/21/2024 20762984-20240521_BLD6001_FireProtectionPlan.pdf 05/21/2024 20762983-20240521_BLD6001_EquipmentSubmittal.pdf 05/21/2024 20762982-20240521_BLD6001_BracingCalcs2.pdf 05/21/2024 20762981-20240521_BLD6001_BracingCalcs1.pdf 05/21/2024 20762980-20240521_BLD6001_Application.pdf 05/21/2024 20762979-20240521_BLD6001_HydraulicCalcsDesignArea3.pdf 05/21/2024 20762978-20240521_BLD6001_HydraulicCalcsDesignArea2.pdf 05/21/2024 20762977-20240521_BLD6001_HydraulicCalcsDesignArea1.pdf